cc/td/doc/product/wanbu/mgx8250/1_0
hometocprevnextglossaryfeedbacksearchhelp
PDF

Table of Contents

MGX 8250 Command Line Interface

MGX 8250 Command Line Interface

Introduction

The preferred tools for configuring, monitoring, and controlling an MGX 8250 switch are the CiscoView and Cisco WAN Manager (CWM) applications for equipment management and connection management, respectively. (The Cisco WAN Manager application is the former Cisco StrataView Plus application with the equipment management removed.) The command line interface (CLI) also provides access to an MGX 8250 switch and is highly applicable during initial installation, troubleshooting, and any situation where low-level control is useful.

The MGX 8250 commands in the tables that follow are divided by major functional group. Each table shows the complete name of the command and the cards for which the command is valid. For further reference, check the Cisco MGX 8250 Installation and Configuration document. This document provides conceptual information about how the Cisco MGX 8250 switch can best implement network services in your network configuration.

The command line prompt shows the name of the switch, the number of the switch (which is always "1"), the slot number and type for the current card, and whether the card is in the active ("a") or standby state ("s"). The following is an example of the command line prompt:

excel.1.6.AUSM.a >

In this case, the current card is an active AUSM in slot 6, and the name of the node is "excel."

The command notation and argument parameters follow standard programming convention: a space separates the command and each parameter; variables have an italicized typeface; required arguments appear within "<>" marks; optional parameters appear within square brackets ("[ ]"); and a vertical bar (|) represents the logical OR function.


Note   You must type all command arguments then press Return or Enter rather than enter one parameter at a time.

When you enter a command with no parameters, a usage message appears. This message shows syntax and ranges for the applicable command parameters.

List of Commands

The list of commands for the common equipment cards PXM and SRM appear in Table 1-1. These commands are available when you log into the PXM. The node connectivity commands appear in Table 1-2. Applicable service module commands become available when you switch to a card by executing the cc command. The list of service module commands appear in Table 1-3. Many commands apply to both the common equipment cards and the service modules.


Table 1-1: PXM Commands
Command Description
PXM Shelf Group

addtrapmgr

Add Trap Manager

agetrapmgr

Age Trap Manager

clrcderrs

Clear Card Errors in BRAM

clrmsgcnt

Clear Control Message Counter

cnfclksrc

Configure Network Clock Source

cnfstatsmgr

Configure Statistics Manager

cnftrapmgr

Configure/Add/Delete Trap Managers

deltrapmgr

Delete Trap Manager

dspcd

Display Card

dspcderrs

Display Card Errors in BRAM

dspcds

Display Cards

dspclksrc

Display Clock Sources

dspfwrevs

Display Firmware Revisions

dspmsgcnt

Display Control Message Counter

dspsarcnts

Display SAR Counters

dspsmcnf

Display Service Module Configuration

dspstatparms

Display Statistics Alarms

dsptrapmgr

Display Trap Manager

dsptrapmgrs

Display Trap Managers

resetcd

Reset Card

switchcc

Switch Core Cards

version

Version (displays version data for a card)

xcnftrapmgr

Configure Trap Manager

xdsptrapmgr

Display Trap Manager

PXM User Group

adduser

Add User

cc

Change Card

clrscrn

Clear Terminal Screen

clrlog

Clear Event/Message Log

cnfpwd

Configure Password

deluser

Delete User

dsplog

Display Event/Message Log

dspusers

Display Users

Help

Help (list of commands per card)

users

Users

PXM Node Group

cnfname

Configure Shelf Name

cnfdate

Configure Date

cnftime

Configure Time

cnftmzn

Configure Time Zone

cnftmzngmt

Configure Time Zone to GMT

cnfifip

Configure Interface IP Address

delifip

Delete Interface IP Address

dspifip

Display LAN interface IP

PXM Redundancy Group

addred

Add Redundancy

delred

Delete Redundancy

dspfeature

Display Feature

dspred

Display Redundancy

softswitch

Soft Switch

switchback

Switch Back

PXM Broadband Interface Group

addrscprtn

Add Resource Partition

clratmlncnt

Clear an ATM Line's Counters

clratmlncnts

Clear All ATM Line Counters

clrifcnt

Clear Counters for a Broadband Interface

clrifcnts

Clear All Counters for a Broadband Interface

cnfatmln

Configure ATM Line

cnfcdrscprtn

Configure Card Resource Partition

cnfif

Configure a Broadband Interface

cnfrscprtn

Configure Resource Partition

cnfsvclcn

Configure SVC LCNs

cnfsvcrange

Configure SVC Range

dnif

Disable the Broadband Interface

dspatmlncnf

Display ATM Line Configuration

dspcdrscprt

Display Card Resource Partition

dspcdrsctype

Display Card Resource Type

dspif

Display Interface

dspifcnt

Display Interface Count

dspifrsc

Display Interface Resource

dspifs

Display Interfaces

dsplnrsc

Display Line Resource

dsprscprtns

Display All Resource Partitions

dspsvcrange

Display SVC Range

upif

Add Broadband Interface on PXM

PXM Alarm Group

clralm

Clear Line Alarms

clralmcnt

Clear Alarm Counters/Statistics

dspalm

Display Alarms for a Line

dspalms

Display All Alarms on Card

dspalmcnf

Display Alarm Threshold Configuration

dspalmcnt

Display Alarm Counters/Statistics (line)

dspshelfalm

Display Shelf Alarms

PXM Line Group

addapsln

Add APS on a Line

addln

Add Line

delln

Delete Line

dspln

Display Line Configuration

dsplns

Display All Lines on Card

dspsrmlns

Display All Lines on Card

PXM Channel Group

clrsarcnt

Clear SAR Counters

dspsarcnt

Display SAR Counters

dspservrate

Display Service Rate

SRM-3T3 Group

addlink

Add SRM-3T3 T3 Link to T1 Slot and Line

clrsrmcnf

Clear SRM-3T3 Configuration

cnfsrmclksrc

Configure SRM-3T3 Clock Source

dellink

Delete SRM-3T3 T3 Link from T1 Slot and Line

delslotlnk

Delete Link from T1 Slot

dsplink

Display SRM-3T3 T3 Link to a T1 Slot and Line

dspslotlnk

Display Link in T1 Slot

dspsrmclksrc

Display SRM-3T3 Clock Source

PXM Self-Test Group

clrslftst

Clear Self-Test

dspslftsttble

Display Self-Test Table

PXM BERT Group

cnfbert xcnfbert

Configure BERT Session Parameters

delbert

Stop Current BERT Session

dspbert

Display Results of BERT Session

modbert

Inject Bit Errors into Current BERT Session


Table 1-2: Node Connectivity Commands
Command Description

addtrk

Add Trunk

clrerr

Clear Error Log

cnfclksrc

Configure Clock Source

cnfcmparm

Configure Connection Manager Parameters

cnfifastrk

Configure Interface as Trunk

cnfname

Configure Node Name

cnfnwip

Configure Network IP Address

cnfswfunc

Configure Software Function

cnfsysparm

Configure System Parameters

cnftrk

Configure Trunk

deltrk

Delete Trunk

dncon

Down Connection

dspcmparm

Display Connection Manager Parameters

dspcon

Display a Connection

dspcons

Display Connections

dsperr

Display Error Log

dspload

Display Load

dspmnup

Display Mandatory Update Parameters

dspname

Display Nodename

dspnw

Display Network

dspnwcons

Display Network Connections

dspnwip

Display Network IP Address

dspswfunc

Display Software Functions

dspsysparm

Display System Parameters

dsptrkcnf

Display Trunk Configuration

dsptrkcons

Display Trunk Connections

dsptrkload

Display Trunk Load

dsptrkmcons

Display Trunk Management Connections

dsptrks

Display Trunks

uncnfifastrk

Unconfigure Interface Trunk

upcon

Up Connection


Table 1-3: Service Module (SM) Commands
Command Description FRSM AUSM CESM VISM CESM-T3E3
SM Shelf Group

clrcderrs

Clear Card Errors in BRAM

X

X

 

 

 

clrmsgcnt

Clear Control Message Counter

X

X

X

 

 

clrsmcnf

Clear Service Module Configuration

X

X

X

X

 

cnfcdrscprtn

Configure Card Resource Partition

X

X

 

X

 

cnfclksrc

Configure Network Clock Source

 

X

 

 

 

cnffst

Configure ForeSight

X

X

 

 

 

cnfsvcrange

Configure SVC Range

X

X

 

 

 

dspcd

Display Card

X

X

X

X

X

dspcderrs

Display Card Errors in BRAM

X

X

 

 

 

dspcdrscprtn

Display Card Resource Partition

X

X

 

 

 

dspclksrc

Display Clock Sources

 

X

 

 

 

dspmsgcnt

Display Control Message Counter

X

X

X

X

X

dspsmcnf

Display Service Module Configuration

 

 

 

 

X

dspstatparms

Display Statistics Parameters

X

 

 

 

 

dsptotals

Display Totals

X

 

 

 

X

resetcd

Reset Card

 

 

 

 

 

version

Version (displays card version data)

X

X

X

 

X

SM User Group

cc

Change Card

X

X

X

 

X

clrscrn

Clear Terminal Screen

X

X

X

 

X

dspmaptbl

Display Map Table

X

X

 

 

X

Help

Help (list of commands per card)

X

X

X

X

X

Alarm Group

clralm

Clear Line Alarms

X

X

X

X

X

clralmcnt

Clear Alarm Counters/Statistics

X

X

X

X

X

clralms

Clear All Alarms on the Card

X

X

X

X

X

dspalm

Display Alarms for a Line

X

X

X

X

X

dspalmcnf

Display Alarm Threshold Configuration

X

X

X

X

X

dspalmcnt

Display Alarm Counters/Statistics (line)

X

X

X

X

X

dspalms

Display All Alarms on Card

X

X

X

X

X

SM Line Group

addln

Add Line

X

X

X

X

X

addlnloop

Add Line Loop

 

X

X

X

X

cnfds3ln

Configure DS3 Line

X

 

 

 

 

cnfln

Configure Line

X

X

X

X

X

cnfplpp

Configure PLPP Parameters

 

X

 

 

 

delln

Delete Line

X

X

X

X

X

dellnloop

Delete Line Loop

 

X

X

X

X

dspds3ln

Display a DS3 Line

 

 

 

 

 

dspds3lns

Display DS3 Lines

 

 

 

 

 

dspln

Display Line Configuration

X

X

X

X

X

dsplns

Display All Lines on Card

X

X

X

X

X

Port Group

addport

Add Port

X

 

 

 

X

clrportcnt

Clear Port Counters

X

X

 

 

 

clrportcnts

Clear All Port Counters

X

X

 

 

 

cnfegrq

Configure Egress Queue

X

 

 

 

 

cnfilmi

Configure ILMI

 

X

 

 

 

cnfport

Configure FR Port(s)

X

X

 

 

 

cnfportcllm

Configure Port CLLM Parameters

X

 

 

 

X

cnfportq

Configure AUSM Port Queue

 

X

 

 

 

copyports

Copy Port Configuration

X

X

 

 

 

delport

Delete FRSM or AUSM Port

X

 

 

 

 

delports

Delete Port Configurations

X

X

 

 

X

dnport

Down Port

 

X

 

 

X

dspegrq

Display Egress Queue

 

 

 

 

 

dspegrqs

Display Egress Queues

 

 

 

 

 

dspilmi

Display ILMI

 

X

 

 

 

dspilmicnt

Display ILMI Counters

 

X

 

 

 

dspport

Display Port Configuration

X

X

 

 

 

dspportcnt

Display FR Port Counters

X

X

 

 

 

dspportq

Display Port Queue

 

X

 

 

 

dspportqs

Display Port Queues

 

X

 

 

 

dspports

Display All Ports

X

X

 

 

 

dspportstats

Display Port Statistics

X

 

 

 

 

upport

Up Port

 

X

 

 

 

SM Channel Group

addchan

Add Channel

X

 

X

X

X

addchanloop

Add a Channel Loopback

X

X

X

 

 

clrchancnt

Clear Channel Counter for FRSM or AUSM Channels

X

X

X

 

X

clrsarcnts

Clear SAR Counters

X

X

X

 

 

cnfchancaoff

Configure Channel Admission Control Off

X

 

 

 

 

clrchancnts

Clear Channel Counter for All FR Channels

X

X

X

 

 

cnfchanegressq

Configure Channel Egress Queue

X

 

 

 

 

cnfchanfst

Configure Channel ForeSight

X

X

 

 

 

cnfchaningressq

Configure Channel Ingress Queue

 

 

 

 

X

cnfchanmap

Configure Channel Map

X

X

X

 

 

cnfchanpol

Configure Channel Policing

X

 

 

 

 

cnfchanq

Configure Channel Queue

 

X

 

 

X

copychans

Copy Channel Configurations

X

X

 

 

X

delchan

Delete Channel(s)

X

 

X

X

X

delchanloop

Delete a Channel Loopback

X

X

X

 

 

delchans

Delete Channels

X

X

 

 

X

dspchan

Display Channel Configuration

X

 

X

X

X

dspchancnt

Display Channel Counters

X

X

X

 

X

dspchans

Display All Channels

X

 

X

X

 

dspchstats

Display Channel Statistics

X

 

 

 

 

dspsarcnt

Display SAR Counters

X

X

X

X

 

SM Connection Group

addcon

Add Connection

 

X

 

X

 

cnfupcabr

Configure UPC for ABR

 

X

 

 

 

cnfupccbr

Configure UPC for CBR

 

X

 

 

 

cnfupcubr

Configure UPC for UBR

 

X

 

 

 

cnfupcvbr

Configure UPC for VBR

 

X

 

 

 

delcon

Delete Connection

 

X

 

X

 

dspcon

Display a Connection

 

X

 

X

 

dspcons

Display Connections

 

X

 

X

 

dsploads

Display Loads

 

X

 

 

 

tstcon

Test Connection

X

X

X

X

tstconseg

Test Connection Segment

 

X

 

 

 

SM Self-Test Group

clrslftst

Clear Self-Test

X

X

X

 

X

dspslftsttble

Display Self-Test Table

X

X

X

 

X

SM BERT Group

acqdsx3bert

Acquire BERT

X

 

X

 

 

clrbertcntrs

Remove BERT Counters

X

 

X

 

 

cnfdsx3bert xcnfdsx3bert

Configure BERT Parameters

X

 

X

 

 

deldsx3bert

Stop BERT Test Session

X

 

X

 

 

dspdsx3bert

xdspdsx3bert

Display BERT Results

X

 

X

 

 

moddsx3bert

Inject Bit Errors into BERT Session

X

 

X

 

 

startdsx3bert

Begin BERT Session

X

 

X

 

 

IMA Group

addimagrp

Set Up New IMA Group

 

X

 

 

 

addlns2imagrp

Add Lines to IMA Group

 

X

 

 

 

clrimagrpcnt

Delete IMA Group Counters

 

X

 

 

 

clrimalncnt

Delete Line Counters of IMA Group

 

X

 

 

 

clrimatst

Stop IMA Group Test

 

X

 

 

 

cnfimaalmparm

Configure IMA Group Alarm Parameters for IMA Group

 

X

 

 

 

cnfimagrp

Configure IMA Group

 

X

 

 

 

cnfimatst

Configure Testing for IMA Group

 

X

 

 

 

delimagrp

Remove IMA Group

 

X

 

 

 

delnsfmimagrp

Remove Lines from IMA Group

 

X

 

 

 

dspimaalmparm

Display IMA Alarm Parameters

 

X

 

 

 

dspimagrp

Display IMA Group Configuration

 

X

 

 

 

dspimagrpcnt

Display Current IMA Group Counters

 

X

 

 

 

dspimagrps

Display All IMA Groups

 

X

 

 

 

dspimaln

Display IMA Group Line

 

X

 

 

 

dspimalncnt

Display Line Counters of IMA Group

 

X

 

 

 

dspimatst

Display IMA Group Test Parameters

 

X

 

 

 

?

Help

Use the ? command to view all commands associated with the current card, and to view a list of commands associated with a truncated command entry.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM

Syntax

? [command]

Syntax Description

command

Full or partial name of the command.

Related Commands

help

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-1: View all commands associated with a partial command entry string raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > ? con Available commands ------------------ addcon clrconcnt clrconcnts cnfcon dcondb delcon dspcon dspconcnt dspcons shellConn tstcon tstconseg raviraj.1.7.PXM.a >
Example 1-2: View all commands associated with the current card

System response for the ? command is identical to that when executing the help command. See the examples in the help section beginning on page 1-467.

abort

Abort

Use the abort command to stop the upgrade process and return to the previous firmware version.

See Figure 1-1 to see the relationship of the abort command compared with other firmware commands.


Figure 1-1: Firmware-Related Commands


Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

abort <version>

Syntax Description

version

Original firmware version.

A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.

Related Commands

dspupgrade , rstupgrade, newrev, dspfwrevs , printrev, commit , copy , install

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-3: Abort loading firmware 1.1.24 NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > abort 1.1.23 this may take a while ... abort command completed ok This card will be reset, the other will become active.
Example 1-4: Errors loading firmware (multiple cases) NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > abort 1.1.24 cannot be in 'upgrade idle', must be in 'upgrade' or 'upgrade install' ERR: command "abort" failed NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > abort 1.1.24 1.1.24 is not the old version 1.1.10aa ERR: command "abort" failed

acqdsx3bert

Acquire DS3 BERT

Use the acqdsx3bert command to find out if a bit error rate test (BERT) session already exists on the selected MGX 8250 switch.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM 2CT3, CESMT3

Syntax

acqdsx3bert

Related Commands

cnfdsx3bert, dspdsx3bert, moddsx3bert, startdsx3bert, xcnfdsx3bert, xdspdsx3bert

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-5: Acquire current BERT session NODENAME1.1.21.CESMT3.a > acqdsx3bert dspdsx3BertCntrs : BCRunning : 00 BCStorage : 0 BECRunning : 00 BECStorage : 0 DSX3 BERT in Sync NODENAME1.1.21.CESMT3.a >

addapsln

Add APS to a Line

Use the addapsln command to set Automatic Protection Switching (APS) on a specified line for the current PXM.

APS is a SONET switching mechanism that routes traffic from working lines to protect them in case of a line card failure or fiber cut.

To set APS parameters, use the cnfapsln command following the addapsln command.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

addapsln <workline> <workslot> <protectline> <protectslot> <archmode>

Syntax Description

workline

OC-3 or OC-12 line number on which to set APS.

  • OC-3 range = 1-4

  • OC-12 = 1

workslot

Slot number of the PXM, either 7 or 8.

protectline

Protection line number.

  • OC-3 range = 1-4

  • OC-12 = 1

protectslot

Protection slot number, either 7 or 8.

archmode

APS architect mode to be used on the working/protection line pairs.

  • 1 = 1+1 one back card

  • 2 = 1+1 two back cards

  • 3 = 1:1 one back card

  • 4 = 1+1 Annex B

Related Commands

cnfapsln, delapsln, dspapsln, switchapsln

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: SuperUser


Example 1-6: Add APS Protection line 1 on slot 8 to APS Working line1 on slot 7. Set the APS architect mode on the working/protection line pair to 1+1. spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > addapsln 1 7 1 8 2 spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >

addaimgrp

Add IMA Group

Use the addaimgrp command to set an AIMUX group on the current AUSM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

addaimgrp <group_num> <port_type> <list_of_links> <minNumLinks>

Syntax Description

group_num

AIMUX group number, in the range 1-8.

port_type

Port type.

  • 1 = UNI

  • 2 = NNI

list_of_links

List of physical lines, in the range 1-8, to be included in aimux_grp. Type a period (.) between each line in the string to delineate each member of the AIMUX group.

minNumLinks

Minimum number of links for the group formation, in the range 1-8.

Related Commands

delaimgrp, cnfaimgrp, dspaimgrp, dspaimgrps

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1


Example 1-7: Add IMA group 2 as UNI with lines 3, 4, and 5 spirit4.1.18.AUSM.a > addaimgrp 2 3.4.5 spirit4.1.18.AUSM.a >

A system response does not occur unless an error is detected. Possible errors include:

addcdrscprtn

Add Card Resource Partition

Use the addcdrscprtn command to set card-level resource partitions.


Note   This command applies only if the card partition type is controllerBased.

The resource you can partition at the card level is the number of connections available to a network controller.

With card-level partitioning:

Table 1-4 describes the effects of each of three usages of addcdrscprtn.


Table 1-4: Degrees of Card-Level Resource Partitioning
Command Description
addcdrscprtn off

Card-level partitioning is inactive. You must partition resources at the port level. (See also cnfportrscprtn.)

addcdrscprtn on

Default.

Card-level partitioning is on, but no allocation for a specific controller is specified. The maximum number of connections on a port is available to each controller. Each controller therefore competes for the connections.

addcdrscprtn on <x> <y> <z>

Same as addcdrscprtn, except x, y, and z represent the number of connections per port available to the PAR, PNNI, and Tag controllers, respectively.

In addition to the definitions in Table 1-4, note the following characteristics of this command:

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, CESM, VISM

Syntax: PXM

addcdrscprtn <ctrlr_num> <num_lcns>

Syntax Description

ctrlr_num

Controller type.

  • 1 = PAR

  • 2 = PNNI

  • 3 = TAG

num_lcns

Number of available global logical connection numbers (GLCNs), in the range 0-32767.

Syntax: FRSM

addcdrscprtn <controller> <numOfLcnAvail>

Syntax Description

controller

Controller type.

  • 1 = PAR/PVC

  • 2 = PNNI/SPVC

  • 3 = TAG

numOfLcnAvail

Maximum number of LCNs, in the range appropriate for the card.

  • 2CT3 range = 1-4000

  • 2T3 range = 1-2000

  • 2E3 range = 1-2000

  • HS2 range = 1-2000

Syntax: CESM

addcdrscprtn <controller> <numOfLcnAvail>

Syntax Description

controller

Controller type.

  • 1 = PAR/PVC

  • 2 = PNNI/SPVC

  • 3 = TAG

numOfLcnAvail

Maximum number of LCNs, in the range 0-248.

Related Commands

cnfrscprtn, dspcdrscprtn, delcdrscprtn

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Any (Active for PXM)

Privilege: Any


Example 1-8: On current PXM, change card-level partitioning to give 10000 GLCNs to PAR and 10000 GLCNs to Tag. The value for PNNI currently is 0. spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > addcdrscprtn 10000 0 10000 spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >

addchan

Add Channel

Use the addchan command to configure channels on the current PXM, FRSM, AUSM, or CESM. The syntax for using addchan on an AUSM differs from that used on all other cards. See Syntax: AUSM for guidelines.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM (8T1/E1, HS1/B, VHS), AUSM, CESM

Syntax: PXM

addchan <LCN> <if_num> <conn_type> <vpi> <vci> <serv_type> <y_vpi> <y_vci> <y_nsap> <chan_master>

Syntax Description

LCN

Logical connection number, in the range 16-4111.

if_num

Number of the logical interface port that receives connection traffic, in the range 1-32.

conn_type

Virtual path connection (VPC) or virtual channel connection (VCC).

  • 1 = VPC

  • 2 = VCC

vpi

Virtual path identifier (VPI) value, in the range 0-4095.

vci

Virtual channel identifier (VCI) value, in the range 0-65535.

serv_type

Service type.

  • 1 = CBR (constant bit rate)

  • 2 = VBR (variable bit rate)

  • 3 = ABR (available bit rate)

  • 4 = UBR (unspecified bit rate)

  • 5 = VBR-RT (variable bit rate—real-time class)

y_vpi

Remote VPI value, in the range 0-4095.

y_vci

Remote VCI value, in the range 0-65535.

y_nsap

Remote Network Service Access Point (NSAP) value, in the format node.slot.port. An NSAP is the point at which OSI Network Service is made available to a transport layer (Layer 4) entity.

chan_master

Status of local endpoint, either master or slave.

  • 1 = master

  • 2 = slave

Syntax: FRSM-8T1/E1

addchan <chan> <port> <dlci> <cir> <chan_type> [CAC] <mastership> <locnsap> <rmtvpi> <rmtvci> <rmtnsap>

Syntax Description

chan

Channel number, in the range 16-1015.

port

Port number for T1 or E1.

  • T1 range = 1-192

  • E1 range = 1-248

dlci

Data-link connection identifier (DLCI) value, in the range 0-1023.

cir

Committed information rate (CIR) value for T1 bps or E1 bps.

  • T1 range = 0-1536000

  • E1 range = 0-204800

chan_type

Channel type.

  • 1 = NIW

  • 2 = SIW-transparent

  • 3 = SIW-translation

  • 4 = FUNI

  • 5 = frame forwarding

CAC

Connection admission control (CAC), either enabled or disabled.

  • 1 = enable

  • 2 = disable (default)

mastership

Status of current end, either master or slave.

  • 1 = master

  • 2 = slave

locnsap

A 20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the local node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.

rmtvpi

Remote virtual path identifier (VPI) value, in the range 1-65535.

rmtvci

Remote virtual channel identifier (VCI) value, in the range 1-65535.

rmtnsap

A 20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the remote node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.

Syntax: FRSM-HS1/B

addchan <chan_num> <port_num> <dlci_num> <cir> <chan_type> [CAC] <mastership> <locnsap> <rmtvpi> <rmtvci> <rmtnsap>

Syntax Description

chan_num

Channel number, in the range 16-1015.

port_num

Port number, in the range appropriate for the interface.

  • X.21 range = 1-4

  • HSSI range = 1-2

dlci_num

Data-link connection identifier (DLCI) value, in the range 0-1023.

cir

Committed information rate (CIR) value, in the range appropriate for the interface.

  • X.21 range = 0-10000000 bps

  • HSSI range = 0-20000000 bps

chan_type

Channel type.

  • 1 = NIW

  • 2 = SIW-transparent

  • 3 = SIW-translation

  • 4 = FUNI

  • 5 = frame forwarding

CAC

Connection admission control, either enabled or disabled.

  • 1 = enable

  • 2 = disable (default)

mastership

Status of current end, either master or slave.

  • 1 = master

  • 2 = slave

locnsap

A 20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the local node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.

rmtvpi

Remote virtual path identifier (VPI) value, in the range 1-65535.

rmtvci

Remote virtual channel identifier (VCI) value, in the range 1-65535.

rmtnsap

A 20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the remote node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.

Possible errors include:

Syntax: FRSM-VHS

addchan <chan> <port> <dlci> <cir> <chan_type> <serv_type> [CAC_enable] <mastership> <locnsap> <rmtvpi> <rmtvci> <rmtnsap>

Syntax Description

chan

Channel number, in the range 16-4015.

port

Port number, in the range 1-256.

dlci

Data-link connection identifier (DLCI) value, in the range 0-1023.

cir

Committed information rate (CIR) value for T1 bps or E1 bps.

  • T1 range = 0-1536000

  • E1 range = 0-2048000

chan_type

Channel type.

  • 1 = NIW

  • 2 = SIW-transparent

  • 3 = SIW-translation

  • 4 = FUNI

  • 5 = frame forwarding

serv_type

Service type.

  • 1 = CBR (constant bit rate)

  • 2 = VBR (variable bit rate)

  • 3 = ABR (available bit rate)

  • 4 = UBR (unspecified bit rate)

CAC_enable

Connection admission control (CAC), either enabled or disabled.

  • 1 = enable

  • 2 = disable (default)

mastership

Status of current end, either master or slave.

  • 1 = master

  • 2 = slave

locnsap

A 20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the local node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.

rmtvpi

Remote virtual path identifier (VPI) value, in the range 1-65535.

rmtvci

Remote virtual channel identifier (VCI) value, in the range 1-65535.

rmtnsap

A 20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the remote node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.

Syntax: AUSM

addchan <channel number> <connection type> <port number> <vpi> <vci> <service type> <mastership> <locnsap> <rmtvpi> <rmtvci> <rmtnsap>

Syntax Description

channel number

Channel number, in the range 16-1015.

connection type

Connection type, either virtual path connection (VPC) or virtual channel connection(VCC).

  • 1 = VPC

  • 2 = VCC

port number

Port number, in the range 1-8.

vpi

Virtual path identifier (VPI) value, in the range 0-255.

vci

Virtual channel identifier (VCI) value, in the range 0-65535.

service type

Service type.

  • 1 = CBR (constant bit rate)

  • 2 = VBR (variable bit rate)

  • 3 = ABR (available bit rate)

  • 4 = UBR (unspecified bit rate)

mastership

Status of current end, either master or slave.

  • 1 = master

  • 2 = slave

locnsap

A 20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the local node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.

rmtvpi

Remote VPI value, in the range 1-65535.

rmtvci

Remote VCI value, in the range 1-65535. This setting should be identical to that for the logical port number of the remote endpoint.

rmtnsap

20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the remote node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.


Example 1-9: Add a VCC connection to channel 16 on port 1 with vpi=1, vci=1, ABR service type, and an egress queue number of 1 spirit4.1.18.AUSM.a > addchan 16 2 1 1 1 3 1
spirit4.1.18.AUSM.a >
Syntax: CESM-8T1E1

addchan <chan_num> <port_num> <sig_type> <partial_fill> <cond_data> <cond_signal> [mastership | locnsap | rmtvpi | rmtvci | rmtnsap]

Syntax Description

chan_num

Channel number, in the range 32-279.

port_num

Port number for T1 or E1.

  • T1 range = 1-192

  • E1 range = 1-248

sig_type

Type of signalling to be used. All channels on a line should have the same value.

  • 1 = basic

  • 2 = E1 CAS

  • 3 = DS1 superframe CAS

  • 4 = DS1 extended superframe CAS

partial_fill

Number of bytes to partially fill a cell for different lines.

  • 0 = a fully filled cell (default)

  • 20-47 = cells for structured E1

  • 25-47 = for structured T1

  • 33-47 = for unstructured T1 or E1

cond_data

Data-conditioning, either UDT or SDT.

  • UDT = 255

  • SDT range = 0-255

cond_signal

Condition signal, in the range 0-15.

mastership

Status of current end, either master or slave.

  • 1 = master

  • 2 = slave (default)

locnsap

A 20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the local node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.

rmtvpi

Remote virtual path identifier (VPI) value, in the range 1-65535.

rmtvci

Remote virtual channel identifier (VCI) value, in the range 1-65535.
This setting should be identical to that for the logical port number of the remote endpoint.

rmtnsap

A 20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the remote node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.

Possible errors include:

Syntax: CESM-T3E3

addchan <chan_num> <port_num> <cond_sig> <mastership> <locnsap> <rmtvpi> <rmtvci> <rmtnsap>

Syntax Description

chan

Channel number. Enter the value 32.

port

Port number. Enter the value 1.

cond_sig

Condition signal number, in the range 0-15.

mastership

Status of the current end, either master or slave.

  • 1 = master

  • 2 = slave

locnsap

A 20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the local node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.

rmtvpi

Remote virtual path identifier (VPI) value, in the range 1-65535.

rmtvci

Remote virtual channel identifier (VCI) value, in the range 1-65535.
This setting should be identical to that for the logical port number of the remote endpoint.

rmtnsap

A 20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the remote node name, slot, and port in NSAP format.

Possible errors include:

Related Commands

delchan, dspchan , dspchans

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 2

addchanloop

Add a Channel Loopback

Use the addchanloop command to configure a channel loopback to the current FRSM or AUSM card. This command causes the channel to loop at the segmentation and reassembly (SAR) stage.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM, AUSM

Syntax: FRSM

addchanloop <chan_num>

Syntax Description

chan_num

Channel number to be used for the loopback on the FRSM card.

  • 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015

  • HS1/B range = 16-1015

  • T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015

  • 2CT3 range = 16-4015

Syntax for AUSM-8T1E1

addchanloop <port.VPI.VCI | ChanNum>

Syntax Description

port.VPI.VCI

Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation.

Virtual path identifier (VPI) range = 1-4095.

Virtual channel identifier (VCI) range = 1-65535.

ChanNum

Channel number, in the range 16-1015.

Related Commands

delchanloop , tstcon , tstdelay

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Group 4


Example 1-10: Add channel loopback onto channel number 21 s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > addchanloop 21


Example 1-11: Add channel loopback onto port 2, VPI 1, VCI 1 s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > addchanloop 2.1.1

addcon

Add Connection

Use the addcon command to configure connectivity to the current card. The addcon command is preferable to addchan for adding a connection because addcon does not require the NSAP addresses.

Command execution includes a specification of the endpoint as either the master or the slave. Execute addcon first at the slave end, then the master end. The syntax for the master end includes a parameter SlaveConID. Rather than a single number, SlaveConID is the node name, slot number, port number, and connection identifier (if applicable) of the slave end.


Note   To set up a three-segment connection across a network, specify the PXM as slot 0.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, CESM, AUSM

Syntax: PXM

addcon <port_no> <conn_type> <local_VPI> <local_VCI> <service> [CAC] [mastership] [remoteConnId]

Syntax Description

port_no

Port number, in the range 1-32.

conn_type

Virtual path connection (VPC) or virtual channel connection (VCC).

  • 1 = VPC

  • 2 = VCC

local_VPI

Local virtual path identifier (VPI), in the range 0-4095.

local_VCI

Local virtual channel identifier (VCI), in the range 0-65535.

service

Type of service.

  • 1 = CBR (constant bit rate)

  • 2 = VBR (variable bit rate)

  • 3 = ABR (available bit rate)

  • 4 = UBR (unspecified bit rate)

CAC

Connection admission control (CAC).

  • 1 = enable

  • 2 = disable (default)

mastership

Status of the current end, either master or slave.

  • 1 = master (You must also set remoteConnId for the master.)

  • 2 = slave (default)

remoteConnId

Remote connection identifier, in the format NodeName.SlotNo.PortNo.VPI.VCI.

Syntax: FRSM-8T1/8E1

addcon <port number> <DLCI> <CIR> <channel type> [Adm_cntrl] <controller_type> [mastership] <RemoteEndConID>

Syntax Description

port number

Port number for T1 or E1.

  • T1 range = 1-192

  • E1 range = 1-248

DLCI

Data-link connection identifier (DLCI) in the range 0-1023.

CIR

Committed information rate (CIR) for T1 bps or E1 bps.

  • T1 range = 0-1536000

  • E1 range = 0-2048000

channel type

Type of connection to be used on the channel.

  • 1 = NIW (network interworking)

  • 2 = SIW-transparent (service interworking without any SDU translation)

  • 3 = SIW-translation (service interworking with SDU translation)

  • 4 = FUNI (Frame Relay UNI)

  • 5 = frame forwarding

Adm_cntrl

Connection admission control (CAC), either enabled or disabled.

  • 1 = enable CAC

  • 2 = disable CAC (default)

controller_type

Signalling controller type, either PVC or SPVC.

  • 1 = PVC (PAR) (default)

  • 2 = SPVC (PNNI)

mastership

Status of the connection, either master or slave.

  • 1 = master

  • 2 = slave (default)

RemoteEndConID

Node name, slot number, port number, and DLCI.

or

Node name, slot number, port number, Controller ID, and DLCI for a Frame Relay endpoint. Use one of the following values to set controller type:

  • 1 = PAR

  • 2 = PNNI

  • 3 = TAG

or

Node name, slot number, port number, and VPI.VCI for an ATM endpoint.

A system response does not occur unless an error is detected. Possible errors include:

Syntax: FRSM-2CT3

addcon <port number> <DLCI> <CIR> <channel type> <egress service type> [Adm_cntrl] <controller_type> <mastership> <RemoteEndConID>

Syntax Description

port number

Port number in the range 1-256.

DLCI

Data-link connection identifier (DLCI) value, in the range 0-1023.

CIR

Committed information rate (CIR), in the range 0-1536000 bps.

channel type

Type of connection on this channel.

  • 1 = NIW (network interworking)

  • 2 = SIW-transparent (service interworking without any SDU translation)

  • 3 = SIW-translation (service interworking with SDU translation)

  • 4 = FUNI (Frame Relay UNI)

  • 5 = frame forwarding

egress service type

Type of egress service provided on this channel.

  • 1 = highpriorityQ (typically committed bit rate connections)

  • 2 = rtVBRQ (real-time variable bit rate connections)

  • 3 = nrtVBRQ (non-real time variable bit rate connections)

  • 4 = aBRQ (available bit rate connections)

  • 5 = uBRQ (unspecified bit rate connections)

Adm_cntrl

Connection admission control (CAC), either enabled or disabled.

  • 1 = enable CAC

  • 2 = disable CAC (default)

controller_type

Signalling controller type, either PVC or SPVC.

  • 1 = PVC (PAR) (default)

  • 2 = SPVC (PNNI)

mastership

Status of connection, either master or slave.

  • 1 = master

  • 2 = slave (default)

RemoteEndConID

Node name, slot number, port number, and DLCI.

or

Node name, slot number, port number, Controller ID, and DLCI for a Frame Relay endpoint. Use one of the following values to set controller type:

  • 1 = PAR

  • 2 = PNNI

  • 3 = TAG

or

Node name, slot number, port number, and VPI.VCI for an ATM endpoint.

Syntax: FRSM-2T3/2E3

addcon <port number> <DLCI> <CIR> <channel type> <egress service type> [Adm_cntrl] <controller_type> <mastership> <RemoteEndConID>

Syntax Description

port number

Port number in the range 1-2.

DLCI

Data-link connection identifier (DLCI) value in the range 0-1023.

CIR

Committed information rate (CIR) bps value for 2T3 or 2E3.

  • 2T3 range = 0-44210000

  • 2E3 range = 0-34010000

channel type

Type of connection on this channel.

  • 1 = NIW (network interworking)

  • 2 = SIW-transparent (service interworking without any SDU translation)

  • 3 = SIW-translation (service interworking with SDU translation)

  • 4 = FUNI (Frame Relay UNI)

  • 5 = frame forwarding

egress service type

Type of egress service provided on this channel.

  • 1 = highpriorityQ (typically committed bit rate connections)

  • 2 = rtVBRQ (real-time variable bit rate connections)

  • 3 = nrtVBRQ (non real-time variable bit rate connections)

  • 4 = aBRQ (available bit rate connections)

  • 5 = uBRQ (unspecified bit rate connections)

Adm_cntrl

Connection admission control (CAC), either enabled or disabled.

  • 1 = enable CAC

  • 2 = disable CAC (default)

controller_type

Signalling controller type, either PVC or SPVC.

  • 1 = PVC (PAR) (default)

  • 2 = SPVC (PNNI)

mastership

Status of connection, either master or slave.

  • 1 = master

  • 2 = slave (default)

RemoteEndConID

Node name, slot number, port number, and DLCI.

or

Node name, slot number, port number, Controller ID, and DLCI for a Frame Relay endpoint. Use one of the following values to set controller type:

  • 0 = PAR

  • 1 = PNNI

  • 2 = TAG

or

Node name, slot number, port number, and VPI.VCI for an ATM endpoint.

Syntax: FRSM-HS2

addcon <port number> <DLCI> <CIR> <channel type> <egress service type> [Adm_cntrl] <controller_type> <mastership> <RemoteEndConID>

Syntax Description

port number

Port number, in the range 1-2.

DLCI

Data-link channel identifier (DLCI) value, in the range 0-1023.

CIR

Committed information rate (CIR), in the range 0-51840000 bps.

channel type

Type of connection on this channel.

  • 1 = NIW (network interworking)

  • 2 = SIW-transparent (service interworking without any SDU translation)

  • 3 = SIW-translation (service interworking with SDU translation)

  • 4 = FUNI (Frame Relay UNI)

  • 5 = frame forwarding

egress service type

Type of egress service provided on this channel.

  • 1 = highpriorityQ (typically committed bit rate connections)

  • 2 = rtVBRQ (real-time variable bit rate connections)

  • 3 = nrtVBRQ (non-real time variable bit rate connections)

  • 4 = aBRQ (available bit rate connections)

  • 5 = uBRQ (unspecified bit rate connections)

Adm_cntrl

Connection admission control (CAC), either enabled or disabled.

  • 1 = enable CAC

  • 2 = disable CAC (default)

controller_type

Signalling controller type, either PVC or SPVC.

  • 1 = PVC (PAR) (default)

  • 2 = SPVC (PNNI)

mastership

Status of the connection, either master or slave.

1 = master

2 = slave (default)

RemoteEndConID

Node name, slot number, port number, and DLCI.

or

Node name, slot number, port number, Controller ID, and DLCI for a Frame Relay endpoint. Use one of the following values to set controller type:

  • 0 = PAR

  • 1 = PNNI

  • 2 = TAG

or

Node name, slot number, port number, and VPI.VCI for an ATM endpoint.

Syntax: AUSM

addcon slave | master <port number> <vpi> <vci> <Conn type> <Service Type>

Syntax Description

slave | master

Associates the AUSM port with either master or slave status.

port number

Port number, in the range 1-8.

vpi

Virtual path identifier (VPI) value, in the range 0-255.

vci

Virtual channel identifier (VCI) value, in the range 0-65535.

Conn type

Type of connection.

  • 0 = VCC connection

  • non-zero = Local connection

VP ID of the VPC (1 to 20 (UNI)/100 (STI)/340 (NNI)

Service Type

Service type.

  • 1 = CBR (constant bit rate)

  • 2 = VBR (variable bit rate)

  • 3 = ABR (available bit rate)

SlaveConID

Used only for master configuration:

Node name, slot number, port number, VCI, and VPI of the slave end.


Example 1-12: Add a VCC connection to channel 16 on port 2 with vpi=1, vci=1, ABR service type, and an egress queue number of 1 spirit4.1.18.AUSM.a > addcon 16 2 1 1 1 3 1
spirit4.1.18.AUSM.a >

A system response does not occur unless an error is detected. Possible errors include:

Syntax: CESM 8T1/E1

addcon <port_num> <sig_type> <partial_fill> <cond_data> <cond_signalling> [controller_type] [mastership] [RemoteEndConID]

Syntax Description

port_num

Port number for T1 or E1 interface.

  • T1 range = 1-192

  • E1 range = 1-248

sig_type

Channel associated signalling (CAS) value.

  • 1 = basic

  • 2 = E1 CAS

  • 3 = DS1 superframe CAS

  • 4 = DS1 extended superframe CAS

partial_fill

Number of bytes to set cell fills, as associated with line types.

  • Partial fill, in the range 0-47. Enter the value either 0 or 47 to set this parameter for fully filled cells.

  • Structured T1, in the range 25-47.

  • Structure E1, in the range 20-47.

  • Unstructured T1/E1, in the range 33-47.

cond_data

Conditional data UDT or SDT.

  • UDT = 255

  • SDT range = 0-255

Conditional data is sent on the line when there is an underflow and also toward the network when forming dummy cells.

cond_signalling

Conditional signalling, in the range 0-15.

Conditional signalling is sent on the line when there is an underflow and also toward the network when forming dummy cells.

controller_type

Signalling controller type, either PVC or SPVC.

  • 1 = PVC (PAR) (default)

  • 2 = SPVC (PNNI)

mastership

Status of current end, either master or slave.

  • 1 = master

  • 2 = slave (default)

RemoteEndConID

Node name, slot number, port number, and DLCI.

or

Node name, slot number, port number, Controller ID, and DLCI for a Frame Relay endpoint. Use one of the following values to set controller type:

  • 0 = PAR

  • 1 = PNNI

  • 2 = TAG

or

The node name, slot number, port number, and VPI.VCI for an ATM endpoint.


Note   Note: the slot number should be set to 0 (zero) to point to the active PXM.

A system response does not occur unless an error is detected. Possible errors include:

Related Commands

delcon, dspcons , dspcon

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 2

addendpt

Add End Point

Use the addendpt command to set the endpoints on the VISM card. An endpoint is a logical port that consists of one or more DS0s. It resembles the logical port on the channelized FRSM or CESM card. The ds1_num and the ds0_list are used to create the endpoint ID. The SU requires the endpoint ID to send the Create Connection (CRCX) command of the SGCP protocol to the VISM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

VISM

Syntax

addendpt <endpoint_num> <ds1_num> <ds0_list>

Syntax Description

endpoint_num

Number of the endpoint, in the range 1-240.

ds1_num

Number of the physical line associated with this endpoint, in the range 1-8.

ds0_list

The list of DS0s at this endpoint. Set the list number as appropriate for T1, E1, or VISM.

  • E1 range = 1- 31

  • T1 range = 1-24

  • VISM: DS0s can be non-contiguous

Separate individual DS0s by a period (.). For the current release of the VISM, only 1 DS0 can exist on an endpoint. For multiple DS0s, you can specify a range of DS0s with a dash (-). For example, 1.3-5 means DS0s 1, 3, 4, and 5.

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-13: Add endpoint number 1 to physical line 1. This endpoint uses DS0 1. spirit4.1.28.VISM.a > addendpt 1 1 1 spirit4.1.28.VISM.a >

A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.

addimagrp

Add IMA Group

Use the addimagrp command to configure an IMA group for the current AUSM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

addimagrp <group_num> <port_type> <list_of_lines> <minNumLinks>

Syntax Description

group_num

Number of the IMA group to be configured, in the range 1-8.

port_type

Value to set port type as either UNI or NNI.

  • 1 = UNI

  • 2 = NN1

list_of_lines

List of links to be included in group_num. Delineate each item in the list
with a (.).

minNumLinks

Minimum number of links for the group formation, in the range 1-8.

Related Commands

dspimagrp, dspimagrpcnt, dspimagrps, dspimainfo, dspimalncnt

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1


Example 1-14: Add IMA group 2 as UNI with lines 3, 4, and 5 spirit4.1.28.AUSM.a > addimagrp 2 1 3.4.5
spirit4.1.28.AUSM.a >

A system response does not occur unless an error is detected. Possible errors include:

addlink

Add Link

Use the addlink command to configure a link between a T1 line within a T3 line on an SRM-3T3 card and a slot and line number on a T1 service module.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

addlink <T3LineNum> <T1Slot> <Numberof T1s> <TargetSlotNum> <TargetSlotLineNum>

Syntax Description

T3LineNum

Line number in the format slot.line.

  • slot = 15 or 31

  • line range = 1-3

Slot number 15 is used for the cards in slot and 15 and 16 (whichever is active). Slot 31 is used for cards in 31 and 32.

T1Slot

T1 slot number, in the range 1-28.

Number of T1s

Number of T1s, in the range 1-8.

Target Slot number

T1 service module slot number to be linked to the T1 line, in the following ranges:

  • 1-6

  • 11-14

  • 17-22

  • 27-30.

TargetSlotLineNum

T1 line number in the slot to be linked, in the range 1-4 or 1-8.

Related Commands

dsplink, dellink

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-15: Add a link between the T1 line 1 within T3 line 2 on the SRM-3T3 card in slot 15 and T1 line number 5 on the T1 service module in slot 3 spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > addlink 15.2 1 3 5 spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >

addlmiloop

Add Loopback Line

Use the addlmiloop command to stop sending LMI connection status messages to the BPX feeder trunk. This command should be used in conjunction with addfdrlp on the BPX (see Figure 1-2). This command can be used only if a feeder trunk exists.

After you have executed the addlmiloop command on the MGX 8250 switch and the addfdrlp command on the BPX series switch, use the dsplmistats command on the BPX switch. The dsplmistats command shows the LMI messages exchanged between the BPX series switch and the MGX 8250 switch. The LMI messages will not show an increase after LMI looping is implemented.


Figure 1-2: Status Messages Halted between an MGX 8250 Switch and a BPX Switch


Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

addlmiloop <slot.port>

Syntax Description

slot.port

  • Slot number, in the range 1-32

  • Port number, in the range 1-256

Related Commands

dellmiloop, dsplmiloop

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1


Example 1-16: Add an LMI loopback line numbered 1 to the current card (the PXM in slot 8) spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > addlmiloop 1
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >

Example 1-17: Add a feeder loop on the BPX spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > addfdrlp 5.5 spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >
Example 1-18: Display LMI loop spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > dsplmiloop TRK IN LMI LOOP ------------------- 1.8 Yes
Example 1-19: Display LMI statistics for the BPX; number of LMI messages in the statistics does not increase VPI.VCI: 3.31 Lmi enabled Lmi polling enabled Invalid Pdu Rx: 0 Status Polling Timer (T396) : 10 Invalid Pdu Len Rx: 14 Status Enquiry Timer (T393) : 10 Unknown Pdu Type Rx: 0 Max Status Enquiry Retry (N394): 5 Unknown IE Type Rx: 4 Update Status Timer (T394) : 10 Bad Transaction Rx: 0 Max Update Status Retry (N395) : 5 Status Rx: 46504 Spc Polling Timer : 2 Status Enq Tx: 46546 Spc Retry Timer : 0 Status Enq Rx: 92014 Spc Retry Counter : 1 Status Tx: 92014 Node Status Retry Timer : 0 Status Ack Rx: 185 Node Status Retry Counter : 0 Update Status Tx: 297 Node Status Polling Timer : 8 Update Status Rx: 203 Status Ack Tx: 203 VPI.VCI: 3.31 Lmi enabled Lmi polling enabled Invalid Pdu Rx: 0 Status Polling Timer (T396) : 10 Invalid Pdu Len Rx: 14 Status Enquiry Timer (T393) : 10 Unknown Pdu Type Rx: 0 Max Status Enquiry Retry (N394): 5 Unknown IE Type Rx: 4 Update Status Timer (T394) : 10 Bad Transaction Rx: 0 Max Update Status Retry (N395) : 5 Status Rx: 46511 Spc Polling Timer : 0 Status Enq Tx: 46553 Spc Retry Timer : 0 Status Enq Rx: 92028 Spc Retry Counter : 1 Status Tx: 92028 Node Status Retry Timer : 0 Status Ack Rx: 185 Node Status Retry Counter : 0 Update Status Tx: 297 Node Status Polling Timer : 9 Update Status Rx: 203 Status Ack Tx: 203

addln

Add Line

Use the addln command to activate an OC-12, OC-3, T3, or E3 line on the current card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM-series, AUSM, SRM-3T3, CESM-series, VISM

Syntax: PXM

addln -ds3 <LineNum> | -e3 <LineNum> | -sonet <LineNum>

Syntax Description

-ds3

Command delineator that precedes the T3 LineNum entry.

LineNum

DS3 line number in the format slot.line.

  • slot = 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, or 32

  • line = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation

-e3

Command delineator that precedes the E3 LineNum entry.

LineNum

E3 line number format slot.line.

  • slot = 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, or 32

  • line = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation

-sonet

Command delineator that precedes the SONET LineNum entry.

LineNum

OC-3 or OC-12 line number in the format slot.line.

  • slot = enter a value of 7. Enter 8 if the active PXM is in slot 8

  • line = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation

Set line number value at 7 if the line type is SONET.


Note   You can only activate one PXM line on the feeder implementation of an MGX 8250 switch node. With an OC-12 trunk, the only active port with any MGX 8250 switch implementation is port 1.

Syntax: FRSM, AUSM, SRM, CESM, VISM

addln <line_num>

Syntax Description

line_num

Line number, in the range appropriate for the card.

  • FRSM

    • 8T1 range = 1-8

    • HS1/B range = 1-4

  • AUSM

    • 8T1/8E1 range = 1-8

    • IMATM-T3T1/E3E1 range = 1-8

  • CESM, enter a value in the range 1-8

Related Commands

cnfln , delln, dspln

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: 1 (Any on PXM)


Example 1-20: Add a line numbered 1 to current card (the PXM in slot 8) spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > addln 1
spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >

A message does not appear unless an error occurs. Possible errors include:

addlnloop

Add Line Loop

Use the addlnloop command to set a specified line in loopback state on the current card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM

Syntax: PXM

addlnloop -ds3 <LineNum> | -e3 <LineNum> | -sonet <LineNum>

Syntax Description

-ds3

Command delineator that precedes the T3 LineNum entry.

LineNum

DS3 line number in the format slot.line.

  • slot = 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, or 32

  • line = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation

-e3

Command delineator that precedes the E3 LineNum entry.

LineNum

E3 line number format slot.line.

  • slot = 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, or 32

  • line = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation

-sonet

Command delineator that precedes the SONET LineNum entry.

LineNum

OC-3 or OC-12 line number in the format slot.line.

  • slot = 7 or 8

  • line = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation

Set line number value at 7 if the line type is SONET.

Syntax: FRSM, AUSM, CESM

addlnloop <line_num>

Syntax Description

line_num

Line number to be set in loopback state, in the range appropriate for the card.

  • FRSM

    • 8T1 range = 1-8

    • HS1/B range = 1-4

  • AUSM

    • 8T1/8E1 range = 1-8

    • IMATM-T3T1/E3E1 range = 1-8

  • CESM, enter a value in the range 1-8

Related Commands

dellnloop

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Service (Any on PXM)

addlns2aimgrp

Add Lines to an AIM Group

Use the addlns2aimgrp command to add lines to an existing AIMUX group.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

addlns2aimgrp <grp_num> <list_of_lines>

Syntax Description

grp_num

Number of the AIMUX group on which lines are to be added, in the range 1-8.

list_of_lines

List of lines to be associated with this AIMUX group. Use dotted format to delineate each line in your entry string.

Related Commands

dellnsfmaimgrp

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1


Example 1-21: Add lines 1 and 2 to IMA group 2 spirit4.1.18.AUSM.a > addlns2aimgrp 2 1. spirit4.1.18.AUSM.a >

A message does not appear unless an error occurs. Possible errors include:

addport

Add Port

Use the addport command to add a service port to the shelf configuration.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, CESM

Syntax: PXM OC-3

addport <port_number> <line_number> <percent_bandwidth> <min_vpi> <max_vpi>

Syntax Description

port_number

OC-3 port number to be added, in the range 1-32.

line_number

OC-3 line number. Enter the value 4.

percent_bandwidth

Percentage of bandwidth to be allocated to the port, in the range 1-100.

min_vpi

Virtual path identifier (VPI) value, in the range 0-4095.

max_vpi

VPI value, in the range 0-4095.

Syntax: PXM OC-12 back cards

addport <port_number> <line_number> <percent_bandwidth> <min_vpi> <max_vpi>

Syntax Description

port_number

OC-12 port number to be added, in the range 1-32.

line_number

OC-12 line number. Enter the value 1.

percent_bandwidth

Percentage of bandwidth to be allocated to the port, in the range 1-100.

min_vpi

Virtual path identifier (VPI) value, in the range 0-4095.

max_vpi

VPI value, in the range 0-4095.

Syntax: PXM T3/E3 back cards

addport <port_number> <line_number> <percent_bandwidth> <min_VPI> <max_VPI>

Syntax Description

port_number

Port number, in the range 1-32.

line_number

T3/E3 line number. Enter the value 2.

percent_bandwidth

Percentage of bandwidth to be allocated to the port, in the range 1-100.

min_VPI

Virtual path identifier (VPI) value, in the range 0-4095.

max_VPI

VPI value, in the range 0-4095.

Syntax: FRSM-8T1E1 cards

addport <port_num> <line_num> <ds0_speed> <begin_slot> <num_slot> <port_type>

Syntax Description

port_num

Port number of either the FRSM-8T1 or the FRSM-8E1.

  • FRSM-8T1 range = 1-192

  • FRSM-8E1 range = 1-248

line_num

FRSM-8T1E1 line number, in the range 1-8.

ds0_speed

Bit rate as either 56 Kbps or 64 Kbps for the DS0.

  • 1 = 56 Kbps

  • 2 = 64 Kbps

begin_slot

Number of the beginning timeslot in the T1 or E1 frame.

num_slot

Number of consecutive timeslots in the T1 or E1 frame.

port_type

Type of service as Frame Relay, FUNI, or frame forwarding.

  • 1 = Frame Relay

  • 2 = FUNI

  • 3 = frame forwarding

Syntax: FRSM-2T3E3 cards

addport <port_num> <line_num> <ds0_speed> <begin_slot> <num_slot> <port_type>

Syntax Description

port_num

Port number on the FRSM-2T3 or FRSM-2E3, in the range 1-2.

line_num

FRSM-2T3E3 line number in the range 1-2.

ds0_speed

Bit rate as either 56 Kbps or 64 Kbps for the DS0.

  • 1 = 56 Kbps

  • 2 = 64 Kbps

begin_slot

Number of the beginning timeslot in the T1 or E1 frame.

num_slot

Number of consecutive timeslots in the T1 or E1 frame.

port_type

Type of service as Frame Relay, FUNI, or frame forwarding.

  • 1 = Frame Relay

  • 2 = FUNI

  • 3= frame forwarding

Syntax: FRSM-2CT3

addport <port_num> <line_num> <ds0_speed> <begin_slot> <num_slot> <port_type>

Syntax Description

port_num

Port number on the FRSM-2CT3, in the range 1-256.

line_num

FRSM-2CT3 line number in the range 1-56.

ds0_speed

Bit rate as either 56 Kbps or 64 Kbps for the DS0.

  • 1 = 56 Kbps

  • 2 = 64 Kbps

begin_slot

Number of the beginning timeslot in the T1 or E1 frame.

num_slot

Number of consecutive timeslots in the T1 or E1 frame.

port_type

Type of service as Frame Relay, FUNI, or frame forwarding.

  • 1 = Frame Relay

  • 2 = FUNI

  • 3 = frame forwarding

Syntax: FRSM-HS1/B

addport <port_num> <port_type>

Syntax Description

port_num

Port number, in the range appropriate for the interface type.

  • X.21 range = 1-4

  • HSSI range = 1-2

port_type

Type of service as Frame Relay, FUNI, or frame forwarding.

  • 1 = Frame Relay

  • 2 = FUNI

  • 3 = frame forwarding

Syntax: FRSM-HS2

addport <port_num> <line_num> <ds0_speed> <begin_slot> <num_slot> <port_type>

Syntax Description

port_num

Port number on the FRSM-HS2, in the range 1-2.

line_num

FRSM-HS2 line number, in the range 1-2.

ds0_speed

Bit rate as either 56 Kbps or 64 Kbps for the DS0.

  • 1 = 56 Kbps

  • 2 = 64 Kbps

begin_slot

Number of the beginning timeslot in the T1 or E1 frame.

num_slot

Number of consecutive timeslots in the T1 or E1 frame.

port_type

Type of service as Frame Relay, FUNI, or frame forwarding.

  • 1 = Frame Relay

  • 2 = FUNI

  • 3 = frame forwarding

Syntax: CESM-8T1E1 cards

addport <port_num> <line_num> <begin_slot> <num_slot> <port_type>

Syntax Description

port_num

Port number on the CESM-8T1 or CESM-8E1 card.

  • CESM-8T1 range = 1-192

  • CESM-8E1 range = 1-248

line_num

CESM-8T1E1 line number, in the range 1-8.

begin_slot

Number of the beginning timeslot in the T1 or E1 frame.

num_slot

Number of consecutive timeslots in the T1 or E1 frame.

port_type

Type of service.

  • 1 = structured

  • 2 = unstructured

  • 3 = framing on VC disconnect

Syntax: CESM-T3E3 cards

addport <port_num> <line_num>

Syntax Description

port_num

Port number. Enter the value 1.

line_num

Line number. Enter the value 1.

Related Commands

cnfport , delport, dspport , dspports

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1 (Any on PXM)


Example 1-22: Add port 1 on line 1 with DS0 timeslots 1 through 24 assigned as structured node501.1.1.CESM.a > addport 1 1 1 24 1 node501.1.1.CESM.a >

addred

Add Redundancy

Use the addred command to link two MGX 8250 slots (a primary slot and a secondary slot) so that the switch treats the cards in these slots as a redundant pair of cards.

The secondary slot should be in the same half of the shelf (upper or lower) as the primary slot. Redundancy can be 1:1 or 1:N. If the redundancy is 1:N, link one secondary slot to N primary slots through multiple executions of this command.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

addred <redPrimarySlotNum> <redSecondarySlotNum> <redType>

Syntax Description

redPrimarySlotNum

Slot number that contains the primary card of the card pair, in the following ranges:

  • 1-6

  • 9-14

  • 17-22

  • 25-30

redSecondarySlotNum

Slot number that contains the secondary card of the card pair, in the following ranges:

  • 1-6

  • 9-14

  • 17-22

  • 25-30

redType

Type of redundancy to be deployed on the PXM.

  • 1 = 1:1

  • 2 = 1:N

Related Commands

dspred, delred

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-23: Add 1:1 redundancy between card in slot 4 and card in slot 1 node501.1.7.PXM.a > addred 1 4 1 node501.1.7.PXM.a >

A system response does not occur unless a system error is detected.

addrscprtn

Add Resource Partition

Use the addrscprtn command to configure resource partitions for the current PXM.

A resource partition on a PXM consists of a percentage of bandwidth, a VPI/VCI range, and the number of global logical connection numbers (GLCNs) available to a network control application.


Note   On a virtual trunk, the min_vpi and max_vpi should be the same. Only a routing node can support virtual trunking.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

addrscprtn <if_num> <ctrlr_num> <ingr_pct_bw> <egr_pct_bw> <min_vpi> <max_vpi> <min_vci> <max_vci> <max_chans>

Syntax Description

if_num

Logical interface number, in the range 1- 32.

ctrlr_num

Type of network control application to be used on the logical interface.

  • 1 = PAR

  • 2 = PNNI

  • 3 = TAG

ingr_pct_bw

Percentage of ingress bandwidth to be allocated on the interface, in the range 0-100.

egr_pct_bw

Percentage of egress bandwidth to be allocated on the interface, in the range 0-100.

min_vpi

Minimum virtual path identifier (VPI) value, in the range 0-4095.

max_vpi

Maximum VPI value, in the range 0-4095.

min_vci

Minimum virtual channel identifier (VCI) value, in the range 0-65535.

max_vci

Maximum VCI value, in the range 0-65535.

max_chans

Maximum global logical connection numbers (GLCNs), in the range 0-32767.

Related Commands

cnfrscprtn, delrscprtn, dspifrsc, dspifs, dsprscprtns, dsprscprtn , dsplnrsc

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any

addserialif

Add Serial Interface

Use the addserialif command to add a serial interface.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

addserialif <serial_port_num>

Syntax Description

serial_port_num

Serial port number.

  • 1 = console

  • 2 = slip

Related Commands

cnfserialif, dspserialif

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-24: Configure speed on SLIP for 19200 bps NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > addserialif 1 NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a >

addtrapmgr

Add Trap Manager

Use the addtrapmgr command to set up an SNMP trap manager for use with stand-alone applications. Trap managers that are added using the addtrapmgr command do not age, and are not deleted after 30 minutes.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

addtrapmgr <ip_addr> <portnum>

Syntax Description

ip_addr

A 32-bit IP address in dotted decimal format. This setting is the IP address assigned to the port on the trap manager.

portnum

Port number on the trap manager workstation to be used to receive traps.
Default = 162.

Related Commands

deltrapmgr, dsptrapmgr, xcnftrapmgr

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-25: Add a trap manager with the IP address of 161.10.144.56 to port 162 node501.1.7.PXM.a > addtrapmgr 161.10.144.56 162 node501.1.7.PXM.a >

addtrk

Add Trunk

Use the addtrk command to activate a specified trunk on the current PXM.

The addtrk command applies only to routing node implementation. Execute addtrk after you have configured the broadband interface as a trunk by using cnfifastrk.


Note   Traffic class and max vpc conids should match before executing the addtrk command.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

addtrk <slot.port>

Syntax Description

slot.port

Port identifier of the trunk to activate, using the format slot.port.

  • slot ranges:

    • 1-6

    • 9-14

    • 17-22

    • 25-30

  • port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation

Related Commands

cnftrk , dsptrkcnf, dsptrkload , dsptrks

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1


Example 1-26: Activate trunk on port 4 in the card in slot 1 node501.1.7.PXM.a > addtrk 1.4 node501.1.7.PXM.a >

adduser

Add User

Use the adduser command to configure a user name and associated access level on the PXM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

adduser <user_ ID> <accessLevel>

Syntax Description

user_ID

Name to be used as the login at the PXM.

  • The name can consist of up to 12 characters composed of alpha and numeric characters, special characters "_" and "-".

  • The name must begin with an alpha character and cannot contain spaces. The name is case-sensitive.

accessLevel

System privilege level to be allocated for the user ID.

  • GROUP1 (highest level)

  • GROUP2

  • GROUP3

  • GROUP4

  • GROUP5

  • ANYUSER (lowest level)

The new user that you configure cannot have an access level that is higher than that defined for the current login ID.

Related Commands

dspusers, deluser

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 5


Example 1-27: Add a user named fin with privilege level ANYUSER spirit.1.7.PXM.a > adduser fin ANYUSER Enter password: Re-enter password: spirit.1.7.PXM.a >

agetrapmgr

Age Trap Manager

Use the agetrapmgr command to activate or deactivate aging on trap managers.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

agetrapmgr <ip_addr> <aging>

Syntax Description

ip_addr

IP address in dotted decimal format.

Use ip_addr 0.0.0.1 for all managers.

aging

Aging of either the individual trap managers or all trap managers.

  • 1 = enable (default)

  • 2 = disable

If enabled, the trap manager is deleted from the table after a period of
30 minutes.

Related Commands

dsptrapmgr

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any

aimhelp

AIM Help

Use the aimhelp command to display the Help screen for the AUSM service module.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

aimhelp

Related Commands

help

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-28: Display Help screen for AUSM service module raviraj.1.9.AUSM8.a > aimhelp AUSM-8P Commands addcon : Add a Connection addimagrp : Add an IMA group addln : Add a line addlnloop : Configure a line in local loopback addlns2imagrp : Add lines to an existing IMA group clralmcnt : Clear DS1 alarm count clralmcnts : Clear alarm count for all DS1 lines clralm : Clear the DS1 line alarms clrchancnt : Clear Channel Counters clrchancnts : Clear Channel Counters for all channels clralms : Clear DS1 alarms on all lines clrimagrpcnt : Clear IMA group Counters clrimalncnt : Clear IMA counters on a particular line clrportcnt : Clear Port Counters clrportcnts : Clear Port Counters for all ports clrsarcnt : Clear SAR channel counters clrsarcnts : Clear SAR counters for all channels clrslftst : Clear self test results clrimatst : clear IMA test procedure Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: cnfchanfst : Configure the channel foresight parameters cnfchanq : Configure the channel queue parameters cnffst : Configure foresight params of a card cnfportq : Configure Egress queue parameters cnfimagrp : Configure an IMA group cnfilmi : Configure ILMI parameters of a port cnfln : Configure DS1/E1 line cnflnloop : Configure DS1/E1 line cnfplpp : Configure DS1/E1 line cnfslftst : Configure self test parameters cnfsvcrange : Partition Resource between PVCs & SVCs cnfupccbr : Configure UPC parameters of CBR connection cnfupcvbr : Configure UPC parameters of VBR connection cnfupcabr : Configure UPC parameters of ABR connection cnfupcubr : Configure UPC parameters of UBR connection cnfimatst : Enable the IMA test procedure cnfimaalmparm : COnfigure the IMA alaram Integration UP and DOWN times copychans : Copy a template connection delimagrp : Delete an IMA group Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: delcon : Delete a connection delln : Delete DS1 line dellnloop : Remove a DS1 line from local loopback dellnsfmimagrp : Delete lines from an existing IMA group dnport : Down an ATM port dspalm : Display DS1 alarms on a line dspalmcnf : Display DS1 alarm configuration dspalmcnt : Display alarm count for DS1 line dspalms : Display DS1 alarms on all lines dspcd : Display card information dspchancnt : Display channel counters dspcon : Display connection configuration dspcons : Display all the configured connections dspfeature : Display the features dspfst : Display the card Foresight params dspilmi : Display ILMI parms of a port dspilmicnt : Display ILMI counters of a port dspimagrp : Display all parms configured for an IMA group dspimagrpcnt : Display IMA group Counters Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: dspimagrps : Display the configured IMA groups dspimalncnt : Display IMA counters on a particular line dspimatst : Display IMA test status dspimaln : Display IMA link status dspimaalmparm : Display IMA alaram integration times dspln : Display DS1 line dsplns : Display all DS1 lines dsploads : Display the total bandwidth used up in each port dspplpp : Display the PLPP configuration of each line dspport : Display the configured ATM/IMA port dspportcnt : Display Port Counters dspportq : Display the egress queue configuration dspportqs : Display configuration of all egress queues dspports : Display the configured ATM/IMA ports dspsarcnt : Display the SAR counters of a connection dspsarcnts : Display the SAR counters of all connections dspslftst : Display self test configuration dspslftsttbl : Display the self test results dspsttatparms : Display the statistics params configured Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: dspsvcrange : Display the resource partition between PVCs & SVCs dsptotals : Display the total connections configured per port runslftstno : Run a particular self test tstcon : Test the connection towards the N/W side tstconseg : Test the connection towards the CPE side tstconsti : Test the connection towards the N/W side using STI supervis ory cell tstdelay : Measure the delay towards the N/W side tstdelaysti : Measure the delay towards the N/W side using STI supervisor y cell upport : Up an ATM port xcnfalm : Configure alms of a DS1 line xcnfln : Configure a DS1 line xcnfln : Configure a DS1 line raviraj.1.9.AUSM8.a >

arpAdd

Add Address Resolution Protocol Entry

Use the arpAdd command to add an Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) entry to the ARP table. This Internet protocol is used to map an IP address to a MAC address, and the ARP table contains these translations.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

arpAdd <ip_address> <mac_address>

Syntax Description

ip_address

IP address in dotted decimal format.

mac_address

Standardized data link layer address, six bytes long. Also known as a hardware address, MAC-layer address, and physical address.

Related Commands

arpShow, arpDelete, arpFlush

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-29: Add an ARP entry on current PXM, then show ARP entry NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > arpAdd 172.29.36.102 0:e0:4f:5c:6c:5a NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > arpShow 172.29.36.28 at 8:0:20:a6:80:3b 190.29.36.255 at 0:e0:4f:5c:6c:20 172.29.36.102 at 0:e0:4f:5c:6c:5a 171.71.54.104 at 0:e0:4f:5c:6c:20 NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a >

arpDelete

Delete Address Resolution Protocol Entry

Use the arpDelete command to delete an entry in the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) table. The ARP protocol is used to map an IP address to a MAC address, and the ARP table contains these translations.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

arpDelete <ip_addr>

Syntax Description

ip_addr

IP address in dotted decimal format.

Related Commands

arpAdd, arpShow, arpFlush

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-30: Delete ARP entry for IP address 172.29.36.102 NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a> arpDelete 172.29.36.102 172.29.36.102 (172.29.36.102) deleted NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a>

arpFlush

Flush Address Resolution Protocol Table

Use the arpFlush command to remove non-permanent entries from the ARP table. The ARP protocol is used to map an IP address to a MAC address, and the ARP table contains these translations.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

arpFlush

Related Commands

arpAdd, arpDelete, arpShow

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-31: Flush ARP table, then show ARP table NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > arpFlush NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > arpShow 171.71.54.104 at 0:e0:4f:5c:6c:20 NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a >

arpShow

Show Address Resolution Protocol Table

Use the arpShow command to display the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) table. The ARP table contains IP address-to-MAC address translations mapped by the ARP protocol.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

arpShow

Related Commands

arpAdd, arpDelete, arpFlush

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-32: Show ARP table on current PXM NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > arpShow 190.29.36.255 at 0:e0:4f:5c:6c:20 172.29.36.28 at 8:0:20:a6:80:3b 171.71.54.104 at 0:e0:4f:5c:6c:20 NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a >

bootChange

Boot Change

Use the bootChange command to change to the boot IP address and gateway address of a PXM card. The IP address you define is used only when the PXM is in boot state. Use the cnfifip command to assign IP addresses for the PXM and the shelf. The bootChange values are sent and automatically updated on the standby card, and bootlines are synchronized.

The PXM tries to correct bad entries when it boots up. This information is copied to the standby card. If the bootChange IP address is different from the shelf IP address, then it brings the Ethernet interface up on the standby with the bootChange IP address.

The shellconn version of this command updates only the local bootline values.

The following parameters are necessary for the network to function:


Note   If the firmware fails to reach the CLI prompt or comes up in backup boot, the Ethernet interface might be down, a problem created by an identical shelf IP address and boot change address. In such a case, the bootChange command is used from the shell to set another IP address and then usrEnetEnable is called to activate that address.

If the CLI prompt does not display or if the switch is not enabled and in backup boot, use the usrEnetEnable command to bring up the Ethernet interface.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

bootChange

Related Commands

cnfifip

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Service


Example 1-33: Execute bootChange on current PXM raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > bootChange '.' = clear field; '-' = go to previous field; ^D = quit boot device : lnPci processor number : 0 host name : file name : inet on ethernet (e) : 172.29.37.41 : ffffff00 inet on backplane (b): host inet (h) : gateway inet (g) : 172.29.37.1 user (u) : ftp password (pw) (blank = use rsh): flags (f) : 0x0 target name (tn) : startup script (s) : other (o) : raviraj.1.7.PXM.a >

bye

Bye

Use the bye command to exit the current CLI shell.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, VISM

Syntax

bye

Related Commands

logout

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-34: Exit current CLI shell spirit.1.8.PXM.a > bye (session ended)

cc

Change Card

Use the cc command to navigate from card to card on the shelf.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM

Syntax

cc <slotNumber>

Syntax Description

slotNumber

Number of the card slot, in the range 1-32.

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-35: Switch from AUSM in slot 22 to PXM in slot 8 node1.1.22.AUSM8.a > cc 8 (session redirected) node1.1.8.PXM.a >

A system message does not occur unless an error is detected. If the card slot is empty, an error message is presented.

cd

Change Directory

Use the cd command to change the current directory on the PXM hard disk.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

cd <directory_name>

Syntax Description

directory_name

Name of the target directory.

Related Commands

ls, pwd , rename, deltree, copy

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Any

Privilege: Group 3


Example 1-36: Change directory to FW raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > cd FW raviraj.1.7.PXM.a >

Verify the current directory by using the pwd command.


Example 1-37: Return to Root directory raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > pwd C:FW raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > cd .. raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > pwd C: raviraj.1.7.PXM.a >

clraimgrpcnt

Clear AIM Group Counters

Use the clraimgrpcnt command to clear all the AIMUX-related counters for all lines in the specified AIMUX group.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

clraimgrpcnt <imagroup>

Syntax Description

imagroup

Number of the AIMUX group on which you want to clear the AIMUX counters, in the range 1-8.

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1


Example 1-38: Clear all AIM group counters in AIM group 8 node1.1.22.AUSM8.a > clraimgrpcnt 8 node1.1.22.AUSM8.a >

clraimlncnt

Clear AIM (or Clear IMA) Line Counters

Use the clraimlncnt command to clear all the AIMUX line counters for the specified IMA group.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

clraimlncnt (or clrimalncnt) <imagroup> <linenum>

Syntax Description

imagroup

Number of the AIMUX group on which you want to clear the line counters associated with an IMA group, in the range 1-8.

linenum

Line number, in the range 1-8.

Related Commands

dspaimlncnt, clrimalncnt

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1


Example 1-39: Clear all AIM line counters in AIM group 8 node1.1.22.AUSM8.a > clraimlncnt 8 node1.1.22.AUSM8.a >

clrallcnf

Clear All Configurations

Use the clrallcnf command to clear all configuration elements for all the cards in the node. The system queries for confirmation before executing the clrallcnf command.


Caution   This command clears all configuration files on the PXM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

clrallcnf

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1


Example 1-40: Clear Configuration Confirmation Query node1.1.7.PXM.a > clrallcnf All SM's config will be deleted, and the shelf will be reset. Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? No (command not executed) node1.1.7.PXM.a >

clralm

Clear Alarm

Use the clralm command to clear alarms on a specified line on the current card. Alarms occurring after this command executes are not affected. If alarms on a line are cleared with this command, the results may be observable through the dspalm command.

This command can clear alarms caused by the collection of statistical data only. Alarms caused by network failure cannot be cleared. For example, an alarm caused by a collection of bipolar errors can be cleared, but an alarm caused by a card failure cannot.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM

Syntax: PXM

clralm -ds3 <LineNum> | -e3 <LineNum> | -sonet <LineNum> | -plcp <PLCPNUM>

Syntax Description

-ds3

Command delineator that precedes the T3 LineNum entry.

LineNum

DS3 line number in the format slot.line.

  • slot = 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32

  • line range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation

-e3

Command delineator that precedes the E3 LineNum entry.

LineNum

E3 line number in the format slot.line.

  • slot = 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32

  • line range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation

-sonet

Command delineator that precedes the SONET LineNum entry.

LineNum

SONET line number in the format slot.line.

  • slot = enter the value either 7 or 8

  • line range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation

-plcp

Command delineator that precedes the PLCPNUM entry.

PLCPNUM

Physical Layer Protocol Processor (PLCP) number, in the format slot.line.

  • slot = 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32

  • line range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation

Syntax: FRSM, AUSM, CESM, or VISM

clralm -ds1 <LineNum>

Syntax Description

-ds1

Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry.

LineNum

Line number appropriate for the card.

  • FRSM

    • 8T1: for DS1 = 1-8

    • HS1/B: for X.21 = 1-4

  • AUSM = 1-8

  • CESM: for CESM_8P = 1-8

Syntax: SRM-3T3

clralm -srmds3 <LineNum>

Syntax Description

-srmds3

Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry.

LineNum

LineNum = 1-N, where N = 3

Syntax: FRSM-HS1

clralm -hs1 <LineNum>

Syntax Description

-hs1

Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry.

LineNum

LineNum = 1-N, where N = 4

Related Commands

clralms, dspalm , dspalms

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Group 5


Example 1-41: Clear all alarms caused by the collection of statistical data for line 1 on current card node1.1.22.AUSM8.a > clralm -ds1 1 node1.1.22.AUSM8.a >

clralmcnt

Clear Alarm Counters

Use the clralmcnt command to clear all the alarm counters and statistics on the specified line on the current card. All counters are reset to 0. The terminal does not display a response unless an error exists in the syntax.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM

Syntax: PXM

clralmcnt -ds3 <LineNum> | -e3 <LineNum> | -sonet <LineNum> | -plcp <PLCPNUM>

Syntax Description

-ds3

Command delineator that precedes the T3 LineNum entry.

LineNum

DS3 line number in the format slot.line.

  • slot = 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32

  • line range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation

-e3

Command delineator that precedes the E3 LineNum entry.

LineNum

E3 line number in the format slot.line.

  • slot = 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32

  • line range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation

-sonet

Command delineator that precedes the SONET LineNum entry.

LineNum

SONET line number in the format slot.line.

  • slot = 7 or 8

  • line range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation

-plcp

Command delineator that precedes the PLCPNUM entry.

PLCPNUM

Physical Layer Protocol Processor (PLCP) value, in the format slot.line.

  • slot = 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32

  • line range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation

Syntax: FRSM, AUSM, CESM, or VISM

clralmcnt -ds1 <LineNum>

Syntax Description

-ds1

Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry.

LineNum

Line number, in the range appropriate for the card.

  • FRSM range = 1-8

  • AUSM range = 1-8

  • CESM range = 1-8

Related Commands

dspalmcnt , clralmcnts

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any (Group 5 on PXM)


Example 1-42: Clear all alarm counters and statistics collected for line 1 on current card node1.1.22.AUSM8.a > clralmcnt -ds1 1 node1.1.22.AUSM8.a >

clralmcnts

Clear All Alarm Counters/Statistics on Current Card

Use the clralmcnts command to clear all the alarm counters and statistics on the current card. All counters are reset to 0. The terminal does not display a response unless an error exists in the syntax.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM

Syntax

clralmcnts

Related Commands

dspalmcnt , clralmcnt

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Group 5


Example 1-43: Clear all alarm counters and statistics collected for current card node1.1.22.AUSM8.a > clralmcnts node1.1.22.AUSM8.a >

clralms

Clear Alarms on Card

The clralms command clears alarms on the current card. Alarms occurring after this command executes are not affected.

This command can clear alarms caused by the collection of statistical data only. Alarms caused by network failure cannot be cleared. For example, an alarm caused by a collection of bipolar errors can be cleared, but an alarm caused by a card failure cannot.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM

Syntax: FRSM, AUSM,CESM, or VISM

clralms -ds1 <LineNum>

Syntax Description

-ds1

Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry.

LineNum

Line number on which to clear alarms, in the range 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation.

Related Commands

clralm , dspalm , dspalms

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Group 5


Example 1-44: Clear all alarms triggered by the collection of statistics for line 1 on current card node1.1.22.AUSM8.a > clralms -ds1 1 node1.1.22.AUSM8.a >

clratmlncnt

Clear All ATM Line Counters on Specified Line Number

The clratmlncnt clears the ATM event counters for the specified line on the PXM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

clratmlncnt <line_num>

Syntax Description

line_num

Line number on which to clear the ATM event counters, in the range 1-4.

Related Commands

clratmlncnts

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-45: Clear all ATM event counters for line 1 on the PXM node1.1.7.PXM.a > clratmlncnt 1 node1.1.7.PXM.a >

clratmlncnts

Clear All ATM Line Counters on All Lines

Use the clratmlncnts command to remove all ATM counters on all the lines on the current card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

clratmlncnts

Related Commands

clratmlncnt

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-46: Clear all ATM event counters on the PXM node1.1.7.PXM.a > clratmlncnts node1.1.7.PXM.a >

clrbertcntrs

Clear BERT Counters

Use the clrbertcntrs command to remove all counters associated with bit error rate testing (BERT).

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM 2CT3, CESMT3

Syntax

clrbertcntrs

Related Commands

acqdsx3bert , cnfdsx3bert, deldsx3bert, dspdsx3bert, startdsx3bert, xcnfdsx3bert, xdspdsx3bert

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-47: Clear all BERT counters on the current FRSM raviraj.1.13.VHS2CT3.a > clrbertcntrs raviraj.1.13.VHS2CT3.a >

clrcderrs

Clear Hardware/Reset Errors in BRAM

Use the clrcderrs command to clear all card-related errors on an MGX 8250 card. Refer to the dspcderrs description to see an example of the errors that this command clears, or execute the dspcderrs command before and after executing the clrcderrs command.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM, AUSM

Syntax

clrcderrs

Related Commands

dspcderrs

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: SuperUser


Example 1-48: Clear all card-related errors on the FRSM in slot 4 node1.1.4.FRSM.a > clrcderrs node1.1.4.FRSM.a >

A response does not occur unless an error is detected.

clrchancnt

Clear Channel Counters on Specified Channel

Use the clrchancnt command to clear the channel counters for the specified channel on the current card. Counting resumes after the command executes.

The Frame Relay counters for each channel are:

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM

Syntax: PXM

clrchancnt -cnt <chan_num> -cc <clrButton>

Syntax Description

-cnt

Command delineator that precedes the PXM chanNum entry.

chanNum

PXM channel number, in the range 16-4111.

-cc

Command delineator that precedes the clrButton entry.

clrButton

Underline MIB object to clear or retain the counters.

  • 1 = no action

  • 2 = clear counts (default)

Syntax: FRSM CESM

clrchancnt <chan_num>

Syntax Description

chan_num

Channel number, in the range appropriate for the card.

  • FRSM range = 16-1015

  • CESM range = 32-279

Syntax: AUSM

clrchancnt <Port.VPI.VCI | Chan_num>

Syntax Description

Port.VPI.VCI

Connection number, in the format port.VPI.VCI.

Chan_num

Channel number, in the range 16-1015.

Related Commands

dspchan , clrchancnts , dspchancnt

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-49: Clear all channel counters for channel 16 on the FRSM in slot 4 node1.1.4.FRSM.a > clrchancnt 16 node1.1.4.FRSM.a >

clrchancnts

Clear All Channel Counters on Card

Use the clrchancnts command to clear all channel counters for all channels on the current service card. The counters resume accruing after the command executes. To view a list of the Frame Relay counters, refer to the description of clrchancnt .

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM

Syntax

clrchancnts

Related Commands

dspchan , clrchancnt , dspchancnt

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Any State

Privilege: Group 3(Any on PXM)


Example 1-50: Clear all channel counters for all channels on the FRSM in slot 4 node1.1.4.FRSM.a > clrchancnts node1.1.4.FRSM.a >

clrconcnt

Clear Connection Counters for Specified Connection Identifier

Use the clrconcnt command to clear the counters for the specified connection identifier on the current PXM card. Counting resumes after the command executes.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

clrconcnt <conn_ID>

Syntax Description

conn_ID

Connection ID, in the format PortNum.VPI.VCI

  • PortNum = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation

  • VPI = virtual path identifier in the range for either UNI or NNI

    • UNI range = 0-255 (typically applied to lines that connect a standalone node to a workstation)

    • NNI range = 0-4095

  • VCI = virtual circuit identifier in the range 0-65535

Related Commands

dspcon, clrconcnts , dspconcnt

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-51: Clear all counters for connection on port 1 with a VPI of 2 and a VCI of 2 node4.1.8.PXM.a > clrconcnt 1.2.2 node4.1.8.PXM.a >

clrconcnts

Clear Connection Counters for All Connections on Card

Use the clrconcnts command to clear the counters for all the connections on the current PXM card. Counting resumes after the command executes.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

clrconcnts

Related Commands

dspcon, clrconcnt , dspconcnt

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-52: Clear all counters for all connections on the PXM card node4.1.8.PXM.a > clrconcnts node4.1.8.PXM.a >

clrerr

Clear Error Log Counters for All Connections on Card

Use the clrerr command to remove specified or all error log files. This command queries for confirmation prior to clearing the error log files from the system.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax:

clrerr [-en <error slot>]

Syntax Description

-en

Command delineator that precedes the error slot entry.

error slot

Number of the log file to clear, which is identical to the slot number of the card.

Related Commands

dsperr

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-53: Show clrerr confirmation query wilco.1.7.PXM.a > clrerr Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? No (command not executed) wilco.1.7.PXM.a >

clrifcnt

Clear Interface Counters for Specified Interface

Use the clrifcnt command to clear the counters for a specified broadband interface.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

clrifcnt <if_num>

Syntax Description

if_num

Interface number, in the range 1-32.

Related Commands

clrifcnts

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-54: Clear counters for the specified broadband interface (1) wilco.1.7.PXM.a > clrifcnt 1 wilco.1.7.PXM.a >

clrifcnts

Clear All Interface Counters

Use the clrifcnts command to clear the counters for all the broadband interfaces.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

clrifcnts

Related Commands

clrifcnt

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-55: Clear counters for all broadband interfaces on the PXM card wilco.1.7.PXM.a > clrifcnts wilco.1.7.PXM.a >

clrimagrpcnt

Clear Inverse Multiplexing ATM Group Counters

Use the clrimagrpcnt command to clear Inverse Multiplexing ATM (IMA) group counters on the current AUSM card for a specified IMA group.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

clrimagrpcnt (or clraimgrpcnt) <imagroup>

Syntax Description

imagroup

IMA group number, in the range 1-8.

Related Commands

dspimagrp, dspimagrpcnt, dspimagrps, dspimainfo, dspimalncnt

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1


Example 1-56: Clear all inverse multiplexing ATM group counters for IMA group 1 on the AUSM card in slot 17 flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a > clrimagrpcnt 1 flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a >

clrimalncnt

Clear AIM (or Clear IMA) Line Counters

Use the clrimalncnt command to clear all AIMUX line counters for a specified line in an IMA trunk.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

clrimalncnt (or clraimlncnt) <imagroup> <linenum>

Syntax Description

imagroup

AIMUX group number, in the range 1-8.

linenum

Line number, in the range 1-8.

Related Commands

dspaimlncnt, clraimlncnt

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1


Example 1-57: Clear all inverse multiplexing ATM line counters for IMA group 1 on the AUSM card in slot 17 flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a > clrimalncnt 1 flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a >

clrlmistats

Clear All LMI Statistics

Use the clrlmistats command to clear the local management interface (LMI)-related statistics on the current PXM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

clrlmistats

Related Commands

dsplmistats

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-58: Clear LMI statistics on the PXM card penguin.1.7.PXM.a > clrlmistats Enabled : 1 Port Status : 1 VPI.VCI : 3.31 Polling enable : 1 T393 : 10 N394 : 5 T394 : 10 N395 : 5 WaitStatus : 0 WaitStAck : 0 Retry Timer : 0 Retry Count : 1 Poll Timer : 6 Trans Num : 86 Status Rx : 0 Status Tx : 0 UpdtStatus Rx : 0 UpdtStatus Tx : 0 Status Enq Rx : 0 Status Enq Tx : 0 Status Ack Rx : 0 Status Ack Tx : 0 NodeStatus Rx : 0 NodeStatus Tx : 0 NodeStaAck Rx : 0 NodeStaAck Tx : 0 Bad PDU Rx : 0 Bad PDU Len Rx : 0 Unknown PDU Rx : 0 Invalid I.E. Rx: 0 Invalid Trans : 0 BPX IP Addr : 172.3.3.62 penguin.1.7.PXM.a >

clrlog

Clear Log

Use the clrlog command to clear specified or all event log files. The log resumes accumulating event log messages after the command executes. This command queries for confirmation prior to removing all event log files.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

clrlog [-log <log slot>]

Syntax Description

-log

Command delineator that precedes the log slot entry.

log slot

Number of the file that you want to clear from the event log file.

Related Commands

dsplog

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Any

Privilege: Group 1


Example 1-59: Clear all event log files on the PXM card wilco.1.7.PXM.a > clrlog Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? Yes wilco.1.7.PXM.a >

clrmsgcnt

Clear Control Message Counters

Use the clrmsgcnt command to clear the control message counters. The control message counters are for the total numbers of:

This message also clears the control cell header received on the last unknown channel.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM

Syntax

clrmsgcnt

Related Commands

dspmsgcnt

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Group 5


Example 1-60: Clear all control message counters on the AUSM card in slot 17 flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a > clrmsgcnt 1 flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a >

clrportcnt

Clear Port Counters

Use the clrportcnt command to clear counter values on a specified port associated with the current PXM, AUSM, or FRSM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM

Syntax

clrportcnt <port_ number>

Syntax Description

port_ number

Port number, as appropriate for the current card.

  • PXM range = 1-32

  • AUSM range = 1-8

  • FRSM

    • T1 = 1-192

    • E1 = 1-248

    • HS1/B

  • X.21 range = 1-4

  • HSSI range = 1-2

Related Commands

clrportcnts , dspportcnt

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Group 5 (Any on PXM)


Example 1-61: Clear port counters on port 1 on the AUSM card in slot 17 flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a > clrportcnt 1 flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a >

clrportcnts

Clear Port Counters

Use the clrportcnts command to clear all port counters on the current PXM, FRSM, or AUSM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM

Syntax

clrportcnts

Related Commands

clrportcnt , dspportcnt

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Group 5


Example 1-62: Clear all port counters on all ports on the AUSM card in slot 17 flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a > clrportcnts flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a >

clrsarcnt

Clear SAR Counters

On an FRSM or CESM, use the clrsarcnt command to clear the segmentation and reassembly (SAR) counters for the particular channel in the argument. On an AUSM, use the clrsarcnt command to clear the SAR counters for the particular port.VPI.VCI connection.

The SAR counters are:

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM

Syntax for FRSM-8T1E1

clrsarcnt -chn <ChanNum>

Syntax Description

-chn

Command delineator that precedes the ChanNum entry.

ChanNum

Channel number in the range 16-1015.

Syntax for CESM-8T1E1

clrsarcnt -chn <ChanNum>

Syntax Description

-chan

Command delineator that precedes the ChanNum entry.

ChanNum

Channel number in the range 0-279.

Syntax for AUSM-8T1E1

clrsarcnt <port.VPI.VCI>

Syntax Description

port.VPI.VCI

Port and identifier values.

  • Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation.

  • VPI range = 1-4095.

  • VCI range = 1-65535.

Related Commands

dspsarcnt

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Group 5


Example 1-63: Clear SAR counters for channel number 20 on the FRSM card NODENAME.1.17.FRSM.a > clrsarcnt -chn 20 NODENAME.1.17.FRSM.a >

clrsarcnts

Clear SAR Counters

Use the clrsarcnts command to clear the segmentation and reassembly (SAR) counters for all the channels or connections on the card from which the command is executed.

Syntax

clrsarcnts

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM

Related Commands

clrsarcnt , dspsarcnt , dspsarcnts

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-64: Clear all SAR counters on all cards in the node flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a > clrsarcnts flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a >

clrscrn

Clear Terminal Screen

Use the clrscrn command to clear the control terminal screen. After this command executes, only the current command line prompt appears on the screen.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM

Syntax

clrscrn

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-65: Clear the screen flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a > clrscrn flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a >

clrslftst

Clear Self-Test

Use the clrslftst command to clear the results of the last self-test on the current card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM, AUSM, CESM

Syntax

clrslftst

Related Commands

cnfslftst, dspslftst, runslftstno

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-66: Clear results of last self-test for the AUSM card in slot 17 flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a > clrslftst flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a >

clrsmcnf

Clear Service Module Configuration

Use the clrsmcnf command to clear the following configuration elements for the selected service card:


Note   Before executing the clrsmcnf command, clear (delete) all lines, ports, and channels on the affected service module(s).

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

clrsmcnf <slot num>

Syntax Description

slot num

Slot number in the following ranges:

  • 1-6

  • 9-14

  • 17-22

  • 25-30

Related Commands

dspsmcnf

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 3


Example 1-67: Clear all configuration elements on the AUSM card in slot 17 flyers01.1.7.PXM.a > clrsmcnf 17 flyers01.1.7.PXM.a >

clrsrmcnf

Clear SRM-3T3 Configuration

Use the clrsrmcnf command to clear SRM-3T3 card information and to remove all T1 link mappings. All links are switched back to their respective service modules.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

clrsrmcnf <slot num>

Syntax Description

slot num

Slot number, either 15 or 31.

  • Slot number 15 is used for the cards in slot and 15 and 16 (whichever is active).

  • Slot 31 is used for cards in 31 and 32.

Related Commands

addlink, dsplink, xcnfsrmlink , xdspsrmlink

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-68: Clear all configuration information and remove all T1 link mappings on the SRM-3T3 card in slot 15 flyers01.1.7.PXM.a > clrsrmcnf 15 flyers01.1.7.PXM.a >

cmdhistory

Display Command History

Use the cmdhistory command to view the last ten commands executed on the current card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

cmdhistory

Related Commands

history

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-69: Display previous ten commands executed on the PXM card spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > cmdhistory Size of cmdHistory is currently 10 line(s) 1 dspconcnt 2.39.45 2 dsplmistats 3 dsplmiloop 4 dsplm 5 clrportcnt 6 dspportcnts 7 dspportcnt 8 dspportcnt 1 9 dsplmistats 10 cmdhistory spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >

cnfaimgrp

Configure AIM Group

Use the cnfaimgrp command to configure an AIMUX group on the AUSM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

cnfaimgrp <grp> <max_diff_delay> <min_num_links>

Syntax Description

grp

IMA group number, in the range 1-8.

max_diff_delay

Maximum differential delay, in the range appropriate for the interface.

  • 8T1 range = 0-275

  • 8E1 range = 0-200

min_num_links

Minimum number of links for the group formation, in the range 1-8.

Related Commands

addaimgrp, delaimgrp, dspaimgrp, dspaimgrps

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1


Note   Redundant link(s) indicates the number of link(s) the system can lose without bringing down the AIMUX group. However, the <link_loss_severity> option overrides this feature.

The <read_wr_ptr_diff> value cannot be decreased from its existing value—it can only be increased (this is because decreasing the <read_wr_ptr_diff> in an established AIMUX group involves dropping cells that are stored in the delay compensation buffer.


Example 1-70: Configure AIMUX group 1 on the AUSM card in slot 17 to have a read/write pointer differential of 5, a link loss severity of 2, a maximum tolerable differential delay of 5, and 2 redundant links flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a > cnfaimgrp 1 -rwdiff 5 -severity 2 -maxdiff 3 -red 2 flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a >

cnfapsln

Configure APS Line

Use the cnfapsln command to set Automatic Protection Switching (APS) parameters for a line on the current PXM. APS is a standard that provides a means for SONET line redundancy. APS involves switching between working (active) and protection (standby) SONET lines in the event of a hardware failure detected by the receiving end or by the far end. This support applies only to PXM OC-3 and PXM OC-12 back cards.

Software Release 1.1.24 release provides support for the SONET Linear APS 1+1 mode with two back cards. The SONET Linear APS 1+1 standard specifies that for every working line there must exist a redundant protection line. Traffic protected by the redundant line is carried simultaneously on both the working line and the protection line. The line switch-over to the protection line has to be completed within 60 ms.

Figure 1-3 illustrates a dual back card redundancy configuration. This design requires two PXM front cards and two SONET back cards. Port 1 of active PXM and port 1 of standby PXM.


Figure 1-3: SONET APS 1+1 with Two Back Cards


SONET 155 also can be configured to have this redundancy configuration. Ports are paired as follows:

Switching of the paired port on the pair back card can be done independently of the other paired ports.

You must add an APS line with the addapsln command before using the cnfapsln command.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

cnfapsln <workline> <SFBER> <SDBER> <WTR> <Direction> <Revertive> <K1K2>

Syntax Description

workline

OC-3 or OC-12 line number, in the range appropriate for the associated interface.

  • OC-3 range = 1-4

  • OC-12 = 1

SFBER

Signal failure bit error rate (BER) threshold, in the range 3-5.

  • 5 = signal failure BER threshold = 10 ^^ -5

SDBER

Signal degrade BER threshold, in the range 5-9.

  • 5 = signal degrade BER threshold = 10 ^^ -5

WTR

Number of minutes to wait before attempting to switch back to the working line, in the range 1-12. This setting is not applicable if the line is configured in non-revertive mode (Revertive set to 1).

Direction

Switching direction for either unidirectional or bidirectional.

  • 1 = Unidirectional. This APS line supports only one direction.

  • 2 = Bidirectional. This APS line supports both ends of the line.

Revertive

APS revertive or non-revertive function.

  • 1 = Non-revertive

  • 2 = Revertive: This setting allows the line to switch back to the working line after the wait-to-restore interval has expired and the working line SF/SD has been cleared.

K1K2

K1/K2 inband interface on the protection line. Always set to 1.

  • 1 = enable

  • 2 = disable

Related Commands

addapsln, delapsln, dspapsln, dspapscfg

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: SuperUser


Example 1-71: Configure APS working line 1 on the active PXM card in slot 7 to have a signal failure BER threshold of 10^^5, a signal degrade BER threshold of 10^^5, to enable switch back after signal failure or degradation has cleared, to wait 2 minutes before attempting to switch back, to make switching bidirectional, and to enable the K1/K2 inband interface on the protection line flyers01.1.7.PXM.a > cnfapsln 1 5 5 1 2 1 1 flyers01.1.7.PXM.a >

cnfatmln

Configure ATM Line

Use the cnfatmln command to configure a UNI or NNI cell header for a PXM trunk. UNI cell headers are typically used on the line that connects to a workstation rather than a switch.


Note   Configure the cell header type using the cnfatmln command before adding lines and ports.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM (in an MGX 8250 stand-alone node)

Syntax

cnfatmln <line_num> <type>

Syntax Description

line_num

OC-3 or OC-12 line number, in the range appropriate for the interface.

  • OC-3 range = 1-4

  • OC-12 = 1

type

Cell header type for either UNI or NNI.

  • 2 = UNI

  • 3 = NNI (default)

Related Commands

dspatmlncnf, clratmlncnt

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-72: Set cell header type for trunk 1 on the PXM to NNI flyers01.1.7.PXM.a > cnfatmln 1 3 flyers01.1.7.PXM.a >

cnfbctype

Configure Back Card Type

Use the cnfbctype command to specify the interface of the 12-in-1 dual-personality back card. The back card can be configured with either an X.21 or a V.35 interface. The default interface is V.35.


Note   The cnfbctype is not allowed if there are enabled lines on the card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM-HS1B

Syntax

cnfbctype <cardType>

Syntax Description

cardType

Integer that specifies the interface type:

  • 1 = X.21

  • 2 = V.35 (default)

Related Commands

dspbctype

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Any

Privilege: Service


Example 1-73: Configure interface type on the current FRSM card man.1.14.FRSM.a > cnfbctype 1
Example 1-74: Display interface type on the current FRSM man.1.14.FRSM.a > dspbctype Backcard Personality: X.21

cnfbert

Configure BERT

Use the cnfbert command to configure bit error rate testing (BERT) parameters on the PXM.

A BERT session does not time out automatically. Use the delbert command to end the test.


Caution   BERT is a disruptive test. Activation of this test stops the data flow on all the channels configured on the port under test. BERT requires the presence of an SRM-3T3/B card in the service bay, in which the card under test is located.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax: PXM

cnfbert <slot>

Syntax Description

slot

Slot number that contains the card on which to perform BERT.

Related Commands

delbert, dspbert, modbert , xcnfbert

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1

cnfcbclk

Configure Cell Bus Clock

Use the cnfcbclk command to set the cell bus (CB) operating clock rate to high (42 MHz) or low
(21 MHz). An MGX 8250 shelf contains eight cell buses. Use the cnfcbclk command to set the cell bus to different operating clock rates to take advantage of high-speed service modules whenever possible. Not all service modules can support the high clock rate.


Note   Even though you can specify this command against CB4 and CB8, the clock rate does not change for either cell bus.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM_2CT3, FRSM_2T3, FRSM_2E3, FRSM_HS2, CESM_T3, CESM_E3, VISM_8T1, VISM_8E1, RPM (new), PXM

Syntax

cnfcbclk <cellBus> <clockRate>

Syntax Description

cellBus

A string denoting a bus, in the range CB1 to CB8.

clockRate

A rate value, in MHz.

  • 21

  • 42

Possible Errors
Related Commands

dspcbclk

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: SuperUser


Example 1-75: Display cards in the chassis, display current clock settings, configure CB2 for 42 MHz, and display clock settings with new setting for CB2 NODENAME12.1.7.PXM.a > dspcds Command Executed :dspcds Slot CardState CardType CardAlarm Redundancy ---- ----------- -------- --------- ----------- 1.1 Empty Clear 1.2 Active FRSM-8T1 Clear 1.3 Empty Clear 1.4 Empty Clear 1.5 Empty Clear 1.6 Active FRSM-8T1 Clear 1.7 Active PXM1-OC3 Clear 1.8 Empty Clear 1.9 Empty Clear 1.10 Empty Clear 1.11 Empty Clear 1.12 Empty Clear 1.13 Empty Clear 1.14 Empty Clear 1.15 Empty Clear 1.16 Empty Clear 1.17 Empty Clear 1.18 Empty Clear 1.19 Empty Clear Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: q NODENAME12.1.7.PXM.a > dspcbclk Command Executed :dspcbclk CellBus Rate (MHz) Slot ------------------------------- CB1 21 1, 2 CB2 21 3, 4 CB3 21 5, 6 CB4 21 17 - 22 CB5 21 9, 10 CB6 21 11, 12 CB7 21 13, 14 CB8 21 25 - 30 NODENAME12.1.7.PXM.a > cnfcbclk cb2 42 Command Executed :cnfcbclk NODENAME12.1.7.PXM.a > dspcbclk Command Executed :dspcbclk CellBus Rate (MHz) Slot ------------------------------- CB1 21 1, 2 CB2 42 3, 4 CB3 21 5, 6 CB4 21 17 - 22 CB5 21 9, 10 CB6 21 11, 12 CB7 21 13, 14 CB8 21 25 - 30
Example 1-76: Error messages that might be displayed when executing this command popeye12.1.7.PXM.a > cnfcbclk cb1 42 Command Executed :cnfcbclk Set failed due to illegal option value(s) Syntax: cnfcbclk <cellBus> <clockRate> cellBus -- a string CB1..CB8 clockRate -- a number 21 or 42 (MHz) WARNING: Certain Service Modules will not operate at the clock rate you specified. Please check the Service Modules in the slots where the Cell Bus clock rate is effected by this command

cnfcdprtntype

Configure Card Resource Type

Use the cnfcdprtntype command to configure the type of partition to serve as the basis for sharing global logical connection numbers (GLCNs). The GLCNs are shared by the network controller applications on a logical broadband interface.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM

Syntax

cnfcdprtntype <prtn_type>

Syntax Description

prtn_type

Card partition type, in the range 1-3.

  • 1 = noPartition
    All controllers compete for the total number of (G)LCNs available for the card.

  • 2 = controllerBased
    The total number of (G)LCNs available to each controller is fixed but there is no reservation on each port.

  • 3 = portControllerBased
    Some of the (G)LCNs that are available on each port for each controller are reserved.

Related Commands

cnfcdrscprtn

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-77: Allow all controllers access to all (G)LCNs available for the card spirit3.1.10.AUSMB8.a > cnfcdprtntype 1 spirit3.1.10.AUSMB8.a >

cnfcdrscprtn

Configure Card Resource Partition

Use the cnfcdrscprtn command to modify card-level resource partitions on the current card. This command creates a template of available connections among the network controllers to provide card-level partitioning for PAR, PNNI, or Tag. With card-level partitioning:

The matrix in Table 1-5 describes the effects of each of three usages of cnfcdrscprtn.


Table 1-5: Degrees of Card-Level Resource Partitioning
Command Description

cnfcdrscprtn off

Card-level partitioning is inactive. If you specify that card-level partitioning is off (cnfcdrscprtn off), you must configure port-level partitions (cnfportrscprtn).

cnfcdrscprtn on

Default.

Card-level partitioning is on, but no allocation for a specific controller is specified. The maximum number of connections on a port is available to each controller, so each controller competes for the connections.

cnfcdrscprtn on <x> <y> <z>

The x, y, and z represent a number of connections per port available to the PAR, PNNI, and Tag controllers, respectively.


Note   PNNI is always 0 in Release 1.1.24 of the MGX 8250 switch.

Additional characteristics of this command are:

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM

Syntax

cnfcdrscprtn <number_PAR_conns> <number_PNNI_conns> <number_Tag_conns>

Syntax Description

number_PAR_conns

Maximum number of PAR connections, in the range appropriate for the current card.

  • PXM range = 0-32,767 GLCNs

  • FRSM range = 1-4000

  • AUSM range = 1-1000

  • CESM range = 1-1000

  • SRM range = 1-1000

number_PNNI_conns

Maximum number of PNNI connections. Enter the value 0 (zero).

number_Tag_conns

Maximum number of Tag connections.

Related Commands

addcdrscprtn , delcdrscprtn, dspcdrscprtn

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Any (Active for PXM)

Privilege: Any


Example 1-78: On current PXM, change card-level partitioning to give 10000 GLCNs to PAR and 10000 GLCNs to Tag. Note that the value for PNNI currently is 0. spirit.1.7.PXM.a > cnfcdrscprtn 10000 0 10000 spirit.1.7.PXM.a >

cnfchan

Configure Channel

Use the cnfchan command to configure channels on the current service card.

Card(s) on Which the Command Executes

PXM, AUSM, CESM

Syntax: PXM

cnfchan <LCN> <chan_rte_pri> <chan_max_cost> <chan_restrict_trk_type>

Syntax Description

LCN

LCN, in the range16-4111.

chan_rte_pri

Channel route priority, in the range 1-15.

chan_max_cost

Maximum cost, in the range 1-255.

chan_restrict_trk_type

Channel restrict trunk type.

  • 1 = no restriction

  • 2 = terrestrial trunk

  • 3 = satellite trunk

Syntax: AUSM-8T1E1

cnfchan <chan_num> <RoutingPriority> <MaxCost> <RestrictTrunkType> <PCR> <MCR> <PctUtil>

Syntax Description

chan_num

Channel number, in the range 16-1015.

RoutingPriority

Routing Priority, in the range 1-15.

MaxCost

Maximum cost, in the range 1-255.

RestrictTrunkType

Restrict trunk type.

  • 1 = no restriction

  • 2 = terrestrial trunk

  • 3 = satellite trunk

PCR

Peak cell rate, in the range 1-65525 cells per second.

MCR

Minimum cell rate, in the range 1-65525 cells/second.

PctUtil

Percentage of utilization, in the range 1-100.

Syntax: CESM-8T1E1

cnfchan <chan_num> <CDVT> <CLIP> <bufsize> <clockmode> <IdleSuppEnable> <ForceIS>

Syntax Description

chan_num

Channel number (LCN). Enter the value 32.

CDVT

Cell delay variation tolerance in the range appropriate for T1 or E1.

  • T1 = 125-24000 microseconds

  • E1 = 125-32000 microseconds

CLIP

Cell loss integration period, in the range 1000-65535 milliseconds.

bufsize

Maximum egress buffer size, as appropriate for T1 or E1.

  • Structured T1 = 9216 bytes (maximum)

  • Unstructured T1 or E1 = 16384 bytes (maximum)

clockmode

Clock mode of the CBR virtual circuit.

  • 1 = synchronous clocking

  • 2 = synchronous residual time-stamp clocking

  • 3 = adaptive clocking

IdleSuppenable

Idle suppression, either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

ForceIS

Forced idle suppression or normal operations.

  • 1 = normal operation

  • 2 = force virtual circuit into idle signal code suppression

Syntax: CESM-T3E3

cnfchan <chan_num> <CDVT> <CLIP> <bufsize>

Syntax Description

chan_num

Channel number (LCN). Enter the value 32.

CDVT

Cell delay variation tolerance, in the range appropriate for T3 or E3.

  • T3 range = 125-24000 microseconds

  • E3 range = 125-32000 microseconds

CLIP

Cell loss integration period, in the range 1000-65535 milliseconds.

bufsize

Maximum egress buffer size, in bytes. Set up to the maximum 16384 for unstructured T3 or E3.

Related Commands

addchan

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-79: On current AUSM in slot 17, change the configuration for channel 16 to set a routing priority of 1, a maximum cost of 5, restrict trunk routing for this channel to terrestrial trunks only, set the peak cell rate to 655525 cells per second, set the minimum cell rate to 655525 cells per second, and set the percent utilization to 100 percent spirit.1.17.AUSM.a > cnfchan 16 1 5 2 65525 65525 100 spirit.1.17.AUSM.a >

A system response does not occur unless an error is detected. Possible errors include:

cnfchaneir

Configure Channel EIR

Use the cnfchaneir command to configure the Frame Relay policing parameter excess information rate (EIR), which is the second bucket leak rate for a channel. No messages appear on the screen unless an error occurs.

Available

Release 1.1.23 and higher

Card(s) on Which the Command Executes

FRSM-8T1/E1, FRSM-VHS

Syntax

cnfchaneir <chan_num> <zerocireir>

Syntax Description

chan_num

Specifies the channel for which you are modifying the policing parameter. Values are:

  • FRSM-8T1/E = 16-1015

  • FRSM-2CT3 = 16-4015

  • FRSM-2T3/E3 and FRSM-HS2 = 16-2015

zerocireir

Specifies the excess information rate for 0 CIR cases. Values are:

  • FRSM-8T1 = 0-1536000 bps

  • FRSM-8E1 = 0-2048000 bps

  • FRSM-2CT3 = 0-1536000 bps

  • FRSM-2T3 = 0-44210000 bps

  • FSM-2E3 = 0-34010000 bps

  • FRSM-HS2 = 0-51840000 bps

Related Commands

dspchan

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 2

cnfchancacoff

Configure Channel CAC Off

Use the cnfchancacoff command to turn off the connection admission control (CAC) function for a channel.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM

Syntax

cnfchancacoff <chan_num>

Syntax Description

chan_num

Channel number, in the range appropriate for the interface type.

  • 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015

  • HS1/B range = 16-1015

  • T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015

  • 2CT3 range = 16-4015

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 2


Example 1-80: On current FRSM in slot 27, change configuration for channel 16 to turn off connection admission control (CAC) function spirit.1.27.FRSM.a > cnfchancacoff 16 spirit.1.27.FRSM.a >

cnfchanegressq

Configure Channel Egress Queue

Use the cnfchanegressq command to configure the egress queue for a specified channel.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM

Syntax

cnfchanegressq <ChanNum> <QSel> <QDepth> <QDEThresh> <QECNThresh>

Syntax Description

ChanNum

Channel number, in the range appropriate for the interface type.

  • 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015

  • T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015

  • 2CT3 range = 16-4015

QSel

Egress queue select.

  • 1 = High-priority queue, usually used for constant bit rate (CBR) connections.

  • 2 = Low-priority queue (default).

  • 3 = Not used. This option is only for the FRSM-T3/E3/HS2 and FRSM-2CT3 service modules. For these service modules, the queue to which the channel gets mapped is determined by the channel service type.

QDepth

Egress queue depth, in the range 1-65535 bytes. This setting is the maximum allowable depth for the queue before it starts dropping cells.

Default = 65535 bytes

QDEThresh

Egress queue DE Threshold, in the range 1-65535 bytes. This setting is the maximum depth for the queue before the cells are tagged as discard eligible (DE).

Default = 32767 bytes

QECNThresh

Egress queue ECN Threshold, in the range 1-65535 bytes. This setting is the maximum depth for the queue before initiating flow control.

Default = 65535 bytes

Related Commands

cnfchaningressq

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 2


Example 1-81: On current FRSM in slot 27, change configuration of egress queue for channel 16 to set the priority to high, the maximum queue depth to 65535, the discard eligible threshold to 32767, and the ECN threshold to 65535 spirit.1.27.FRSM.a > cnfchanegressq 16 1 65535 32767 65535 spirit.1.27.FRSM.a >

cnfchanfst

Configure Channel ForeSight

Use the cnfchanfst command to configure ForeSight parameters for a Frame Relay or ATM channel.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM, AUSM

Syntax: FRSM

cnfchanfst <chan_num> <fst_enable> <mir> <pir> <qir>

Syntax Description

chan_num

Channel number, in the range appropriate for the FRSM card type.

  • 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015

  • T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015

  • 2CT3 range = 16-4015

fst_enable

ForeSight, either enabled or disabled.

  • 1 = enable

  • 2 = disable

mir

Minimum information rate, as appropriate for the FRSM card type.

  • 8T1/E1 the range = 10-8000 in cell per sec.

  • T3/E3/HS2/2CT3 range = 10-400000 in cell per sec.

Default = 1000

pir

Peak information rate, as appropriate for the FRSM card type.

  • 8T1/E1 range = 10-8000 in cell/sec.

  • T3/E3/HS2/2CT3, the range is 10-400000 in cell per sec.

Default = 1000

qir

Quiescent information rate, as appropriate for the FRSM card type.

  • 8T1/E1 range = 0-8000 in cell/sec.

  • T3/E3/HS2/2CT3 range = 10-400000 in cell per sec.

Default = 1000

Syntax: AUSM

cnfchanfst <port.VPI.VCI | channel number> <enable | disable> <fgcra_enable> <ibs> <pcr> <mcr> <icr>

Syntax Description

port.VPI.VCI

Connection identifier, in the format port.VPI.VCI.

  • Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation

  • VPI range = 1-4095

  • VCI range = 1-65535

channel number

Channel number, in the range 16-1015.

enable | disable

ForeSight, either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

fgcra_enable

FGCRA for the specified channel, either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

ibs

Initial burst size, in the range 0-5000 cells.

pcr

Peak cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells/second.

  • 10-PortRate (T1-3622, E1-4528, clearE1-4830)

  • IMA, T1-3591, E1-4490, clrE1-4789


Note   The IMA port speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.

mcr

Minimum cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells per second.

  • 0-PortRate (T1-3622, E1-4528, clearE1-4830)

  • For IMA, T1-3591, E1-4490, clrE1-4789


Note   The IMA port speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.

icr

Initial cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells per second.

  • 0-PortRate (T1-3622, E1-4528, clearE1-4830)

  • For IMA, T1-3591, E1-4490, clrE1-4789


Note   The IMA port speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.

Related Commands

dspchan

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 2


Example 1-82: On current FRSM in slot 27, change configuration of the ForeSight for channel 16 to enable ForeSight, to set the minimum information rate to 1000 cells per second, the peak information rate to 1000 cells per second, and the quiescent information rate to 1000 cells per second spirit.1.27.FRSM.a > cnfchanfst 16 1 1000 1000 1000 spirit.1.27.FRSM.a >

A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.


Example 1-83: On current AUSM in slot 12, change the configuration using the port.VPI.VCI argument s1.1.12.AUSM8.a > cnfchanfst 2.1.5 2 1 2000 4000 2000 2000 s1.1.12.AUSM8.a >
Example 1-84: On current AUSM in slot 12, change the configuration using the channel number argument s1.1.12.AUSM8.a > cnfchanfst 31 2 1 2000 4000 2000 2000 s1.1.12.AUSM8.a >
Note   This command is valid only for ABR-type channels.

cnfchaningressq

Configure Channel Ingress Queue

Use the cnfchaningressq command to configure the ingress queue for a specified channel.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM

Syntax

cnfchaningressq <ChanNum> <QSel> <QDepth> <QDEThresh> <QECNThresh>

Syntax Description

ChanNum

Channel number, in the range appropriate for the FRSM card type.

  • 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015

  • HS1/B range = 16-1015

  • T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015

  • 2CT3 range = 16-4015

QSel

FRSM-8T1/E1 only.

Egress queue select.

  • 1 = High-priority queue, usually used for constant bit rate (CBR) connections.

  • 2 = Low-priority queue (default).

  • 3 = Not used. This option is only for the FRSM-T3/E3/HS2 and FRSM-2CT3 service modules. For these service modules, the queue to which the channel gets mapped is determined by the channel service type.

QDepth

Ingress queue depth, in the range 1-65535 bytes. This setting is the maximum depth for the queue before it starts dropping cells.

Default = 65535 bytes

QDEThresh

Ingress queue DE Threshold, in the range 1-65535 bytes. This setting is the maximum depth for the queue before the cells are tagged as discard eligible (DE).

Default = 32767 bytes

QECNThresh

Ingress queue ECN Threshold, in the range 1-65535 bytes. This setting is the maximum depth for the queue before initiating flow control.

Default value = 65535 bytes

Related Commands

cnfchaningressq

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 2


Example 1-85: On current FRSM in slot 27, change configuration of the egress queue for channel 16 to set the priority to high, set the maximum queue depth to 65535, the Discard Eligible threshold to 32767, and the ECN threshold to 65535 spirit.1.27.FRSM.a > cnfchaningressq 16 1 65535 32767 65535 spirit.1.27.FRSM.a >

cnfchanmap

Configure Channel Map

Use the cnfchanmap command to configure interworking field mapping for a specified channel.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM

Syntax

cnfchanmap <chan_num> <chanType> <FECN/EFCI> <DE to CLP> <CLP to DE>

Syntax Description

chan_num

Channel number, in the range appropriate for the FRSM card type.

  • 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015

  • HS1/B range = 16-1015

  • T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015

  • 2CT3 range = 16-4015

chanType

Channel type.

  • 1 = network interworking

  • 2 = service interworking in transparent mode

  • 3 = service interworking in translation mode

  • 4 = FUNI

  • 5 = frame forwarding

FECN/EFCI

Mapping between FECN and EFCI.

  • 1 = map EFCI. This option is only valid for service interworking.

  • 2 = make EFCI 0

DE to CLP

DE to CLP mapping.

  • 1 = map DE to CLP

  • 2 = make CLP 0

  • 3 = make CLP 1

CLP to DE

CLP to DE mapping.

  • 1 = map CLP to DE

  • 2 = make DE 0

  • 3 = make DE 1

  • 4 = ignore CLP. This option is only valid for network interworking.

Related Commands

dspchanmap

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 2


Example 1-86: On current FRSM in slot 27, change configuration of the interworking channel mapping for channel 16 to set the channel type to network interworking, to set EFCI equal to 0, the DE to CLP mapping to map DE to CLP, and the CLP to DE mapping to map CLP to DE spirit.1.27.FRSM.a > cnfchanmap 16 1 1 1 spirit.1.27.FRSM.a >

cnfchanpol

Configure Channel Policing

Use the cnfchanpol command to configure the Frame Relay policing parameters for a channel.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM

Syntax

cnfchanpol <chan_num> <cir> <bc> <be> <ibs> <detag> <egrat>

Syntax Description

chan_num

Channel number, in the range appropriate for the FRSM card type.

  • 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015

  • HS1/B range = 16-1025

  • T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015

  • 2CT3 range = 16-4015

cir

Committed information rate, in the range appropriate for the interface.

  • T1 range = 0-1536000 bps

  • E1 range = 0-2048000 bps

  • T3 range = 0-44210000 bps

  • E3 range = 0-34010000 bps

  • HSSI range = 0-51840000 bps

Default = 2400 bits per second (bps)


Note   For the FRSM-2CT3 service module, the peak value for permissible CIR is 1536000 bits per second.

bc

Burst committed rate, in the range appropriate for the FRSM card type.

  • FRSM-8T1/E1 range = 0-65535 bytes

  • FRSM-T3/E3/HS2 range = 0-2097151 bytes

  • FRSM-2CT3 range = 0-2097151 bytes

Default = 5100 bytes


Note   The burst committed value cannot be 0 when the committed information rate is not 0.
The burst committed value MUST be set to 0 when the committed information rate is set to 0.

be

Burst excess rate, in the range appropriate for the FRSM card type.

  • FRSM-8T1/E1 range = 0-65535 bytes

  • FRSM-T3/E3/HS2 range = 0-2097151 bytes

  • FRSM-2CT3 = 0-2097151 bytes

Default = 5100 bytes


Note   The burst excess value cannot be 0 when the committed information rate is set to 0.

ibs

Initial burst size, in the range appropriate for the FRSM card type.

  • FRSM-8T1/E1 range = 0-65535 bytes

  • FRSM-T3/E3/HS2 range = 0-2097151 bytes

  • FRSM-2CT3 range = 0-2097151 bytes

Default =100 bytes


Note   The initial burst size should be less than or equal to the value of the burst committed when the committed information rate is set to greater than 0.
When the committed information rate is set to 0, the initial burst size MUST be set to 0.

detag

Ingress discard eligible (DE) tagging, either enabled or disabled.

  • 1 = enable

  • 2 = disable (default)

egrat

Egress service rate, in the range appropriate for the interface.

  • T1 range = 0-1536000 bps

  • E1 range = 0-2048000 bps

Related Commands

dspchan

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 2


Example 1-87: On current FRSM in slot 27, change the configuration of the ForeSight for channel 16 to enable ForeSight, to set the committed information rate to 100000 cells per second, the committed burst size to 65535 bytes, the burst excess to 65535 bytes, the initial burst size to 1000 bytes, and to enable discard eligible tagging spirit.1.27.FRSM.a > cnfchanpol 16 1 100000 65535 65535 1000 1 spirit.1.27.FRSM.a >

A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.

cnfchanq

Configure Channel Queue

Use the cnfchanq command configure queue parameters for a specified channel on the current PXM or AUSM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, AUSM

Syntax: PXM

cnfchanq <LCN> <discard_option> <clp_thresh_high> <clp_thresh_low> <efci_thresh> <update_code> <max_cell_cnt>

Syntax Description

LCN

Channel number, in the range 16-4111.

discard_option

Discard option for hysteresis or frame discard.

  • 1 =CLP hysteresis

  • 2 = Frame discard

clp_thresh_high

CLP threshold high, in the range 1-491520 cells.

Once the high cell loss priority threshold is exceeded, cells can have a CLP bit set, making them discard eligible.

clp_thresh_low

CLP threshold low, in the range 1-491520 cells.

Once the low cell loss priority threshold is passed, cells will no longer have the CLP bit set, making them discard eligible.

efci_thresh

EFCI threshold, in the range 1-491520 cells.

An explicit forward congestion indicator (EFCI) is sent to the sending node when the threshold is exceeded.

update_code

Congestion update.

  • 1 = Do not update

  • 2 = Set CI bit

  • 3 = Set EFCI bit

  • 4 = Clear EFCI

max_cell_cnt

Maximum cell count, in the range 0-512000 cells.

Syntax: AUSM

cnfchanq <port.VPI.VCI> <discard_option> <vc_q_depth> <clp_thresh_high> <clp_thresh_low> <efci_thresh>

Syntax Description

port.VPI.VCI

Connection identifier, in the format port.VPI.VCI.

  • Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation

  • VPI range = 1-4095

  • VCI range = 1-65535

discard_option

Discard option for hysteresis or frame discard.

  • 1 =CLP hysteresis

  • 2 = Frame discard

vc_q_depth

Ingress queue depth, in the range 0-16000 cells.

clp_thresh_high

CLP threshold high, in the range 1-16000 cells.

Once the high cell loss priority threshold is exceeded, cells can have a CLP bit set, making them discard eligible.

clp_thresh_low

CLP threshold low, in the range 1-16000 cells.

Once the low cell loss priority threshold is exceeded, cells will no longer have the CLP bit set, making them discard eligible.

efci_thresh

EFCI threshold, in the range 1-16000 cells.

An explicit forward congestion indicator (EFCI) is sent to the sending node when the threshold is exceeded.

Related Commands

dspchan

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 2 on AUSM, Any on PXM


Example 1-88: On current AUSM in slot 1, change the configuration of the channel queue for channel 16 to set the ingress queue depth to 16000, the CLP high threshold to 16000, the CLP Low threshold to 10000, and the EFCI threshold to 12000 spirit.1.1.AUSM.a > cnfchanq 16 16000 16000 10000 12000 spirit.1.1.AUSM.a >

cnfchansrvrate

Configure Channel Service Rate

Use the cnfchansrvrate command to provision the service rate of a channel independent of the CIR rate of the connection. This feature separates the policing parameters (CIR, BC, BE, IBS) from the service rate, providing you with more traffic management control over the connection.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM 2T3/E3, FRSM HS2, FRSM-8

Syntax

cnfchansrvrate <LCN> <ena | dis> <srvrate>

Syntax Description

LCN

Channel number, in the range:

  • FRSM-8T1/E1, FRSM-HS1, 16-1015

  • FRSM-HS2, 2T3, 2E3, 16-2015

  • FRSM-2CT3, 16-4015

<ena | dis>

Channel service rate override, either enabled or disabled.

  • 1 = enable

  • 2 = disable

srvrate

The actual service rate to be provisioned for the given channel (in cps). For VHS modules, the maximum rate is 285714 cps

Related Commands

cnfchanfst

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-89: Configure the SAR on current FRSM, service connection 16, at 4000 cells per second, even though the CIR for the connection may be set to 0 NODENAME.1.26.VHS2CT3.a > cnfchansrvrate 16 1 4000 NODENAME.1.26.VHS2CT3.a >

cnfclksrc

Configure Clock Source

Use the cnfclksrc command to configure an interface as a clock source. Available clock sources are shown in Table 1-6. Any combination of clock sources are configurable in any order (primary or secondary). For example, you can configure an external clock source as the primary clock source and a line as the secondary clock source. If the primary and secondary clock sources fail, the internal oscillator becomes the source.

Before using the cnfclksrc command, the PXM broadband interfaces and the service module lines must be configured; therefore, run the addln command, then the addport command. Configure only one clock source each time you execute cnfclksrc, and run the command from the active PXM.


Table 1-6: Clock Sources
Clock Source Description

Internal clock

Comes from an oscillator on the PXM1. It is the default source when the switch first comes up and remains so until you specify a different clock source.

Inband clock

Originates on a BPX 8600 series node or another vendor's switch and comes through the trunk on the PXM1 uplink card.

External clock

Comes from an external timing source and arrives at the T1 or E1 clock connector on the PXM UI. Frequently, the external source is a highly reliable, dedicated device that can provide a Stratum 2 or Stratum 3 clock. (As the subsequent configuration steps show, an additional step is necessary for an external clock source.)

Line on a service module or PXM UNI port

The PXM UNI line source is only available on a standalone node. A line must be active before you can specify it as a clock source.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, CESM. AUSM

Syntax: PXM, FRSM, CESM, AUSM

cnfclksrc <slot.port> <clktyp>

Syntax Description

slot.port

For the PXM:

  • Slot is 7, regardless of where the active PXM1 resides.

  • Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation.

For the FRSM, CESM, AUSM:

Slot and port number.

  • Slot = 1-6, 9-14, 17-22, or 25-30

  • Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation

For the trunk to a BPX 8600 series or other backbone node-sourced clock, the port is always 1.

For the external clock, port is always 35.

For the UNI line (stand-alone only), port depends upon the number of lines on the back card.

For a service module providing the clock source:

  • Slot is the slot number of the card.

  • Port is the number of the line that provides the clock.

Using an external clock source:

Use the cnfextclk command to select the T1 or E1 line and the impedance of the line. The command syntax is

cnfextclk <ClockType> <Impedance>

  • <ClockType> 1 = T1 source, 2 = E1 source

  • <Impedance> is one of the following:

    • T1 source: 1 = 75 ohms

    • E1 source: 2 = 100 ohms, 3 = 120 ohms

clktyp

Clock type to be sourced on the specified interface.

  • p = primary

  • s = secondary

  • t = tertiary

  • n = null. Use only for removing clock configuration that currently applies to the specified slot.port

Related Commands

dspclksrc, dspclkinfo , cnfextclk

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1


Example 1-90: Configure inband (trunk) interface as the primary clock source and an external clock device as the secondary source spirit.1.8.PXM.a > cnfclksrc 7.1 P spirit1r.1.8.PXM.a > cnfclksrc 7.35 S

cnfcon

Configure Connection

Use the cnfcon command to configure connectivity parameters on the PXM, AUSM, FRSM, or CESM. The applicable parameters were previously specified by the addcon command.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM

Syntax: PXM

cnfcon <conn_ID> <route_priority> <max_cost> <restrict_trunk_type> [CAC]

Syntax Description

conn_ID

Connection identifier, in the format PortNo.VPI.VCI.

route_priority

Routing priority number, in the range 1-15.

max_cost

Maximum cost for the connection, in the range 1-255.

restrict_trunk_type

Restriction on the trunk.

  • 1 = no restriction

  • 2 = terrestrial trunk

  • 3 = satellite trunk

CAC

(optional) Connection admission control (CAC), either enabled or disabled.

  • 1 = enable

  • 2 = disable

Syntax: FRSM, AUSM

cnfcon <Port.Dlci> <chan_type> <cir> [CAC]

Syntax Description

Port.Dlci

Port number and DLCI.

chan_type

Channel type.

  • 1 = NIW

  • 2 = SIW-transparent

  • 3 = SIW-xlation

  • 4 = FUNI

  • 5 = frForward

cir

Committed information rate (CIR), in the range appropriate for the interface.

  • T1 range = 0-1536000

  • E1 range = 0-2048000

  • X.21 range = 0-10000000 bps

  • HSSI range = 0-20000000 bps

CAC

(optional) Connection admission control (CAC), either enabled or disabled.

  • 1 = enable

  • 2 = disable

Syntax: CESM

cnfcon <port_num> <CDVT> <CLIP> <bufsize> <clockmode> <IdleSuppEnable> <ForceSuppression>

Syntax Description

port_num

Unique port number.

CDVT

Cell delay variation tolerance (CDVT), as appropriate for the interface.

  • T1 range = 125-24000 microseconds

  • E1 range = 125-26000 microseconds.

CLIP

Cell loss integration period (CLIP), in the range 1000-65535 milliseconds.

bufsize

Size of the buffer.

  • Egress bufsize = 0 to autocompute.

  • Min value depends on CDVT configured.

  • Min BufSize = greater (CDVT in frames * 2) * N, (CDVT + frames in two cells) * N

  • Max for T1 UDT and E1 UDT: 16224 bytes

  • Max for T1 SDT: 384 * N bytes

  • Max for E1 SDT: 417 * N bytes, where N is the number of timeslots assigned in Nx64 connection, and N = 32 for T1/E1 UDT

clockmode

Clock mode.

  • 1 = synchronous

  • 2 = SRTS

  • 3 = adaptive

IdleSuppEnable

Idle suppression, either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

ForceSuppression

External idle suppression, either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

Related Commands

addcon , dspcon, dspcons , delcon

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 2


Example 1-91: Configures connection on port 1 with a VCI of 2 and a VPI of 5 to use routing priority 15, a maximum routing cost of 255, to not use satellite trunks, and to enable connection admission control spirit01.1.7.PXM.a > cnfcon 1.2.5 15 255 3 2 spirit01.1.7.PXM.a >

cnfdate

Configure Date

Use the cnfdate command to set the system date.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

cnfdate <mm/dd/yyyy>

Syntax Description

mm/dd/yyyy

Month, day, year.

  • mm = month, in the range 01 through 12

  • dd = day, in the range 01-31

  • yyyy = year, in the 0000-9999

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: SuperUser


Example 1-92: Set date to be 03/29/2000 excel.1.3.PXM.a > cnfdate 03/29/2000 Date = 03/29/2000 excel.1.3.PXM.a >

cnfdsx3bert

Configure DS3 BERT

Use the cnfdsx3bert command to specify a pattern for bit error rate testing (BERT) on the FRSM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM 2T3E3, CESMT3

Syntax

cnfdsx3bert <test pattern>

Syntax Description

test pattern

DSX3 BERT pattern

  • 1 = all ones

  • 2 = all zeros

  • 3 = alternating ones and zeroes

  • 4 = double alternating ones and zeros

  • 5 = 3 in 24

  • 6 = 1 in 16

  • 7 = 1 in 8

  • 8 = 1 in 4

  • 9 = D4 loop activate

  • 10 = D4 loop deactivate

  • 11 = 2**3-1

  • 12 = 2**4-1

  • 13 = 2**5-1

  • 14 = 2**6-1

  • 15 = 2**7-1

  • 16 = FT1 LB activate

  • 17 = FT1 LB deactivate

  • 18 = 2**9-1

  • 19 = 2**10-1

  • 20 = 2**11-1

  • 21 = 2**15-1

  • 22 = 2**17-1

  • 23 = 2**18-1

  • 24 = 2**20-1

  • 25 = QRSS

  • 26 = 2**21-1

  • 27 = 2**22-1

  • 28 = 2**23-1

  • 29 = 2**25-1

  • 30 = 2**28-1

  • 31 = 2**28-1

  • 32 = 2**31-1

  • 33 = 2**32-1

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: SuperUser


Example 1-93: Set double alternating ones-and-zeroes pattern for the BERT popeye1.1.21.CESMT3.a > cnfdsx3bert 4 popeye1.1.21.CESMT3.a >

cnfegrservtype

Configure Egress Servicing Type

Use the cnfegrservtype command to change the egress port servicing algorithm. Egress port queue servicing type is a card-level option. You can choose either four-queue, weighted fair queuing (WFQ) algorithm with quality of service (QoS) guaranteed, or simple ratio-based, two-queue algorithm without quality of service.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM-VHS (2CT3/2T3/2E3/HS2)

Syntax

cnfegrservtype <servicing type>

Syntax Description

servicing type

One of the following servicing types:

  • 87 = WFQ algorithm with four queues.

  • 99 = Ratio-based algorithm with two queues.

Related Commands

dspegrservtype

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: SuperUser


Example 1-94: Configure egress service type to queue ratio raviraj.1.10.VHS2CT3.a > cnfegrservtype 99 The card will be reset, Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? Yes Err: card reset/removed/failed on slot 10 slot 2 (cardInx 3) is present, insertion msg from PXM 7

cnfextclk

Configure External Clocking

Use the cnfextclk command to configure the line type and impedance of the external clocking source.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

cnfextclk <ClockType> <Impedance>

Syntax Description

ClockType

Clock source on the line.

  • 1 = T1

  • 2 = E1

Impedance

Impedance for the line selected as the external clocking source.

  • 1 = 75 ohms

  • 2 = 100 ohms

  • 3 = 120 ohms

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 3


Example 1-95: Configure clocking to be extracted from an E1 line with an impedance of
100 ohms
excel.1.3.PXM.a > cnfextclk 2 2 excel.1.3.PXM.a >

cnfenetgw

Configure Ethernet Gateway

Use the cnfenetgw command to establish the Ethernet gateway route permanently.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

cnfenetgw <IPaddress>

Syntax Description

IPaddress

IP address for the default gateway; a subnet.

Related Commands

dspenetgw

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: SuperUser


Example 1-96: Configure gateway 172.29.37.1 and add necessary routes excel.1.3.PXM.a > cnfenetgw 172.28.37.1 excel.1.3.PXM.a >

cnffst

Configure ForeSight

Use the cnffst command to configure ForeSight parameters for the current card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM, AUSM

Syntax

cnffst <rate_up> <rate_down> <rate-fast_down> <qir_time_out> <rtd_interval>

Syntax Description

rate_up

Rate up, in the range 1-100 percent. If free bandwidth is available, this setting is the rate at which ForeSight increases transmission (as a percentage of MIR).

rate_down

Rate down, in the range 1-100 percent. If free bandwidth becomes unavailable, this setting is the rate at which ForeSight decreases transmission (as a percentage of current rate).

rate-fast_down

Rate fast down, in the range 1-100 percent. If a cell is dropped or the TxQ is full, this setting is the rate at which ForeSight decreases transmission (as a percentage of current rate).

qir_time_out

QIR timeout period before resetting IR to QIR, in the range 1-255 seconds.

rtd_interval

Interval between round-trip delay measurement requests, in the range
1-255 seconds.

Related Commands

dspfst

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: SuperUser

cnfif

Configure Broadband Interface

Use the cnfif command to modify parameters for an existing broadband interface on a PXM. System software does not allow you to conflict with existing configurations. You might need to reduce the bandwidth allocation or VPI/VCI range on one or more interfaces before you expand the resources for an interface. See the upif command description for more information on resource partitioning.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

cnfif <if_num> <pct_bw> <min_vpi> <max_vpi>

Syntax Description

if_num

Interface number of the logical interface, in the range 1-32.

pct_bw

Percentage of the line bandwidth to be allocated for the logical interface, in the range 0-100. This setting applies to both the ingress and egress.

min_vpi

Minimum virtual path identifier (VPI) value for UNI or NNI.

  • UNI range = 0-255

  • NNI range = 0-4095

UNI typically applies to a line connecting a stand-alone node to a workstation.

max_vpi

Maximum VPI value for UNI or NNI.

  • UNI range = 0-255

  • NNI range = 0-4095

UNI typically applies to a line connecting a stand-alone node to a workstation.

Related Commands

upif

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-97: Configure broadband interface number 1 to use 10% of the line bandwidth for both ingress and egress, have a minimum virtual path interface (VPI) of 0, and a maximum virtual path interface (VPI) of 19 wilco.1.7.PXM.a > cnfif 1 10 0 19 wilco.1.7.PXM.a >
Example 1-98: Confirm configuration for the broadband interface wilco.1.7.PXM.a > dspif
ifNum Status Line ingrPctBw egrPctBw minVpi maxVpi ------------------------------------------------------ 1 Ena 1 10 10 0 19
wilco.1.7.PXM.a >

cnfifastrk

Configure Interface as Trunk

Use the cnfifastrk command to configure a logical interface on the PXM to act as a feeder trunk. Before configuring the interface as a feeder trunk, the option must be activated with the cnfswfunc command.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

cnfifastrk <slot.port> <ftrk | rtrk | vtrk>

Syntax Description

slot.port

Slot and port number.

  • slot = enter the value 7, or 15, or 31

  • port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation

<ftrk | rtrk | vtrk>

Trunk type.

  • ftrk = feeder trunk

  • rtrk = routing trunk (default)

  • vtrk = virtual trunk

Related Commands

uncnfifastrk

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Group 2


Example 1-99: Configure line 1 on PXM in slot 7 as a feeder trunk wilco.1.7.PXM.a > cnfifastrk 7.1 ftrk wilco.1.7.PXM.a >

cnfifip

Configure Interface Address

Use the cnfifip command to configure the interface address for LAN, SLIP, or ATM on the PXM. In addition, you can specify an interface to be up or down dynamically. No reboot is required to bring an interface up or down, and interfaces set to down are persistent across resets.

A shelf now can have one or two IP addresses for Ethernet. The shelf IP address set using the cnfifip command will always be the IP address of the active card.

The bootChange IP address is used for the standby card and backup boot if it is different from the shelf IP address. If the bootChange IP address is same as the shelf IP address, then the Ethernet interface on the standby card or in backup boot is left in the down state.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

cnfifip <Interface> <IPaddr> [<NetMask> [BroadcastAddr]] <InterfaceFlag>

Syntax Description

Interface

Interface as Ethernet, SLIP, or ATM.

  • 26 = Ethernet

  • 28 = SLIP

  • 37 = ATM

IPaddr

A 32-bit IP address in dotted decimal format.

NetMask

<n>.<n>.<n>.<n> where <n> = integer 0-255

If netmask 255.255.255.252 is used for the SLIP interface, the PXM automatically adds a host route for its peer whenever the interface is turned ON.

BroadcastAddr

<n>.<n>.<n>.<n> where <n> = integer 0-255.

InterfaceFlag

Interface flag, either UP or DOWN.

Related Commands

dspifip

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: SuperUser


Example 1-100: Configure ATM interface and bring it up wilco.1.7.PXM.a > cnfifip atm 192.9.200.1 255.255.255.128 wilco.1.7.PXM.a >

A system response does not occur unless an error is detected. To confirm your configuration for the interface address, use the dspifip command.


Example 1-101: Configure ATM interface with the current information in the database wilco.1.7.PXM.a > cnfifip atm up wilco.1.7.PXM.a >
Example 1-102: Remove ATM interface and preserve the information in the database wilco.1.7.PXM.a > cnfifip atm down wilco.1.7.PXM.a >

cnfilmi

Configure ILMI

Use the cnfilmi command to configure the local management interface port on the PXM or AUSM. A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, AUSM

Syntax: PXM

cnfilmi <ifNum> <bbIfSigPortNum> <ilmiEnable> <sigProtocolType> <signallingVPI> <signallingVCI> <iLMITrap> <minTrapInterval> <keepAlive> <errorThresholdN491> <pollingIntervalT491> <eventThresholdN492> <minEnquiryIntervalT493> <addrRegEnable>

Syntax Description

ifNum

Interface number.

bbIfSigPortNum

Broadband interface signal port number, in the range 1-32.

ilmiEnable

ILMI, either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

sigProtocolType

Signal protocol type.

  • 1 = other

  • 2 = no signalling

  • 3 = ILMI

signallingVPI

Signalling virtual path identifier (VPI), in the range 0-4095.

signallingVCI

Signalling virtual channel identifier (VCC), in the range 0-4095.

iLMITrap

ILMI trap, either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

minTrapInterval

Minimum trap interval, in the range 1-10 seconds.

keepAlive

Keep alive function, either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

errorThresholdN491

Error threshold N491, in the range 1-10.

pollingIntervalT491

Polling interval T491, in the range v1-v12.

eventThresholdN492

Event threshold N492, in the range 1-10.

minEnquiryIntervalT493

Minimum enquiry interval, in the range 1-20.

addrRegEnable

Address registration, either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

Syntax: AUSM

cnfilmi <port_num> <signal_type> <vpi> <vci> <scr> <trap_enable> <min_trap_int> <keep_alive>

Syntax Description

port_num

Port number, in the range 1-8.

signal_type

Signalling type.

  • 1 = other

  • 2 = no signalling

  • 3 = ILMI

vpi

Virtual path identifier (VPI), in the range 0-255.

vci

Virtual circuit identifier (VCI), in the range 0-65535.

trap_enable

ILMI trap, either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

min_trap_int

Minimum trap interval, in the range 1-10 seconds.

keep_alive

Keep alive polling, either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

Related Commands

dspilmi, dspilmicnt

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1 (Cisco for PXM)

cnfimagrp

Configure IMA Group

Use the cnfimagrp command to configure delay and resilient links for inverse multiplexing ATM (IMA) parameters on the current AUSM card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

cnfimagrp <grp> <max_diff_delay> <min_num_links>

Syntax Description

grp

IMA group number, in the range 1-8.

max_diff_delay

Maximum tolerable differential delay between the various links in the IMA group in the range appropriate for the SM type.

  • AUSM8-T1 = 0-275 milliseconds

  • AUSM8-E1 = 0-200 milliseconds

min_num_links

Number of resilient links in the inverse multiplexer. This setting is the number of links the system can lose from this IMA group without bringing it down.

Default = one less than the number of links in the selected group.

Related Commands

dspimagrp, dspimagrps, dspimagrpcnt

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 2


Example 1-103: Configure AIMUX group 1 on the AUSM card in slot 17 to have a read/write pointer differential of 5, a link loss severity of 2, a maximum tolerable differential delay of 5, and 2 redundant links flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a > cnfimagrp 1 -rwdiff 5 -severity 2 -maxdiff 3 -red 2 flyers01.1.17.AUSM.a >

cnfln

Configure Line

Use the optional cnfln command to configure line characteristics after the line becomes active (see addln ). Applicable cards are the core cards and service modules. For the PXM1 and optional SRM, a syntax switch or command delineator is necessary to identify the interface type as well as the parameters. (See syntax descriptions that follow.)


Note   On the PXM1 CLI, all parameters for this command are optional and position-independent. Therefore, you can enter them in any order after the interface identifier. A parameter value is mandatory only if you type the delineator for that parameter.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM


Note   The cnfln command on the PXM supports a loopback parameter.

On all PXM interfaces, a loopback is available. The local loopback exists between the daughter card and the back card. The remote loopback exists between the CPE or switch and the PXM daughter card.With a remote loopback, the data originates on the CPE or external switch, arrives at the PXM daughter card, then returns to the remote equipment. (See Figure 1-4.)


Figure 1-4: Local and Remote Loopbacks on the PXM


Syntax: PXM (SONET)

cnfln -sonet <LineNum> -slt <LineType> -lpb <LoopCmd> -smask <HCSmasking>
-sps <PayloadScramble> -sfs <FrameScramble>

Syntax Description

-sonet

Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry.

LineNum

Line number in the format slot.line.

  • slot number = 7 or 8.

  • line number

    • 1 = OC-12 card

    • 1-4 = OC-3 card.

-slt

Command delineator that precedes the LineType entry.

LineType

Line type:

  • 1 = sonetSts3c

  • 2 = sonetStm1

  • 3 = sonetSts12c

  • 4 = sonetStm4

-lpb

Command delineator that precedes the LoopCmd entry.

LoopCmd

Loopback mode of the SONET interface.

  • 1 = no loopback. The purpose is to remove an existing loopback.

  • 2 = near end loops back data from the remote end.

  • 3 = near end loops back local data.

-smask

Command delineator that precedes the HCSmasking entry.

HCSmasking

HCS masking, either enabled or disabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

-sps

Command delineator that precedes the PayloadScramble entry.

PayloadScramble

Payload scramble, either enabled or disabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

-sfs

Command delineator that precedes the FrameScramble entry.

FrameScramble

Frame scramble, either enabled or disabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

Syntax: PXM (T3)

cnfln -ds3 <LineNum> -lc <LineCoding> -ltp <LineType> -len <LineLength> -oof <LineOOFCriteria>
-cb <LineAIScBitsCheck> -lpb <LoopCmd> -rfeac <LineRcvFEACValidation>

Syntax Description

-ds3

Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry.

LineNum

DS3 line number in the format slot.line and has the following possible values:

  • Slot:

    • PXM1 = 7 or 8

    • Optional SRM (controlled from the PXM1 CLI) = 15, 16, 31, or 32

  • Line range:

    • PXM1 = 1-2

    • SRM = 1-3

-lc

Command delineator that precedes the LineCoding entry.

LineCoding

Line coding for zero code suppression B3ZS or HDB3.

  • 1 = B3ZS on a DSX3 line

  • 2 = HDB3 on an E3 line

-ltp

Command delineator that precedes the LineType entry.

LineType

Line type.

  • 1 = cbit-parity

  • 2 = not allowed

  • 3 = m23

-len

Command delineator that precedes the LineLength entry.

LineLength

Number of line feet.

  • 1 = less than 225 feet

  • 2 = 225 feet or more

-oof

Command delineator that precedes the LineOOFCriteria entry.

LineOOFCriteria

Threshold for triggering an Out Of Frame condition.

  • 1 = 3 out of 8
    An Out Of Frame condition is declared if at least 3 of 8 framing bits are in error.

  • 2 = 3 out of 16
    An Out Of Frame condition is declared if at least 3 of 16 framing bits are in error.

-cb

Command delineator that precedes the LineAIScBitsCheck entry.

LineAIScBitsCheck

Test of the C-bit in response to AIS status.

  • 1 = check the C-bit

  • 2 = ignore the C-bit

-lpb

Command delineator that precedes the LoopCmd entry.

LoopCmd

Loopback mode of the DS3/T3 interface. The looped data is the line framing synchronization and is sent every 10 ms. The loop exists on the daughter card attached to the PXM1 front card. The back card is involved only as a passive part of the loopback and only in the case of a remote loopback.

For remote loopback, the far end can be CPE on a UNI port or a switch at the far end of a trunk.

For local loopback, the data passes between only the PXM1 front card and the daughter card. The mere execution of a loop may clear line alarms.

  • 1 = no loopback. The purpose is to remove an existing loopback.

  • 2 = near end loops back data from the remote end.

  • 3 = local data loopback.

-rfeac

Command delineator that precedes the LineRcvFEACValidation entry.

LineRcvFEACValidation

A number to specify criteria to validate far-end alarm and control (FEAC) code.

  • 1 = 4 out of 5. A valid FEAC code is declared if 4 of 5 codes match.

  • 2 = 8 out of 10. A valid FEAC code is declared if 8 of 10 codes match.

Syntax: PXM E3

cnfln -e3 <LineNum> -lc <LineCoding> -len <LineLength> -lpb <LoopCmd>
-topt <TrailTraceOption> -txtt <txTrailTrace> -txma <txTimingMarker>
-rxma <rxTimingMarker> -txpt <txPayloadType>

Syntax Description

-e3

Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry.

LineNum

Line number in the format slot.line and has the following possible values:

  • Slot:

    • PXM1 = 7 or 8

    • Optional SRM (controlled from the PXM1 CLI) = 15, 16, 31, or 32

  • Line range:

    • PXM1 = 1-2

    • SRM = 1-3

-lc

Command delineator that precedes the LineCoding entry.

LineCoding

Line coding for Zero Code Suppression B3ZS or HDB3.

  • 1 = B3ZS on a DSX3 line

  • 2 = HDB3 on an E3 line

-len

Command delineator that precedes the LineLength entry.

LineLength

Number of line feet.

  • 1 = less than 225 feet

  • 2 = 225 feet or more

-lpb

Command delineator that precedes the LoopCmd entry.

LoopCmd

Loopback mode of the E3 interface.

  • 1 = no loopback. The purpose is to remove an existing loopback.

  • 2 = near end loops back data from the remote end.

  • 3 = local data loopback.

-topt

Command delineator that precedes the TrailTraceOption entry.

TrailTraceOption

Trail trace, either disabled or enabled.

  • 1= disable

  • 2 = enable

-txtt

Command delineator that precedes the txTrailTrace entry.

txTrailTrace

Length of the trail trace string in the transmit direction (away from the switch). The maximum length of txTrailTrace is 16 bytes.

-txma

Command delineator that precedes the txTimingMarker entry.

txTimingMarker

Timing marker tracer during outbound transmission.

  • 1 = traceable

  • 2 = untraceable

-rxma

Command delineator that precedes the rxTimingMarker entry.

rxTimingMarker

Timing marker tracer during inbound transmission.

  • 1 = traceable

  • 2 = untraceable

-txpt

Command delineator that precedes the txPayloadType entry.

txPayloadType

Payload type.

  • 1 = unequipped

  • 2 = equipped

  • 3 = ATM

  • 4 = sdhtu12s

Syntax: FRSM 8T1, 8E1, 2CT3

cnfln <line_num> <line_type> <line_len> <clk_src> [E1-signalling]

Syntax Description

line_num

DS1 Line number, in the range 1-56.

line_type

Type of line to be configured.

  • 1 = dsx1ESF

  • 2 = dsx1D4

line_len

Line length in feet, as appropriate for the interface.

  • 10-15 = T1

  • 8 = E1 with SMB line module

  • 9 = E1 with RJ48 line module

clk_src

DSX1 clock source.

  • 1 = loop clock

  • 2 = local clock

E1-signalling

Type of E1 signalling.

  • CAS = CAS, no CRC

  • CAS_CRC = CAS, with CRC

  • CCS = CC, no CRC

  • CCS_CRC = CCS, with CRC

  • CLEAR = clear E1

Syntax: FRSM 2T3, 2E3, 2CT3, HS2

cnfds3ln <line_num> <line_type> <line_len> <clk_src>

Syntax Description

line_num

DS3 line number, in the range 1-2.

line_type

Type of line to be configured.

  • 1 = C-bit parity

  • 2 = g832_g804

  • 3 = M13

  • 4 = g751

line_len

Length of line.

  • 1 = less than 225 feet

  • 2 = greater than 225 feet

clk_src

DSX3 clock source.

  • 1 = backplane clock

  • 2 = recovery clock

  • 3 = local clock

Syntax: FRSM HS1/B

cnfln <line_num> <line_type> <line_rate>

Syntax Description

line_num

Line number, in the range 1-4.

line_type

Line type.

  • 1 = DTE

  • 2 = DCE

  • 3 = DTE_ST (V.35 only)

line_rate

Line rate, in the range 48 Kbps-52 Mbps.

1= 48000 11= 320000 21= 1792000 31= 6315000 41=12629000

2= 56000 12= 336000 22= 1920000 32= 7744000 42=13897000

3= 64000 13= 384000 23= 1984000 33= 7899000 43=14222000

4= 112000 14= 392000 24= 2048000 34= 8192000 44=14336000

5= 128000 15= 448000 25= 3097000 35= 9289000 45=15488000

6= 168000 16= 512000 26= 3157000 36= 9472000 46=15799000

7= 192000 17= 768000 27= 4096000 37=10240000 47=16384000

8= 224000 18= 1024000 28= 4645000 38=10890000 48=20025000

9= 256000 19= 1536000 29= 4736000 39=11059000 49=24986000

10= 280000 20= 1544000 30= 6195000 40=12390000 50=52000000

AUSM, CESM, VISM (for T1 or E1)

cnfln <line_num> <line_code> <line_len> <clk_src> [E1-signalling]

Syntax Description

line_num

Line number, in the range 1-8.

line_code

Line coding.

  • 2 = B8ZS, applies to T1

  • 3 = HDB3, applies to E1

  • 4 = AMI, applies to T1 or E1

line_len

Line length, as appropriate for the interface.

  • 10-15 = T1

  • 8 = E1 with SMB module

  • 9 = E1 with RJ-48 module

clk_src

Clock source, either loop clock or local clock.

  • 1 = loop clock

  • 2 = local clock

E1-signalling

  • CAS: CAS, no CRC

  • CAS_CRC: CAS with CRC

  • CCS: CCS no CRC

  • CCS_CRC: CCS with CRC

  • CLEAR: Clear E1

Related Commands

addln , delln, dsplns , dspln

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1


Example 1-104: Configure line 4 on the current card (an AUSM in slot 4) to be T1 with B8ZS line coding, have a length of 10, and use the loop clock as a clock source wilco.1.4.AUSM.a > cnfln 4 2 10 1 wilco.1.4.AUSM.a >

cnflnsubrate

Configure Line Subrate

Use cnflnsubrate to configure the T3/E3 line subrate mode. This command provides T3/E3 line subrates for Digital Link and ADC Kentrox DSUs.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM-2T3/2E3

Syntax

cnflnsubrate <line_num> <dsu_subrate_ena> <dsu_select> <dsu_scramble_ena> <dsu_line_rate >

Syntax Description

line_num

DS3 line number, in the range 1-2.

dsu_subrate_ena

Data service unit (DSU) subrate, either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

dsu_select

DSU mode.

  • 1 = Digital Link 3100 Mode

  • 2 = ADC-Kentrox

dsu_scramble_ena

DSU line scrambling, either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

dsu_line_rate

A DSU line rate, values ranging from x to y.

For DL3100:

  • FRSM-2T3: x = 300, y = 44210

  • FRSM-2E3: x = 358, y = 34010

For ADC-Kentrox Mode (2T3/E3):

  • x = 500,

  • y = 44210 or 34010 in steps of x-value

.

A system response does not occur unless an error is detected. Possible errors include:

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 2

cnfname

Configure Name

Use the cnfname command to set the switch name. The name can consist of letters, special characters "_" and "-" and numbers. It must begin with a letter and cannot contain spaces. The name is case-sensitive.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

cnfname <node name>

Syntax Description

node name

Node name consisting of up to eight alphanumeric characters.

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1


Example 1-105: Set the switch name. The prompt returns with the new name. However, on the command line, the name is truncated to eight characters because of the information displayed in the prompt NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > cnfname kanchendzonga kanchend.1.3.PXM.a >

cnfoamlpbk

Configure OAM Loopback

Use the cnfoamlpbk command to configure the operation, administration, and maintenance (OAM) cell loopback test. This nonintrusive test sends OAM cells to an idle PVC, one not receiving data for a whole minute, to verify connection continuity. OAM cells are automatically recognized and returned without the need for the remote end to be looping back all data. If the endpoints reside in FastPacket cards, then "test delay" cells are transmitted instead of OAM loopback cells.

The OAM cell is initiated at an endpoint and sent into the network, where it is returned by the card at the remote end of the connection. The cells do not go through NNI trunks.

If ten consecutive cells are not received, the PVC is declared failed. The test logs alarms when significant continuous cell loss is encountered.

Once a failed PVC is detected, the local end from which the test started sends a network message, indicating a failure, to the endpoint.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM 2T3/E3, FRSM HS2

Syntax

cnfoamlpbk <action> <frequency>

Syntax Description

action

One of the following actions:

  • 1 = OamRas enabled

  • 2 = OamRas disabled

frequency

Frequency at which the loopback cells should be sent, in the range 1 to
10 minutes.

Related Commands

dspoamlpbk

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-106: Send OAM cells every ten minutes on an FRSM-2CT3 card NODENAME.1.19.VHS2CT3.a > cnfoamlpbk 1 10 NODENAME.1.19.VHS2CT3.a >

cnfpasswd

Configure Password

Use the cnfpasswd command to set the password for the specified User ID. Enter the command without arguments to change your own password. Prompts are presented to let you enter the new password and to confirm it.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

cnfpasswd [<user_id>]

Syntax Description

user_id

User name.

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-107: Change your own password. Prompts appear for you to enter the new password and confirm it. spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > cnfpasswd Enter password: Re-enter password: spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >

cnfplpp

Configure PLPP

Use the cnfplpp command to set physical layer protocol process (PLPP) parameters on the current AUSM card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

cnfplpp <phy_port_num> <loopback> <scramble> <singlebit_errcorr_ena>

Syntax Description

phy_port_num

Physical port number, in the range 1-8.

loopback

PLPP loopback.

  • 1 = no loopback

  • 2 = remote loopback

  • 3 = local loopback

scramble

Cell scramble.

  • 1 = no scramble

  • 2 = scramble

singlebit_errcorr_ena

Single-bit error correction, either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

Related Commands

dsppasswd

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 2


Example 1-108: Configure PLPP parameters on port 1 on current AUSM card in slot 22 to disable cell scramble, to disable PLPP loopback, and to disable single-bit error correction spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a > cnfplpp 1 1 1 1 spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a >

A system response does not occur unless an error is detected. To confirm your configurations for PLPP parameters, use the dsppasswd command.


Example 1-109: Confirm PLPP configuration spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a > dspplpp 1 PhysicalPortNumber: 1 CellFraming: ATM CellScramble: No Scramble Plpp Loopback: No Loopback Single-bit error correction: Disabled spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a >

cnfport

Configure Port

Use the cnfport command to configure service port on an FRSM or a PXM. The configuration can be verified using the dspport command.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM

Syntax: PXM

cnfport <port_number> <percent_bandwidth> <min_VPI> <max_VPI>

Syntax Description

port_number

Port number, in the range 1-32.

percent_bandwidth

Percentage of bandwidth to be allocated on the port, in the range 1-100.

min_VPI

Minimum virtual path identifier (VPI), in the range 0-4095.

max_VPI

Maximum VPI, in the range 0-4095.

Syntax: FRSM

cnfport <port_num> <lmi_sig> <asyn> <ELMI> <T391> <T392> <N391> <N392> <N393>

Syntax Description

port_num

Logical port number, in the range appropriate for the interface type.

  • 8-port T1 range = 1-192

  • 8-port E1range = 1-248

  • 4-port HS1 or HS2 range 1-4

  • Unchannelized E1 or T1 range = 1-4

  • 2-port HS1 or HS2 range = 1-2

  • Unchannelized E3 or T3 = 1-2

  • Channelized T3 = 1-56

lmi_sig

Local management interface (LMI) signalling protocol type.

  • N = None

  • S = StrataLMI

  • au = AnnexAUNI

  • du = AnnexDUNI

  • an = AnnexANNI

  • dn = AnnexDNNI

asyn

Asynchronous update status (UPD) or unsolicited full status (UFS).

  • n or 1 = both disabled

  • y or 2 = UPD enabled

  • 3 = UFS enabled

  • 4 = both enabled

ELMI

Enhanced LMI, either disabled or enabled.

N or n = disable

Y or y = enable

T391

T391 timer, in the range 5-30 seconds. This setting is the interval in seconds for NNI status polling.

Default = 10

T392

T392 timer, in the range 5-30 seconds. This setting is the interval in seconds for UNI status polling.

Default = 15

N391

N391 counter, in the range 1-255. This setting establishes the number of UNI/NNI polling cycles.

Default = 6

N392

N392 counter, in the range 1-10. This setting is the UNI/NNI error threshold.

Default = 3

N393

N393 counter, in the range 1-10. This setting is the UNI/NNI monitored events threshold, which must be greater than N392.

Default = 4

Related Commands

addport , delport, dspport , dspports

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-110: Configure port parameters on PXM port 1, in slot 8, to allocate all bandwidth and to set VPI range for 0-4095 spirit3.1.8.PXM.a > cnfport 1 100 0 4095 spirit3.1.8.PXM.a >

A system response does not occur unless an error is detected. Possible errors include:

cnfportcllm

Configure Port CLLM

Use the cnfportcllm command to set consolidated link layer management (CLLM) parameters for a specified port on the current card. Use CLLM to pass ForeSight to another Cisco WAN switching network using NNI.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM

Syntax

cnfportcllm <port_num> <CLLMEN> <CLLMTM>

Syntax Description

port_num

Logical port number, in the range appropriate for the current card.

  • 8-port T1 range = 1-192

  • 8-port E1range = 1-248

  • 4-port HS1 (X.21) or HS2 range 1-4

  • Unchannelized E1 or T1 range = 1-4

  • 2-port HS1 (HSSI) or HS2 range = 1-2

  • Unchannelized E3 or T3 = 1-2

  • Channelized T3 = 1-56

CLLMEN

CLLM, either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable (default)

  • 2 = enable

CLLMTM

CLLM time, in the range 40-5000 milliseconds. This setting is the amount of time to wait to receive CLLM updates before timing out.

Default = 1000 (1 second)

A system response does not occur unless an error is detected. Possible errors include:

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 2

cnfportq

Configure Port Queue

Use the cnfportq command to configure queue parameters for a specified port on the current AUSM. A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

cnfportq <port_num> <q_num> <q_algo> <q_depth> <clp_high> <clp_low> <efci_thres>

Syntax Description

port_num

Port number, in the range 1-8.

q_num

Queue number.

  • 1 = CBR (constant bit rate)

  • 2 = ABR (available bit rate)

  • 3 = VBR (variable bit rate)

  • 4 = UBR (unspecified bit rate)

q_algo

Queue algorithm, in the range 1-5.

0 = disable queue

q_depth

Maximum queue depth, in the range 1-16000 cells.

clp_high

Cell loss priority (CLP), in the range 1-16000 cells.

clp_low

Low CLP, in the range 1-16000 cells.

efci_thres

Explicit forward congestion indication (EFCI) threshold, in the range 1-16000 cells.

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1

cnfportrscprtn

Configure Port Resource Partition

Use the cnfportrscprtn command to configure the resources each controller application receives at a port.

Configure partitions at the port level if:

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, AUSM, FRSM, CESM, VISM

Syntax: PXM

cnfportrscprtn <port_no> <controller> <ingress_%bw> <egress_%bw> <min_VPI> <max_VPI> <min_VCI> <max_VCI> <max_GLCNs>

Syntax Description

port_no

Logical interface number, in the range 1- 32.

controller

Network control application.

  • 1 = PAR

  • 2 = PNNI

  • 3 = TAG

ingress_%bw

Percent of ingress bandwidth to be allocated on the interface, in the range 0-100.

egress_%bw

Percent of egress bandwidth to be allocated on the interface, in the range 0-100.

min_VPI

Minimum virtual path identifier (VPI) value, in the range 0-4095.

max_VPI

Maximum VPI value, in the range 0-4095.

min_VCI

Minimum virtual channel identifier (VCI) value, in the range 0-65535.

max_VCI

Maximum VCI value, in the range 0-65535.

max_GLCNs

Maximum number of global logical connection numbers (GLCNs), in the range 0-32767.

Syntax: AUSM, FRSM, CESM, VISM

cnfportrscprtn <port_num> <controller-name> <pct_bw> <min_vpi> <max_vpi> <min_vci> <max_vci> <max_glcn>

Syntax Description

port_num

Logical port number, in the range appropriate for the interface type.

  • 8-port T1 range = 1-192

  • 8-port E1range = 1-248

  • 4-port HS1 (X.21) or HS2 range 1-4

  • Unchannelized E1 or T1 range = 1-4

  • 2-port HS1 (HSSI) or HS2 range = 1-2

  • Unchannelized E3 or T3 = 1-2

  • Channelized T3 = 1-56

controller-name

Controller type.

  • 1 = PAR

  • 2 = PNNI

  • 3 = TAG

percent bandwidth

Percentage of the port bandwidth available to the controller. This setting applies to both the ingress and egress.

min_VPI

Minimum virtual path identifier (VPI) value, in the range 0-255.

max_VPI

Maximum VPI value, in the range 0-255.

min_VCI

Minimum virtual channel identifier (VCI) value, in the range 0-65535.

max_VCI

Maximum VCI value, in the range 0-65535.

max_GLCNs

Maximum number of global logical connection numbers (GLCNs), in the range 0-1000.

Related Commands

addcdrscprtn , cnfcdrscprtn

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1 (Service for PXM)

cnfprfparam

Configure Preference Parameters

Use the cnfprfparam command to configure the bucket interval.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

cnfprfparam <bucket interval>

Syntax Description

bucket interval

Bucket interval, in the range 1-600 seconds.

Related Commands

dspprf, dspprfhist

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-111: Set bucket interval for two seconds popeye3.1.8.PXM.a > cnfprfparam 2 The bucket interval will be effective after the current bucket interval is over. popeye3.1.8.PXM.a >

cnfrscprtn

Configure Resource Partition

Use the cnfrscprtn command to modify an existing resource partition. For information on resource partitions, see addrscprtn .

A resource partition on a PXM consists of the following:

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

cnfrscprtn <if_num> <ctrlr_num> <ingr_pct_bw> <egr_pct_bw> <min_vpi> <max_vpi> <min_vci> <max_vci> <max_chans>

Syntax Description

if_num

Logical interface number, in the range 1-32.

ctrlr_num

Network control application.

  • 1 = PAR

  • 2 = PNNI

  • 3 = TAG

ingr_pct_bw

Percent of ingress bandwidth to be allocated on the interface, in the range 0-100.

egr_pct_bw

Percent of egress bandwidth to be allocated on the interface, in the range 0-100.

min_vpi

Minimum VPI value, in the range 0-4095.

max_vpi

Maximum VPI value, in the range 0-4095.

min_vci

Minimum VCI value, in the range 0-65535.

max_vci

Maximum VCI value, in the range 0-65535.

max_chans

Maximum GLCNS, in the range 0-32767.

Related Commands

addrscprtn , delrscprtn, dspifrsc, dspifs, dsprscprtns, dsprscprtn , dsplnrsc

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Any

Privilege: Service


Example 1-112: Modify resource partition on current PXM card MGX-01.1.2.PXM.a > cnfrscprtn 1 1 100 100 0 4095 0 65535 32767 MGX-01.1.2.PXM.a >

cnfserialif

Configure Serial Interface

Use the cnfserialif command to configure the speed of a serial port.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

cnfserialif -if <serial_port_num> -sp <serial_port_speed>

Syntax Description

-if

Command delineator that precedes the serial_port_num entry.

serial_port_num

Serial port number.

  • 1 = console

  • 2 = slip

-sp

Command delineator that precedes the serial_port_speed entry.

serial_port_speed

Port speed.

  • 1 = 9600 bps

  • 2 = 2400 bps

  • 3 = 19200 bps

Related Commands

dspserialif

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 2


Example 1-113: Configure speed on slip for 19200 bps NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > cnfserialif -if 2 -sp 3 NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspserialif -if 2 SerialPortNum : 2 SerialPortType : main SerialPortEnable : Enable SerialPortBps : 19200bps

cnfslftst

Configure Self-Test

Use the cnfslftst command to configure the self-test routine on the current card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM, AUSM, CESM

Syntax

cnfslftst -en <SelftestEnable> -tm <SelftestPeriod>

Syntax Description

-en

Command delineator that precedes the SelftestEnable entry.

SelftestEnable

Self-test, either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

-tm

Command delineator that precedes the SelftestPeriod entry.

SelftestPeriod

Period between self-tests in the range 1-60 minutes.

Related Commands

clrslftst, dspslftst, runslftstno

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-114: Enable self-test for the AUSM in slot 22, with a self-test period of five minutes spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a > cnfslftst -en 2 -tm 5 spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a >

cnfsnmp

Configure SNMP

Use the cnfsnmp command to view the community strings configured on a service module.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

cnfsnmp <community string>

Syntax Description

community string

The SNMP community string, up to 18 characters in length.

Related Commands

dspsnmp

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: SuperUser


Example 1-115: Configure SNMP community string spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > cnfsnmp SPIRITST spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspsnmp Community String:SPIRITST

cnfsrmclksrc

Configure SRM Clock Source

Use the cnfsrmclksrc command to configure the SRM clock source to be acquired from either the PXM or from an SRM-3T3 T3 line.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

cnfsrmclksrc -ds3 <LineNum> -srmclk <ClockSource>

Syntax Description

-ds3

Command delineator for the LineNum entry.

LineNum

SRM-3T3 T3 line number in the format slot.line.

  • slot = 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32

  • line range = 1 to N, as appropriate for the card

-srmclk

Command delineator for the ClockSource entry.

ClockSource

Clock source.

  • 1 = backplane clock, from PXM (default)

  • 2 = recovery clock, from T3 line

Related Commands

dspsrmclksrc

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any

cnfstatsmgr

Configure Statistics Manager

Use the cnfstatsmgr command to specify the IP address of the workstation with the statistics manager to the MGX 8250.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

cnfstatsmgr <IP_Addr>

Syntax Description

IP_Addr

A 32-bit IP address in dotted decimal format.

Related Commands

dsptrapmgr

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: SuperUser

cnfswfunc

Configure Software Function

Use the cnfswfunc command to set certain node-level, paid features on an MGX 8250. The features are the feeder implementation of the switch and virtual source/virtual destination (VSVD) control for ABR traffic. The defaults are disabled for VSVD and the routing implementation of the MGX 8250.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

cnfswfunc -vsvd <enable(yes) | disable(no)> -ndtype <routing | fdr>

Syntax Description

-vsvd

Command delineator that precedes the enable or disable entry.

enable(yes)
disable(no)

Character that enables or disables VSVD.

  • yes = enable

  • no = disable

-ndtype

Command delineator that precedes the routing | fdr entry.

routing | fdr

Node implementation.

  • routing = either the stand-alone or routing node implementation (default)

  • fdr = feeder implementation


Note   The cnfswfunc command enables only one feature at a time.

Related Commands

dspswfunc

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Service


Example 1-116: Set the VSVD to enable and the node implementation to routing wilco.1.7.PXM.a > cnfswfunc -vsvd yes -ndtype routing wilco.1.7.PXM.a >

cnftime

Configure Time

Use the cnftime command to set the time on the PXM. The node uses a 24-hour clock.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

cnftime <hh:mm:ss>

Syntax Description

hh:mm:ss

Hour, minutes, seconds.

  • hh = hour, in the range 01-24

  • mm = minutes, in the range 01-60

  • ss = seconds, in the range 01-60

Related Commands

cnftmzn , cnfdate

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: SuperUser


Example 1-117: Set time for 2 p.m. plus 11minutes and 22 seconds excel.1.3.PXM.a > cnftime 14:11:22 04/03/00-14:11:22 3 tDbgCmdTask 1220 informational : TIME/DATE updated excel.1.3.PXM.a >

cnftmzn

Configure Timezone

Use the cnftmzn command to configure the time zone for the switch.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

cnftmzn <timezone>

Syntax Description

timezone

Time zone.

1 = GMT (Greenwich Mean Time)

2 = EST (Eastern Standard Time)

3 = CST (Central Standard Time)

4 = MST (Mountain Standard Time)

5 = PST (Pacific Standard Time)

Related Commands

cnftime , cnfdate

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: SuperUser


Example 1-118: Configure time zone in the node to U.S. Central Standard Time excel.1.3.PXM.a > cnftmzn 3 excel.1.3.PXM.a >

cnftmzngmt

Configure Timezone Relative to GMT

Use the cnftmzngmt command to configure the time zone for the shelf relative to GMT.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

cnftmzngmt <timeoffsetGMT>

Syntax Description

timeoffsetGMT

Number of offset in hours from GMT, in the range -12 to 12.

Related Commands

cnftmzn , cnftime , cnfdate

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: SuperUser


Example 1-119: Set time zone in shelf to GMT plus 4 hours excel.1.3.PXM.a > cnftmzngmt 4 excel.1.3.PXM.a >

cnftrafficgen

Configure Traffic Generation Test

Use the cnftrafficgen command to configure a traffic generation test. This test is used for troubleshooting cell loss and is intended for use with defective PVCs. This test is enabled or disabled at a connection level, not at a card level.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM-VHS (2CT3/2T3/2E3/HS2)

Syntax

cnftrafficgen <Port.DLCI/pvc_num> <action> <num_frames> <pattern_type>

Syntax Description

pvc_num

Number of the PVC.

  • 16-4015 (2CT3)

  • 16-2015 (2T3/2E3/HS2)

action

Type of action.

  • 1 = start

  • 2 = stop

  • 3 = abort

num_frames

Number of frames, in the range 1-40960000.

pattern_type

Type of pattern, in the range 1-4.

Default = 1

Related Commands

dsptrafficgen

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-120: Start traffic generation test on connection 16 for 100 frames with a pattern type of 1 spirit.1.1.VHS2CT3.a > cnftrafficgen 16 1 100 1 Wait...... Starting Test
Example 1-121: Stop traffic generation test on connection 16 spirit.1.1.VHS2CT3.a > cnftrafficgen 16 2 Wait.... Stopping Test

cnftrapip

Configure Trap IP Address

Use the cnftrapip command to configure the IP address to be used in all out-going traps from the shelf. This should be configured to one of the interface addresses. The system displays errors if they occur.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

cnftrapip <ip_addr>

Syntax Description

ip_addr

A 32-bit IP address in dotted decimal format.

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-122: Configure the IP address for outgoing traps to 192.169.3.102 spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > cnftrapip 192.169.3.102 spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >

cnftrk

Configure Trunk

Use the cnftrk command to configure various trunk parameters. Execute this command after configuring the interface as a routing trunk using the cnfifastrk command and activated the trunk on a node through the addtrk command.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

cnftrk -slot.port slot.port [-stres <Stats Reserve> | -ccRstr <CC Restrict> | -lnTyp <Line Type> | -passSync <yes/no> | -drtdly <Deroute Delay(ms)> | -fst <yes/no> |
-fr <yes/no> | -nts <yes/no> | -ts <yes/no> | -voice <yes/no> | -cbr <yes/no> | -vbr <yes/no> |
-abr <yes/no> | -rtcost <Routing_Cost> | -vpcconid <Max VPC Con IDs>


Note   You can execute this command for only one optional (all but -slot.port) parameter at a time.

Syntax Description

slot.port

  • Slot = enter the value 7.

  • Port range= 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation.

-stres

Command delineator that precedes the Stats Reserve entry.

Stats Reserve

Statistical reserve in cells per second, in the range 0-maximum bandwidth of the card.

-ccrstr

Command delineator that precedes the CC Restrict entry.

CC Restrict

Activates or deactivates the control plane communication restriction.

  • yes = activate the restriction
    With this restriction, the switch avoids sending PAR control data over this trunk but does send control data if no other trunk is available.

  • no = allow PAR control communication

-lntyp

Command delineator that precedes the Line Type entry.

Line Type

Line type that characterizes the trunk.

  • terrestrial

  • satellite

-passsync

Enable or disable the trunk to pass the synchronization clock.

  • yes = enable the trunk to pass sync

  • no = disable

-drtdly

Command delineator that precedes the Deroute Delay entry.

Deroute Delay

Number of milliseconds the switch waits to deroute connections after a trunk failure occurs. The purpose of delaying connection deroute is that occasional, transitory trunk failures do not warrant the loss of service due to connection derouting.

-Fst

ForeSight control, either enabled or disabled.

  • yes = enable

  • no = disable

-Fr

Frame Relay traffic, either enabled or disabled.

  • yes = enable

  • no = disable

-nts

Non-time-stamped traffic, either enabled or disabled.

  • yes = enable

  • no = disable

-ts

Time-stamped traffic, either enabled or disabled.

  • yes = enable

  • no = disable

-voice

Voice traffic, either enabled or disabled.

  • yes = enable

  • no = disable

-cbr

Constant bit rate (CBR) traffic, either enabled or disabled.

  • yes = enable

  • no = disable

-vbr

Variable bit rate (VBR) traffic, either enabled or disabled.

  • yes = enable

  • no = disable

-abr

Available bit rate (ABR) traffic, either enabled or disabled.

  • yes = enable

  • no = disable

-rtcost

Command delineator that precedes the Routing_Cost entry.

Routing_Cost

Routing cost for this trunk.

-vpcconid

Command delineator that precedes the Max VPC Con IDs entry.

Max VPC Con IDs

Number of available virtual path connection IDs for this trunk.

Related Commands

addtrk, dsptrks , dsptrkcnf, dsptrkload

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Group 2


Example 1-123: Configure trunk parameters on port 1 tango1.1.8.PXM.a > cnftrk 7.1-stres 1000 -ccrstr no -lntyp s -passsync yes -drtdly 0 -fst yes -fr yes -nts yes -ts yes -voice yes -cbr yes -vbr yes -abr yes -rtcost 10 -vpcconid 255 tango1.1.8.PXM.a >

cnfupcabr

Configure Parameter Control for ABR

Use the cnfupcabr command to configure bandwidth control parameters for ABR connections on the current AUSM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, AUSM-8T1/E1

Syntax for PXM

cnfupcabr <conn_ID> <polType> <pcr[0+1]> <cdvt[0+1]> <mcr> <mbs> <IngPcUtil> <EgSrvRate> <EgPcUtil>

Syntax Description

conn_ID

Connection identifier in the format port number.VPI.VCI.

polType

Policing type, in the range 1-5.

pcr[0+1]

Peak cell rate, in the range 50-1412832 cells per second. This setting is the peak cell rate for cells with cell loss priority (CLP) = 0 and CLP = 1. The actual value depends on the logical port speed.

  • T1

  • E1 (normal)

  • E1 (clear)

  • IMA T1

  • IMA E1 (normal)

  • IMA E1 (clear)


Note   The IMA port speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port.

cdvt[0+1]

Cell delay variation [0+1], in the range 1-250000 microseconds.

mcr

Minimum cell rate (MCR), in the range 50-1412832 in cells per second. The actual value depends on the logical port speed:

  • T1

  • E1 (normal)

  • E1 (clear)

  • IMA T1

  • IMA E1 (normal)

  • IMA E1 (clear)


Note   The IMA port speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port.

mbs

Maximum burst size, in the range 1-5000000 cells per second.

IngPcUtil

Ingress percentage utilization, in the range 1-100.

EgSrvRate

Egress service rate, in the range 50-1412832.

Syntax for AUSM-8T1E1

cnfupcabr <port.VPI.VCI | chan_num> <enable> <pcr[0+1]> <cdvt[0+1]> <scr> <scr_police> <mbs> <clp_tag> <IngPcUtil> <EgSrvRate> <EgPcUtil>

Syntax Description

port.VPI.VCI

Connection identifier in the format port.VPI.VCI.

  • Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation

  • VPI range = 1-4095

  • VCI range = 1-65535

chan_num

Channel number, in the range 16-1015.

enable

Usage parameter control (UPC), either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

pcr[0+1]

Peak cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells per second. This setting is the peak cell rate for cells with CLP = 0 and CLP = 1. The actual value depends on the speed of the logical port, which can be a T1, E1 (normal), E1 (clear), IMA T1, IMA E1 (normal) or an IMA E1 (clear) port.

A 10-PortRate has the following PCRs:

  • T1-3622

  • E1-4528

  • clearE1-4830

IMA has the following PCRs:

  • T1-3591

  • E1-4490

  • clrE1-4789


Note   The IMA port speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.

cdvt[0+1]

Cell delay variation [0+1], in the range 1-250000 microseconds.

scr

Sustained cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells per second. The actual value depends on the following speeds of the logical port:

  • T1

  • E1 (normal)

  • E1 (clear)

  • IMA T1

  • IMA E1 (normal)

  • IMA E1 (clear) port


Note   The IMA port speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port.

scr_police

SCR policing.

  • 1 = CLP[0] cells

  • 2 = CLP[0+1] cells

  • 3 = no SCR policing

mbs

Maximum burst size, in the range 1-5000 cells.

IngPcUtil

Ingress percentage utilization, in the range 1-127.

Default = 0

EgSrvRate

Egress service rate. Use the following values:

  • 1-PortRate (T1-3622, E1-4528, clearE1-4830)

  • IMA-T1-3591, E1-4490, clrE1-4789


Note   The IMA port speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.

EgPcUtil

Egress percentage utilization, in the range 1-127.

Default = 0

clp_tag

Cell loss priority (CLP) tagging.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

Related Commands

dspcon, dspcons , cnfupccbr, cnfupcvbr

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 2 (Any for PXM)


Example 1-124: Configure bandwidth control parameters for ABR connections on the current AUSM (using port.VPI.VCI argument) s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > cnfupcabr 2.1.5 2 3000 250000 2000 1 1000 50 4000 50 2
Example 1-125: Configure bandwidth control parameters for ABR connections on the current AUSM (using channel number argument) s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > cnfupcabr 31 2 3000 250000 2000 1 1000 50 4000 50 2

A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.

cnfupccbr

Configure User Parameter Control Constant Bit Rate

Use the cnfupccbr command to set connection bandwidth control parameters for the constant bit rate (CBR) connection type on the current AUSM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, AUSM

Syntax for PXM

cnfupccbr <conn_ID> <polType> <pcr[0+1]> <cdvt[0+1]> <IngPcUtil> <EgSrvRate> <EgPcUtil>

Syntax Description

chan_num

Connection identifier in the format port number.VPI.VCI.

polType

Policing type, either 4 or 5.

pcr[0+1]

Peak cell rate (PCR), in the range 50-1412832 cells per second. This setting is the peak cell rate for cells with cell loss priority (CLP) = 0 and CLP = 1. The actual value depends on the logical port speed:

  • T1

  • E1 (normal)

  • E1 (clear)

  • IMA T1

  • IMA E1 (normal)

  • IMA E1 (clear)


Note   The IMA port speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port.

cdvt[0+1]

Cell delay variation tolerance for cells with CLP = 0 and CLP = 1, in the range 1-5000000 microseconds.

IngPcUtil

Ingress percentage utilization, in the range 1-100.

EgSrvRate

Egress service rate, in the range 50-1412832.

EgPcUtil

Egress percentage utilization, in the range 1-100.

Syntax for AUSM-8T1E1

cnfupccbr <port.VPI.VCI | ChanNum> <enable|disable> <pcr[0+1]> <cdvt[0+1]> <IngPcUtil> <EgSrvRate> <EgPcUtil>

Syntax Description

port.VPI.VCI

Connection identifier in the format port.VPI.VCI.

  • Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation

  • VPI range = 1-4095

  • VCI range = 1-65535

ChanNum

Channel number, in the range 16-1015.

enable|disable

Usage parameter control (UPC), either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

pcr[0+1]

Peak cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells per second. This setting is the peak cell rate for cells with CLP = 0 and CLP = 1. The actual value depends on the speed of the logical port, which can be a T1, E1 (normal), E1 (clear), IMA T1, IMA E1 (normal) or an IMA E1 (clear) port.

A 10-PortRate has the following PCRs:

  • T1-3622

  • E1-4528

  • clearE1-4830

IMA has the following PCRs:

  • T1-3591

  • E1-4490

  • clrE1-4789


Note   The IMA port speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.

cdvt[0+1]

Cell delay variation tolerance for cells with CLP = 0 and CLP = 1, in the range 1-250000 microseconds.

IngPcUtil

Ingress percentage utilization, in the range 1-127.

Default = 0

EgSrvRate

Egress service rate. Use the following values:

  • 1-PortRate (T1-3622, E1-4528, clearE1-4830)

  • IMA-T1-3591, E1-4490, clrE1-4789


Note   The IMA port speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.

EgPcUtil

Egress percentage utilization, in the range 1-127.

Default = 0

Related Commands

dspcon, dspcons , cnfupcabr, cnfupcvbr

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 2


Example 1-126: Set connection bandwidth control parameters for the constant bit rate (CBR) connection type on the current AUSM (using port.VPI.CVI argument) s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > cnfupccbr 2.1.1 2 4528 250000 50 4528 50
Example 1-127: Set connection bandwidth control parameters for the constant bit rate (CBR) connection type on the current AUSM (using channel number argument) s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > cnfupccbr 21 2 4528 250000 50 4528 50

A system message does not display unless an error occurs.

cnfupcubr

Configure User Parameter Control Unspecified Bit Rate

Use the cnfupcubr command to configure the usage parameter control (UPC) parameters for unspecified bit rate (UBR) on the current AUSM8 card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, AUSM-8T1E1

Syntax for PXM

cnfupcubr <chan_num> <polType> <pcr[0+1]> <cdvt[0+1]> <IngPcUtil>

Syntax Description

chan_num

Channel number, in the range 16-1015.

polType

Policing type, in the range 3-5.

pcr[0+1]

Peak cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells per second. This setting is the peak cell rate for cells with CLP = 0 and CLP = 1. The actual value depends on the following speeds of the logical port:

  • T1

  • E1 (normal)

  • E1 (clear)

  • IMA T1

  • IMA E1 (normal)

  • IMA E1 (clear)


Note   The IMA port speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port.

cdvt[0+1]

Cell delay variation, in the range of 1-5000000 microseconds.

IngPcUtil

Ingress percentage utilization, in the range 1-100.

Default = 0

Syntax for AUSM-8T1E1

cnfupcubr <port.VPI.VCI | chan_num> <enable> <pcr[0+1]> <cdvt[0+1]> <IngPcUtil> <clp_tag>

Syntax Description

port.VPI.VCI

Connection identifier in the format port.VPI.VCI.

  • Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation

  • VPI range = 1-4095

  • VCI range = 1-65535

chan_num

Channel number, in the range 16-1015.

enable

UPC, either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

pcr[0+1]

Peak cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells per second. This setting is the peak cell rate for cells with CLP = 0 and CLP = 1. The actual value depends on the following speeds of the logical ports:

  • T1

  • E1 (normal)

  • E1 (clear)

  • IMA T1

  • IMA E1 (normal)

  • IMA E1 (clear)


Note   The IMA port speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.

cdvt[0-1]

Cell delay variation, in the range of 1-250000 microseconds.

IngPcUtil

Ingress percentage utilization, in the range 1-100.

Default = 0

clp_tag

Cell loss priority (CLP) tagging, either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

Related Commands

dspcon, dspcons , cnfupcabr, cnfupcvbr

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 2


Example 1-128: Configure the usage parameter control (upc) parameters for unspecified bit rate (ubr) on the current AUSM8 card (using port.VPI.VCI argument) s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > cnfupcubr 2.1.7 2 4528 250000 50 2
Example 1-129: Configure the usage parameter control (upc) parameters for unspecified bit rate (ubr) on the current AUSM8 card (using channel number argument) s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > cnfupcubr 37 2 4528 250000 50 2

A system response does not occur unless and error is detected.

cnfupcvbr

Configure User Parameter Control Variable Bit Rate

Use the cnfupcvbr command to configure channel bandwidth control parameters for a variable bit rate (VBR) connection type on the current AUSM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, AUSM-8T1E1

Syntax for PXM

cnfupcvbr <conn_ID> <polType> <pcr[0+1]> <cdvt[0+1]> <scr> <scr_police> <mbs> <IngPcUtil> <EgSrvRate> <EgPcUtil>

Syntax Description

conn_ID

Connection identifier in the format port.VPI.VCI.

  • Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation.

  • VPI range = 1-4095

  • VCI range = 1-65535

polType

Policing type, in the range 1-5.

pcr[0 + 1]

Peak cell rate, in the range 50-1412832 cells per second. This setting is the peak cell rate for cells with cell loss priority (CLP) = 0 and CLP = 1. The actual value depends on the logical port speed:

  • T1

  • E1 (normal)

  • E1 (clear)

  • IMA T1

  • IMA E1 (normal)

  • IMA E1 (clear)


Note   The IMA port speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port.

cdvt[0 + 1]

Cell delay variation tolerance for cells with CLP = [0+1], in the range
1-5000000 microseconds.

scr

Sustained cell rate (SCR), in the range 50-1412832 cells per second.

mbs

Maximum burst size, in the range 1-5000000 cells.

IngPcUtil

Ingress percentage utilization, in the range 1-100.

EgSrvRate

Egress service rate, in the range 50-1412832.

For 10-PortRate:

  • T1-3622

  • E1-4528

  • clearE1-4830

For IMA:

  • T1-3591

  • E1-4490

  • clrE1-4789


Note   The IMA port speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.

Syntax for AUSM-8T1E1

cnfupcvbr <port.VPI.VCI | chan_num> <enable> <pcr[0+1]> <cdvt[0+1]> <scr> <scr_police> <mbs> <IngPcUtil> <EgSrvRate> <EgPcUtil> <clp_tag>

Syntax Description

port.VPI.VCI

Connection identifier in the format port.VPI.VCI.

  • Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation

  • VPI range = 1-4095

  • VCI range = 1-65535

chan_num

Channel number, in the range 16-1015.

enable

Usage parameter control (UPC), either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

pcr[0+1]

Peak cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells per second. This setting is the peak cell rate for cells with CLP = 0 and CLP = 1. The actual value depends on the speed of the logical port:

  • T1

  • E1 (normal)

  • E1 (clear)

  • IMA T1

  • IMA E1 (normal)

  • IMA E1 (clear)


Note   The IMA port speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.

cdvt[0+1]

Cell delay variation tolerance for cells with CLP = [0+1], in the range
1-250000 microseconds.

scr

Sustained cell rate, in the range 1-4670 cells per second.

scr_police

SCR policing.

  • 1 = CLP[0] cells

  • 2 = CLP[0+1] cells

  • 3 = no SCR policing

mbs

Maximum burst size, in the range 1-5000 cells.

IngPcUtil

Ingress percentage utilization, in the range 1-127.

Default = 0

EgSrvRate

Egress service rate. Use the following values:

  • 1-PortRate (T1-3622, E1-4528, clearE1-4830)

  • IMA (T1-3591, E1-4490, clrE1-4789)


Note   The IMA port speed is variable and depends on the number of links in the port. Multiply the rate by the number of links.

EgPcUtil

Egress percentage utilization, in the range 1 to 127.

Default = 0

clp_tag

Cell loss priority (CLP) tagging, either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

Related Commands

dspcon, dspcons , cnfupcabr, cnfupccbr

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 2


Example 1-130: Configure channel bandwidth control parameters for a variable bit rate (VBR) connection type on the current AUSM (using port.VPI.VCI argument) s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > cnfupcvbr 2.1.3 2 3000 250000 2000 1 1000 50 4000 50 2
Example 1-131: Configure channel bandwidth control parameters for a variable bit rate (VBR) connection type on the current AUSM (using channel number argument) s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > cnfupcvbr 26 2 2 3000 250000 2000 1 1000 50 4000 50 2

cnfvismip

Configure VISM IP Address

Use the cnfvismip command to configure the VISM IP address and the signalling unit (SU) IP address on the VISM card. An IP address for each VISM is necessary for it to communicate with the SU and serves as the identifier for VoIP endpoints. Together, the VISM IP address and the local RTP port identify the bearer channel of each VoIP connection.

Any of the above three parameters can be configured with the cnfvismip command. It is possible to configure all of them in a single command invocation or separate invocations. Once configured, these IP addresses will be stored on the hard disk on the PXM and will be retrieved from there for subsequent reboots of the card.


Note   No automatic mechanism exists for communicating or registering the VISM IP address to the LightSpeed unit; therefore, configure the signalling unit with the IP address of each CU that the SU controls.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

VISM

Syntax

cnfvismip -cuip <VISM IP address> | -mask <net mask> | -suip <SU IP address>

Syntax Description

-cuip

Command delineator that precedes the VISM IP address entry.

VISM IP address

A 32-bit IP address of the VISM in dotted decimal format.

-mask

Command delineator that precedes the net mask entry.

net mask

The network mask in the format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn, where n = 0-9, and nnn < 256.

-suip

Command delineator that precedes the SU IP address entry.

SU IP address

A 32-bit IP address of the signaling unit, in dotted decimal format.

Related Commands

None

commit

Confirm Copying Firmware Load

Use the commit command to confirm copying the selected firmware file into the PXM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

commit <version>

Syntax Description

version

Firmware version.

Related Commands

dspupgrade , rstupgrade, newrev, dspfwrevs , printrev, copy , install , abort

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-132: Load firmware 1.1.24 NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > commit 1.1.24 this may take a while ... commit command completed ok
Example 1-133: Commit command errors (multiple cases) NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > commit 1.1.25 in 'upgrade idle', must be in 'upgrade newrev' ERR: command "commit" failed NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > commit 1.1.25 1.1.25 is not the currently running version 1.1.24Hu ERR: command "commit" failed
Example 1-134: Load firmware on a service module golden1.1.7.PXM.a > commit sm 11 10.0.05 Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? yes
Example 1-135: Display errors loading firmware on a service module golden1.1.7.PXM.a > commit sm 11 10.0.04 Incorrect version : 10.0.04 usage: commit [sm <slot>] <version> ERR: command "commit" failed

copy

Copy Firmware Load

Use the copy command to replicate the selected firmware file into the PXM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

copy <fw_load>

Syntax Description

fw_load

Firmware file name.

Related Commands

abort, commit , cp

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-136: Copy loading firmware file named pxm_1.0.00Ef.fw spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > copy pxm_1.0.00Ef.fw spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >

cp

Copy Firmware Load

Use the cp command to replicate the selected firmware file into the PXM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

copy <fw_load>

Syntax Description

fw_load

Firmware file name.

Related Commands

abort, commit , copy

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-137: Copy loading firmware file named pxm_1.0.00Ef.fw spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > copy pxm_1.0.00Ef.fw spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >

cth

Clear Transaction Handler

Use the cth command to clear the transaction handler trace buffer.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

cth

Related Commands

dth

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Service


Example 1-138: Clear the transaction trace handler spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > cth spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >

copychans

Copy Channels

Use the copychans command to copy a channel configuration onto one or more channels. This command enables you to create and configure multiple channels from a specified template channel.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM, AUSM

Syntax

copychans <template chan #> <start chan #> <start dlci> <start vci> <start vpi> <# of chans>
[<start remote VPI> <start remote VCI>]

Syntax Description

template chan #

Template channel number, in the range appropriate for the card.

  • FRSM

    • 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015

    • T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015

    • 2CT3 range = 16-4015

  • AUSM range = 16-1015

start chan #

Start channel number, in the range appropriate for the card.

  • FRSM

    • 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015

    • T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015

    • 2CT3 range = 16-4015

  • AUSM range = 16-1015

start dlci

Start local DLCI for FRSM

Start local VCI for AUSM

start vci

Start local virtual channel identifier (VCI) for VC connections

start vpi

Start local virtual path identifier (VPI) for VP connections.

# of chans

Number of channels.

start remote VPI

Start remote VPI.

start remote VCI

Start remote VCI.

Related Commands

delchan, delchans

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1

copyports

Copy Ports

Use the copyports command to copy a port configuration to one or more ports. The purpose of this command is to create and configure multiple ports from a single port that serves as a template.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM (not on the HS1/B)

Syntax

copyports <template port #> <start port #> <start time slot> <# of ports>

Syntax Description

template port #

Number of the template port to be copied.

start port #

Number of the port to be copied.

start time slot

Starting time slot in the port to be copied.

# of ports

Number of contiguous ports to be copied.

Related Commands

delport, delports

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1

cvsi

Clear VSI

Use the cvsi command to clear the VSI trace buffer.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

cvsi

Related Commands

dvsi

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Cisco


Example 1-139: Clear VSI on current PXM spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > cvsi spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >

dcct

Display Connection

Use the dcct command to display connection information.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dcct <slot.port.vpi.vci>

Syntax Description

slot.port.vpi.vci

Connection identifier.

  • Slot range = 1-32

  • Port range = 1-256

  • Virtual path identifier (VPI) range = 0-4095

  • Virtual channel identifier (VCI) range = 0-65535

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Service


Example 1-140: Show connection information for card in slot 2 porky.1.7.PXM.a > dcct 6.2.100.100 Connection does not exist porky.1.7.PXM.a >

dcondb

Display Connection Database

Use the dcondb command to view a connection database.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dcondb <dbtype> <index>

Syntax Description

dbtype

Database type.

  • 1 = master

  • 2 = slave

  • 3 = DAX

  • 4 = summary

index

Index type.

  • index = database types 1, 2, 3

  • dbtype = database type 4

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Service

del

Delete

Use the del command to remove a file or directory from the PXM hard drive.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

del <path_name>

Syntax Description

path_name

Name of an existing file or directory.

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Any

Privilege: Service

delaimgrp

Delete AIMUX Group

Use the delaimgrp command to delete an AIMUX group.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

delaimgrp <group_num>

Syntax Description

group_num

AIMUX group number to be deleted, in the range 1-8.

Related Commands

addaimgrp, dspaimgrp, dspaimgrps

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1


Example 1-141: Delete AIMUX group 2 on current AUSM card spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a > delaimpgrp 2 spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a >

delapsln

Delete APS Line

Use the delapsln command to delete an APS line configuration.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

delapsln <workingline>

Syntax Description

workingline

The configured working line on the PXM.

Related Commands

addapsln, cnfapsln, dspapsln, switchapsln

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: SuperUser

delbert

Delete BERT

Use the delbert command to conclude a bit error rate testing (BERT) session in a specified location on the shelf.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

delbert <slot>

Syntax Description

slot

Slot number, as configured for BERT.

Related Commands

cnfbert, dspbert, modbert , xcnfbert

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1

delcdrscprtn

Delete Card Resource Partition

Use the delcdrscprtn command to delete global logical connection numbers (GLCNs) allocated to a controller. This command applies if the card partition type is controllerBased.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM

Syntax

delcdrscprtn <controller-name>

Syntax Description

controller-name

Controller type.

  • 1 = PAR/PVC

  • 2 = PNNI/SPVC

  • 3 = TAG

Related Commands

addcdrscprtn , cnfrscprtn, dspcdrscprtn

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Any

Privilege: Service


Example 1-142: Delete allotment of connections on current card for Tag controller spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > delcdrscprtn 3 spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >

delchan

Delete Channel

Use the delchan command to delete a channel. A system message does not occur unless an error is detected.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM

Syntax

delchan <channel number>

Syntax Description

channel number

Channel number, as appropriate for the card.

  • PXM range = 16-4111

  • FRSM range = 16-1015

  • CESM

    • T1/E1 range = 32-279

    • T3/E3 = enter the value 32

Related Commands

dspchan , addchan, cnfchan

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Any

Privilege: Group 2

delchanloop

Delete Channel Loopback

Use the delchanloop command to delete a channel loopback from the current FRSM or AUSM. No messages appear unless the command cannot execute as entered.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM, AUSM

Syntax: FRSM

delchanloop <chan_num>

Syntax Description

chan_num

Channel number, in the range appropriate for the FRSM card.

  • 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015

  • T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015

  • HS1/B range = 16-1015

  • 2CT3 range = 16-4015

Syntax for AUSM-8T1E1

delchanloop <port.VPI.VCI | ChanNum>

Syntax Description

port.VPI.VCI

Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation

Virtual path identifier (VPI) range = 1-4095

Virtual channel identifier (VCI) range = 1-65535

ChanNum

Channel number, in the range 16-1015.

Related Commands

addchanloop , tstcon , tstdelay

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 4


Example 1-143: Delete channel loopback on a channel number for the current AUSM s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > delchanloop 26
Example 1-144: Delete channel loopback on port 2, VPI 1, VCI 3 on the current AUSM s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > delchanloop 2.1.3

delchans

Delete Channels

Use the delchans command to delete a range of Frame Relay or ATM channels.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM, AUSM

Syntax

delchans <start chan #> <# of chans>

Syntax Description

start chan #

Start channel number, in the range appropriate for the card.

  • FRSM

    • 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015

    • T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015

    • HS1/B range = 16-1015

    • 2CT3 range = 16-4015

  • AUSM range = 16-1015

# of chans

Number of channels to delete.

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1

delcon

Delete Connection

Use the delcon command to remove a connection from a card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, CESM, AUSM

Syntax: PXM, CESM

delcon <conn_ID>

Syntax Description

conn_ID

Connection number, as appropriate for the card.

  • PXM = enter values in the format PortNo.VPI.VCI.

  • CESM

    • T1 range = 1-192

    • E1 range = 1-248

Syntax: FRSM

delcon <port.DLCI>

Syntax Description

port.DLCI

Connection number, in the format port.DLCI.

Syntax: AUSM

delcon <port.VPI.VCI>

Syntax Description

port.VPI.VCI

Connection number, in the format port.VPI.VCI.

Related Commands

addcon , dspcons , dspcon

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 2

deldsx3bert

Delete DSX3 BERT

Use the deldsx3bert command to end the bit error rate test (BERT). Counters remain until you use the clrbertcntrs command.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM 2T3E3, CESMT3

Syntax: PXM, CESM, AUSM

deldsx3bert

Related Commands

acqdsx3bert , clrbertcntrs, cnfdsx3bert, dspdsx3bert, moddsx3bert, startdsx3bert

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-145: Stop current BERT session popeye1.1.21.CESMT3.a > deldsx3bert popeye1.1.21.CESMT3.a >
Example 1-146: Display results popeye1.1.21.CESMT3.a > dspdsx3bert Bert Control: Default state Bert Resource Status State: Free Bert Owner: CLI Bert Status: Inactive Bert Test Medium: Line Bert Port: 1 Line Number : 1 Bert Mode : bertPatternTest Bert Pattern : allOnes Loopback type: No loopback Start time (secs.) Not Configured Yet Start Date Not Configured Yet Bit countupper: 80 Bit countlower: 1054968191 Bit Error Countupper 0 Bit Error Countlower 1655197832 Error Insertion Rate: Error injection disabled Error Insertion count: 0 DSX3 BERT in Sync popeye1.1.21.CESMT3.a >

delifip

Delete a Management Interface

Use the delifip command to delete a management interface, clearing the database information.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

delifip <Interface>

Syntax Description

Interface

Interface type.

  • 26 = Ethernet

  • 28 = SLIP

  • 37= ATM

Related Commands

cnfifip , dspifip

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Any

Privilege: SuperUser


Example 1-147: Delete ATM interface (indicated by the number 37) spirit1.1.8.PXM.a > delifip 37 spirit1.1.8.PXM.a >

dellink

Delete Link

Use the dellink command to remove a link between a T1 line within a T3 line on an SRM-3T3 card and a slot and line number on a service module.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dellink <T3 line number> <T1 line number>

Syntax Description

T3 line number

SRM-3T3 T3 line number in the format slot.line.

  • slot = 15 or 31

  • line range = 1-3

T1 line number

Starting T1 line number, in the range 1-28.

Related Commands

dsplink, addlink

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-148: Delete link between first T3 line on SRM-T3 in slot 15 and T1 line 1 spirit1.1.8.PXM.a > dellink 15.1 1 spirit1.1.8.PXM.a >

dellmiloop

Delete LMI Loop

Use the dellmiloop command to delete a current local management interface (LMI) configuration and resume sending LMI connection status messages to the BPX feeder trunk. This command should be used in conjunction with the delfdrlp command on the BPX module, shown in Figure 1-5. First, use dellmiloop on the MGX 8250, then use delfdrlp on the BPX module. Be aware that there is no display command for the feeder loop on the BPX.

Use the dsplmistats command after you have executed the dellmiloop command on the MGX 8250 and the delfdrlp command on the BPX module to verify the delete commands. The LMI statistics table shows an increase in statistics.


Figure 1-5: Status Messages Halted Then Enabled Again Using dellmiloop and delfdrlp


Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dellmiloop <slot.port>

Syntax Description

slot.port

Slot and port number.

  • slot = 1-32

  • port = 1-256

Related Commands

cnfilmi , dspilmi, dspilmicnt , dspilmis , addlmiloop

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: SuperUser

The examples that follow illustrate:


Example 1-149: Delete feeder loop on BPX NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > delfdrlp 5.5
Example 1-150: Display LMI loop (LMI loop added) NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dsplmiloop TRK IN LMI LOOP ------------------- 7.1 Yes
Example 1-151: Delete LMI loop NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dellmiloop 7.1
Example 1-152: Display LMI loop (LMI loop deleted) NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dsplmiloop TRK IN LMI LOOP ------------------- 7.1 No

delln

Delete Line

Use the delln command to remove a line from the current card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM (8T1/E1;IMATM-T3T1/E3E1), CESM, VISM

Syntax

delln <LineNum>

or

delln <-ds3 | -e3 | -sonet> <LineNum>
(on the PXM)

Syntax Description

-ds3

Command delineator that precedes DS3 line number entry.

-e3

Command delineator that precedes E3 line number entry.

-sonet

Command delineator that precedes SONET line number entry.

LineNum

Line number, as appropriate for the card.

  • FRSM range = 1-4

  • AUSM range = 1-8

  • CESM range = 1-8

  • VISM range = 1-8


Note   Set line number value at 7 if the line type is SONET.

Related Commands

dspln , addln , cnfln

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1


Example 1-153: Delete line 4 from current card spirit1.1.8.PXM.a > delln 4 spirit1.1.8.PXM.a >

dellnloop

Delete Line Loop

Use the dellnloop command to remove a T1 or E1 line loopback state for the current card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, AUSM, FRSM, CESM, VISM

Syntax

dellnloop -ds3 | -e3 | -sonet <line number>

Syntax Description

-ds3

Command delineator that precedes DS3 line number entry.

-e3

Command delineator that precedes E3 line number entry.

-sonet

Command delineator that precedes SONET line number entry.

line number

DS3 or E3: Line number for DS3 or E3 in the format slot.line.

  • PXM-in the format slot.line

    • Slot = 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, or 32

    • Line range = 1-N

  • FRSM range = 1-4

  • AUSM range = 1-8

  • CESM range = 1-8

  • VISM range = 1-8

SONET: Line number in the format slot.line

  • Slot = 7 or 8

  • Line range = 1-N

Related Commands

addlnloop

Attributes

Log: No (Yes PXM)

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1 (Any on PXM)

dellnsfmaimgrp

Delete Lines from an AIM Group

Use the dellnsfmaimfrp command to remove lines from an existing IMA group.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

dellnsfmaimgrp <group_num> <list_of_lines>

Syntax Description

group_num

IMA group number, in the range 1-8.

list_of_lines

List of lines to be deleted from the IMA group. Type a period between each group number in the entry string.

Related Commands

addlns2aimgrp

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1


Example 1-154: Delete lines 3 and 5 from AIMUX group 2 spirit1.1.8.PXM.a > dellnsfmaimgrp 2 3.5 spirit1.1.8.PXM.a >

A system response does not occur unless an error is detected. Possible errors include:

delport

Delete Port

Use the delport command to remove a port from a PXM, FRSM, or a CESM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, CESM

Syntax: PXM

delport <port_number>

Syntax Description

port_number

Number of the port to be deleted.

Syntax: FRSM, CESM

delport <port_num>

Syntax Description

port_num

Number of the port to be deleted.

Related Commands

addport , cnfport , dspport , dspports

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1

A system response does not occur unless an error is detected. Possible errors include:

delports

Delete Ports

Use the delports command remove a specified number of contiguous port configurations.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM, CESM

Syntax

delports <start port #> <# of ports>

Syntax Description

start port #

Start port number to be deleted.

# of ports

Number of contiguous ports to be deleted.

Related Commands

copyports

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1

A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.

delred

Delete Redundancy

Use the delred command to remove a redundancy link for the specified primary card slot.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

delred <redPrimarySlotNumber>

Syntax Description

redPrimarySlotNumber

Slot number of the primary card of the card pair, in the ranges 1-6, or 9-14, or 17-22, or 25-30.

Related Commands

dspred, addred

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any

delrscprtn

Delete Resource Partition

Use the delrscprtn command to remove a resource partition. For information on resource partition, see the description of addrscprtn .

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM (not on HS1/B)

Syntax

delrscprtn <if_num> <ctrlr_num>

Syntax Description

if_num

Interface Number, in the range 1-32.

ctrlr_num

Controller number.

  • 1 = PAR

  • 2 = PNNI

  • 3 = TAG

Related Commands

addrscprtn

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any

delslotlink

Delete Slot Link

Use the delslotlink command to remove SRM-3T3 link information for a specified slot.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

delslotlink <slot number> <line number>

Syntax Description

slot number

Slot number associated with the link to be deleted.

line number

Line number associated with the link to be deleted, in the range 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation.

0 = unlink all lines

Related Commands

dspslotlink

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any

deltrapmgr

Delete Trap Manager

Use the deltrapmgr to delete the specified trap manager associated with the specified IP address.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

deltrapmgr <ipaddr>

Syntax Description

ipaddr

A 32-bit IP address of the trap manager to delete, in dotted decimal format.

Related Commands

addtrapmgr, dsptrapmgr

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: SuperUser

deltree

Delete Tree

Use the deltree command to remove a directory and all files below.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

deltree <path_name>

Syntax Description

path_name

Name of an existing file or directory.

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Any

Privilege: SuperUser

deluser

Delete User

Use the deluser command to remove a user from the list of users on the MGX 8250. The system does not delete a user with a privilege level higher than the level at which you execute the command.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

deluser <user ID>

Syntax Description

user ID

User name, consisting of up to 12 characters.

Related Commands

dspusers, adduser

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 5

dir

Directory

Use the dir command to view the firmware files on the PXM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dir

Related Commands

mkdir

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-155: List firmware on current PXM raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > dir size date time name -------- ------ ------ -------- 512 JUL-03-1999 19:20:44 . <DIR> 512 JUL-03-1999 19:20:44 .. <DIR> 2089064 JUL-03-1999 13:54:08 pxm_rmenon.old.fw 896020 JUL-18-1999 14:18:50 sm130.fw 794280 JUL-03-1999 14:56:42 sm35.fw 1136684 JUL-03-1999 16:04:50 sm50.fw 2094828 JUL-16-1999 14:29:06 pxm_rmenon.fw In the file system : total space : 819200 K bytes free space : 742625 K bytes raviraj.1.7.PXM.a >

dlmi

Display LMI Trace

Use the dlmi command to display the data captured as a result of executing the lmitrace command. You first must use the lmitrace command to capture the data, then the dlmi command to display the data.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dlmi

Related Commands

lmitrace (to capture lmi messages) clmi (to clear lmi buffer)

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Cisco


Example 1-156: Display when LMI trace buffer is empty NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > dlmi LMI Trace Buffer is empty
Example 1-157: Display when LMI trace buffer contains data (resulting from the lmitrace command) NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > dlmi No. Time(mSecs) AbsTime Ltrk Dir MsgType Length Data 0 0 171519360 1 Rx 76 28 [ 09 03 ff ff ff 76 80 00 13 66 80 00 01 04 5a 80 00 05 80 00 03 00 1f 64 80 00 01 d3 ] 1 0 171519360 1 Tx 7e 32 [ 09 03 ff ff ff 7e 80 00 13 66 80 00 01 04 65 80 00 05 00 03 00 1f 82 64 80 00 01 d3 0d 00 00 00 ] 2 +26 171519880 1 Tx 76 32 [ 09 03 ff ff ff 76 80 00 13 66 80 00 01 04 5a 80 00 05 80 00 03 00 1f 64 80 00 01 1b 0d 00 00 00 ]

dncon

Down Connection

Use the dncon command to temporarily deactivate a connection. The dncon command is typically used when performing operational modifications or troubleshooting. Use the upcon command to reactivate the connection.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM, VISM, CESM

Syntax

dncon <slot>.<port>.<vpi>.<vci>

Syntax Description

slot

Slot number, in the ranges 1-6, 9-14, 17-22, or 25-30.

port

Port number, in the range 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation.

vpi

Virtual path identifier (VPI), in the range 0-4095.

vci

Virtual channel identifier (VCI), in the range 0-65535.

Related Commands

upcon

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Group 2

dnif

Down Interface

Use the dnif command to deactivate the specified broadband interface.


Note   For a user-port, remove all UNI channels on the interface before you deactivate the port.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dnif <if_num>

Syntax Description

if_num

Interface number, in the range 1-32.

Related Commands

cnfif , dspif, upif

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1

dnilmi

Down ILMI

Use the dnilmi command to deactivate the integrated local management interface (ILMI) on a specified PXM port number.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dnilmi -ifNum <bbIfSigPortNum>

Syntax Description

-ifNum

Command delineator that precedes the bbIfSigPortNum entry.

bbIfSigPortNum

Broadband interface signal port number, in the range 1-32.

Related Commands

cnfilmi , dspilmi, dspilmicnt , dspilmis

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Cisco

downloadflash

Download the Flash

Use the downloadflash command to load the first boot code found by the PXM hard drive into EEPROM (flash memory). A downloadflash session concludes the sequence of tasks for performing a PXM boot code load. Prior to executing the downloadflash command, access the boot code, transfer the file (using a put command) to the PXM hard drive.

Using various arguments with the put command enables boot code load onto both the standby and active PXM, to the active PXM only, or to the standby PXM only.


Note   Make sure only one backup boot code resides in the firmware directory: either delete or rename old versions to ensure the downloadflash session does not pick up the wrong version.

Once firmware is installed in slot 7, the firmware file is mirrored to a PXM subsequently installed in slot 8. However, to ensure the correct firmware is used, manually download the boot code (using the downloadflash command onto the standby PXM).

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

downloadflash

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: SuperUser


Example 1-158: Load boot code, starting with a TFTP to the boot code source, and ending with the download to standby and active PXM tftp <dest_addr> (of the switch)
bin
put pxm_bkup_version>.fw POPEYE@PXM.BT
quit wilco.1.7.PXM.a > downloadflash

Note   Despite the potentially deceptive ".fw" argument in the command string, this is NOT a firmware load.


Example 1-159: Place boot code on the active PXM only, using the put string put pxm_bkup_version>.fw POPEYE@PXM_ACTIVE.BT
Example 1-160: Place boot code on the standby PXM only, using the put string: put pxm_bkup_version>.fw POPEYE@PXM_STANDBY.BT

dnport

Down Port

Use the dnport command to deactivate a port.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM, AUSM

Syntax

dnport <PortNum>

Syntax Description

PortNum

Port number, in the range 1-N, as appropriate for the card.

Related Commands

upport

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1

A system response does not occur unless an error is detected. Possible errors include:

dspaimgrp

Display AIM Group Status and Configuration

Use the dspaimgrp command to view detailed status and configuration information for a specified AIMUX group.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

dspaimgrp <imagroup_number>

Syntax Description

imagroup_number

AIMUX group number, in the range 1-8.

Related Commands

addaimgrp, delaimgrp, dspaimgrps

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1


Example 1-161: Display all detailed status and configuration information for AIMUX group 1 on current card spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspaimgrp 1 IMA Group number : 1 Port type : NNI Lines configured : 1.2.3 Enable : Enabled IMA Port state : Sig. Failure IMA Group Ne state : Startup PortSpeed (cells/sec) : 13470 GroupTxAvailCellRate (cells/sec) : 0 ImaGroupTxFrameLength(cells) : 128 LcpDelayTolerance (IMA frames) : 1 ReadPtrWrPtrDiff (cells) : 4 Minimun number of links : 2 MaxTolerableDiffDelay (msec) : 200 Lines Present : ImaGroupRxImaId : 0x100 ImaGroupTxImaId : 0x0 Observed Diff delay (msec) : 0 Clock Mode : CTC GroupAlpha : 2 GroupBeta : 2 GroupGamma : 1 Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: GroupConfiguration : 1 IMAGrp Failure status : Ne StartUp Timing reference link : 1 Syntax : dspimagrp (or dspaimgrp) "imagroup_number" IMA group number -- value ranging from 1 to 8 spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a >

dspaimgrpcnt

Display AIM Group Count

Use the dspaimgrpcnt command to view all AIMUX-related counters for a line in an AIMUX group.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

dspaimgrpcnt <imagroup>

Syntax Description

imagroup

AIMUX group number, in the range 1-8.

Related Commands

clraimgrpcnt

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1


Example 1-162: Display all AIMUX related counters for AIMUX group 1 on current card spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspaimgrpcnt 1 IMA Group number: 1 Ne Number of failures : 0 Syntax : dspimagrpcnt (or dspaimgrpcnt) imagroup IMA group number -- value ranging from 1 to 8 spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a >

dspaimgrps

Display Status and Configuration of All AIM Groups

Use the dspaimgrps command to view the status and configuration information for all current AIMUX groups.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

dspaimgrps

Related Commands

addaimgrp, delaimgrp, dspaimgrp

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1


Example 1-163: Display status and configuration information for all AIMUX groups on current card spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspaimgrps List of IMA groups: =================== ImaGrp PortType Speed Lines configured Lines present Tol Diff Port State Delay(ms) ------ -------- ----- ---------------- ------------- --------- ---------- 19.1 NNI 13470 1.2.3 200 Sig. Failure NextPortNumAvailable: 6 Syntax : dspimagrps (or dspaimgrps) spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a >

dspaimlncnt

Display AIM (or Display IMA) Line Count

Use the dspaimlncnt command to view all the AIMUX line counters for the specified line in an IMA trunk.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

dspaimlncnt <imagroup> <linenum>

Syntax Description

imagroup

AIMUX group number, in the range 1-8.

linenum

AIMUX line number, in the range 1-8.

Related Commands

clraimlncnt , clrimalncnt, dspimalncnt

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1


Example 1-164: Display line counters for line 1 of IMA group 1 spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspaimlncnt 1 1 IMA group number : 1 Line number : 1 Acp Cells Received : 0 Acp Errored Cells Recvd : 0 Port changed from LDS : 0 # HEC errored cells : 0 # HEC errored seconds : 0 # Severely HEC errored seconds : 0 Syntax : dspimalncnt (or dspaimlncnt) imagroup linenum IMA group number -- value ranging from 1 to 8 line number -- value ranging from 1 to 8 spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a >

dspalm

Display Alarms for a Line

Use the dspalm command to view the alarms associated with a specified line.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM

New Syntax

dspalm -ds1 <LineNum> | -ds3 <LineNum> | -e3 <LineNum> | -plcp <PLCPNum> | -sonet <LineNum> |

-hs1 <LineNum>

Syntax Description

-ds1

Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for a T1 interface.

LineNum

Line number, in the range 1-8 (FRSM, VISM, AUSM, or CESM).

-ds3

Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for a T3 interface.

LineNum

Line number in the form slot.line.

  • Slot = 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32

  • Line range = 1-3

-e3

Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for an E3 interface.

LineNum

Line number in the form slot.line.

  • Slot = enter a value from the range 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32

  • Line range = 1-3

-plcp

Command delineator that precedes the PLCPNum entry.

PLCPNum

Line number in the form slot.line.

  • Slot = 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32

  • Line range = 1-3

-sonet

Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for the SONET interface.

LineNum

Line number in the form slot.line.

  • Slot = 7 or 8

  • OC-3 line range = 1-4

  • OC-12 = 1

-hs1

Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for a HS1 interface (for FRSM-HS1).

LineNum

Line number = 1-N, where:

N = 4 if FRSM.

Related Commands

clralm , dspalms

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-165: Display alarms on PXM T3 line number 2 spirit.1.7.PXM.a > dspalm -ds3 7.2 LineNum: 2 LineAlarmState: No Alarms LineStatisticalAlarmState: No Statistical Alarms spirit.1.7.PXM.a >
Example 1-166: Display alarms on PXM OC-3 line 1 spirit.1.7.PXM.a > dspalm -sonet 7.1 LineNum: 1 SectionCurrentStatus: Clear LineCurrentStatus: Clear PathCurrentStatus: Clear SectionStatAlarmStatus: Clear LineStatAlarmStatus: Clear PathStatAlarmStatus: Clear spirit.1.7.PXM.a >
Example 1-167: Display alarms on PXM E3 line 1 wilco.1.7.PXM.a > dspalm -e3 7.1 LineNum: 1 LineAlarmState: XmtRAI,RcvLOS LineStatisticalAlarmState: UAS15minAlarm,UAS24hrAlarm wilco.1.7.PXM.a >
Example 1-168: Display alarms on AUSM T1 line 1 spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspalm -ds1 1 LineNum: 1 LineAlarmState: Alarm(s) On -- RcvLOS LineStatisticalAlarmState: Alarm(s) On -- UAS15minAlarm UAS24hrAlarm spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a >
Example 1-169: Display alarms on VISM line 1 spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspalm -ds1 1 LineNum: 1 LineAlarmState: No Alarms LineStatisticalAlarmState: No Statistical Alarms spirit.1.5.VISM8.a >
Example 1-170: Display alarms on FRSM line 3 man.1.4.FRSM.a > dspalm -hs1 3 LineNum: 3 LineAlarmState: Alarm(s) On -- Cabletype mismatch - either (DTE/DCE) or (X.21/V.35)is wrong

dspalmcnf

Display Alarm Configuration

Use the dspalmcnf command to view the threshold information about the alarm statistics being collected.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM

Syntax

dspalmcnf -ds1 <LineNum> | -ds3 <LineNum> | -e3 <LineNum> | -plcp <PLCPNum> | -sonet <LineNum>

Syntax Description

-ds1

Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for a T1 interface.

LineNum

Line number, in the range 1-8 (FRSM, VISM, AUSM, or CESM).

-ds3

Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for a T3 interface.

LineNum

Line number in the form slot.line.

  • Slot = 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32

  • Line range = 1-3

-e3

Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for an E3 interface.

LineNum

Line number in the form slot.line.

  • Slot = 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32

  • Line range = 1-3

-plcp

Command delineator that precedes the PLCPNum entry.

PLCPNum

Line number in the form slot.line.

  • Slot = 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32

  • Line range = 1-3

-sonet

Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for the SONET interface.

LineNum

Line number in the form slot.line.

  • Slot = 7 or 8

  • OC-3 line range = 1-4

  • OC-12 = 1

Syntax for FRSM-HS1

dspalmcnf -hs1 <LineNum>

Syntax Description

LineNum

Line number = 1-N, where N = 4

Related Commands

dspalm , dspalms

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-171: Display alarm configuration for FRSM line 4 (slot 17 in this example) spirit.1.17.FRSM.a > dspalmcnf -ds1 17.4 Severity AlarmUpCount AlarmDnCount AlarmThreshold Line Red / RAIS NE / FE NE / FE NE / FE ---- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 17.4 Major/Minor 6/1 1500/6 1/1500 spirit.1.17.FRSM.a >
Example 1-172: Display alarm configuration for current PXM spirit.1.7.PXM.a > dspalmcnf -ds3 7.1 LineNum: 1 RedSeverity: Major RAISeverity: Minor NEAlarmUpCount: 6 NEAlarmDnCount: 1 NEAlarmThreshold: 150 FEAlarmUpCount: 6 FEAlarmDnCount: 1 FEAlarmThreshold: 150 StatisticalAlarmSeverity: Minor LCV15minThreshold: 3870 LCV24hrThreshold: 38650 LES15minThreshold: 86 LES24hrThreshold: 864 PSES24hrThreshold: 40 LSES15minThreshold: 4 SEFS15minThreshold: 120 LSES24hrThreshold: 40 SEFS24hrThreshold: 1200 PCV15minThreshold: 382 AISS15minThreshold: 120 PCV24hrThreshold: 3820 AISS24hrThreshold: 1200 PES15minThreshold: 86 UAS15minThreshold: 120 PES24hrThreshold: 864 UAS24hrThreshold: 1200 PSES15minThreshold: 4
Example 1-173: Display alarm configuration on current AUSM for E1 line 1 spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspalmcnf -ds1 1 LineNum: 1 RedSeverity: Major RAISeverity: Minor NEAlarmUpCount: 6 NEAlarmDnCount: 6 NEAlarmThreshold: 1 FEAlarmUpCount: 1 FEAlarmDnCount: 1500 FEAlarmThreshold: 1500 StatisticalAlarmSeverity: Minor lCV15minThreshold: 14 lCV24hrThreshold: 134 lES15minThreshold: 12 lES24hrThreshold: 121 lSES15minThreshold: 10 lSES24hrThreshold: 100 cRC15minThreshold: 14 cRC24hrThreshold: 134 cRCES15minThreshold: 12 cRCES24hrThreshold: 121 cRCSES15minThreshold: 10 cRCSES24hrThreshold: 100 SEFS15minThreshold: 2 SEFS24hrThreshold: 17 AISS15minThreshold: 2 AISS24hrThreshold: 17 UAS15minThreshold: 10 UAS24hrThreshold: 10 spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a >
Example 1-174: Display alarm configuration on current VISM for E1 line 1 spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspalmcnf -ds1 1 Severity AlarmUpCount AlarmDnCount AlarmThreshold Line Red / RAIS NE / FE NE / FE NE / FE ---- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- 5.1 Major/Minor 6/6 1/1 1500/1500 spirit.1.5.VISM8.a >
Example 1-175: Display alarm configuration on current FRSM-2T3 for line 1 spirit.1.1.VHS2T3.a > dspalmcnf -ds3 1 LineNum: 1 RedSeverity: Major RAISeverity: Minor NEAlarmUpCount: 4 NEAlarmDnCount: 3 NEAlarmThreshold: 1200 FEAlarmUpCount: 4 FEAlarmDnCount: 3 FEAlarmThreshold: 1200 StatisticalAlarmSeverity: Minor LCV15minThreshold: 3870 LCV24hrThreshold: 38650 LES15minThreshold: 86 LES24hrThreshold: 864 LSES15minThreshold: 4 LSES24hrThreshold: 40 PCV15minThreshold: 382 PCV24hrThreshold: 3820 PES15minThreshold: 86 PES24hrThreshold: 864 PSES15minThreshold: 4 PSES24hrThreshold: 40 CCV15minThreshold: 382 CCV24hrThreshold: 3820 CES15minThreshhold: 86 CES24hrThreshold: 864 CSES15minThreshold: 4 CSES24hrThreshold: 40 SEFS15minThreshold: 120 SEFS24hrThreshold: 1200 AISS15minThreshold: 120 AISS24hrThreshold: 1200 UAS15minThreshold: 120 UAS24hrThreshold: 1200 spirit.1.1.VHS2T3.a >

dspalmcnt

Display Alarm Counters

Use the dspalmcnt command to view the alarm counters and statistics.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM

Syntax

dspalmcnt -ds1 <LineNum> | -ds3 <LineNum> | -e3 <LineNum> | -plcp <PLCPNum> | -sonet <LineNum>

Syntax Description

-ds1

Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for a T1 interface.

LineNum

Line number, in the range 1-8 (FRSM, VISM, AUSM, or CESM).

-ds3

Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for a T3 interface.

LineNum

Line number in the form slot.line.

  • Slot = 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32

  • Line range = 1-3

-e3

Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for an E3 interface.

LineNum

Line number in the form slot.line.

  • Slot = 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32

  • Line range = 1-3

-plcp

Command delineator that precedes the PLCPNum entry.

PLCPNum

Line number in the form slot.line.

  • Slot = 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32

  • Line range = 1-3

-sonet

Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for the SONET interface.

LineNum

Line number in the form slot.line.

  • Slot = 7 or 8

  • OC-3 line range = 1-4

  • OC-12 = 1

Related Commands

clralmcnt , clralmcnts

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-176: Display alarm count for line 1 (T3) of a PXM wilco.1.7.PXM.a > dspalmcnt -ds3 7.1 LineNum: 1 LCVCurrent: 0 LCVLast15minBucket: 0 LCVLast24hrBucket: 0 LESCurrent: 0 LESLast15minBucket: 0 LESLast24hrBucket: 0 LSESCurrent: 0 LSESLast15minBucket: 0 LSESLast24hrBucket: 0 PCVCurrent: 0 PCVLast15minBucket: 0 PCVLast24hrBucket: 0 PESCurrent: 0 PESLast15minBucket: 0 PESLast24hrBucket: 0 PSESCurrent: 0 PSESLast15minBucket: 0 PSESLast24hrBucket: 0 SEFSCurrent: 0 SEFSLast15minBucket: 0 SEFSLast24hrBucket: 0 AISSCurrent: 0 AISSLast15minBucket: 0 AISSLast24hrBucket: 0 UASCurrent: 0 UASLast15minBucket: 0 UASLast24hrBucket: 0 PercentEFS: 0 RcvLOSCount: 1 RcvOOFCount: 0 RcvRAICount: 0 RcvCCVCount: 0 RcvFECount: 0 spirit.1.7.PXM.a >
Example 1-177: Display alarms and counters for line 1 on current FRSM spirit.1.11.FRSM.a > dspalmcnt -ds1 1 Line RcvLOSCount RcvOOFCount RcvRAICount RcvFECount ---- ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------- 11.1 1 2 17 2 spirit.1.11.FRSM.a >
Example 1-178: Display alarms and counters for line 1 on PXM with OC-3 spirit11.1.7.PXM.a > dspalmcnt -sonet 7.1 SonetLineNum: 1 SectionCurrentValidFlag: valid SectionCurrent15minTimeElapsed: 429s SectionCurrentESs: 0 SectionCurrentSESs: 0 SectionCurrentSEFSs: 0 SectionCurrentCVs: 0 SectionCurrentDayValidFlag: valid SectionCurrentDayESs: 100 SectionCurrentDaySESs: 100 SectionCurrentDaySEFSs: 100 SectionCurrentDayCVs: 5149776 SectionCounterLOSs: 2 SectionCounterLOFs: 2 LineCurrentValidFlag: valid LineCurrent15minTimeElapsed: 429s LineCurrentESs: 0 LineCurrentSESs: 0 LineCurrentCVs: 0 LineCurrentUASs: 0 FarEndLineCurrentValidFlag: valid FarEndLineCurrent15minTimeElapsed: 429s FarEndLineCurrentESs: 0 FarEndLineCurrentSESs: 0 FarEndLineCurrentCVs: 0 FarEndLineCurrentFCs: 0 FarEndLineCurrentUASs: 0 FarEndLineCurrentDayValidFlag: valid FarEndLineCurrentDayESs: 2 FarEndLineCurrentDaySESs: 2 FarEndLineCurrentDayCVs: 46 FarEndLineCurrentDayFCs: 0 FarEndLineCurrentDaySEFSs: 0 LineCurrentDayValidFlag: valid LineCurrentDayESs: 100 LineCurrentDaySESs: 100 LineCurrentDayCVs: 100 LineCurrentDaySEFSs: 0 LineCounterAISs: 2 LineCounterRFIs: 0 PathCurrentValidFlag: valid PathCurrent15minTimeElapsed: 429s PathCurrentESs: 0 spirit11.1.7.PXM.a >
Example 1-179: Display alarms and counters for line 1 (E3) on PXM spirit11.1.7.PXM.a > dspalmcnt -e3 7.1 LineNum: 1 LCVCurrent: 0 LCVLast15minBucket: 0 LCVLast24hrBucket: 0 LESCurrent: 0 LESLast15minBucket: 0 LESLast24hrBucket: 0 LSESCurrent: 0 LSESLast15minBucket: 0 LSESLast24hrBucket: 0 SEFSCurrent: 0 SEFSLast15minBucket: 0 SEFSLast24hrBucket: 0 AISSCurrent: 0 AISSLast15minBucket: 0 AISSLast24hrBucket: 0 UASCurrent: 572 UASLast15minBucket: 900 UASLast24hrBucket: 4496 BIP8CVCurrent: 0 BIP8CV15MinBucket: 0 BIP8CV24HrBucket: 0 BIP8ESCurrent: 0 BIP8ES15MinBucket: 0 BIP8ES24HrBucket: 0 BIP8SESCurrent: 0 BIP8SES15MinBucket: 0 BIP8SES24HrBucket: 0 PercentEFS: 100 RcvLOSCount: 0 RcvOOFCount: 0 RcvRAICount: 0 RcvCCVCount: 0 RcvFECount: 0
Example 1-180: Display alarms and counters for line 1 on VISM spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspalmcnt -ds1 1 Line RcvLOSCount RcvOOFCount RcvRAICount RcvFECount ---- ----------- ----------- ----------- ---------- 5.1 0 0 0 4095 spirit.1.5.VISM8.a >
Example 1-181: Display alarms and counters for line 1 on FRSM-2T3 spirit.1.1.VHS2T3.a > dspalmcnt -ds3 1 LineNum: 1 LCVCurrent: 0 LCVLast15minBucket: 0 LCVLast24hrBucket: 0 LESCurrent: 0 LESLast15minBucket: 0 LESLast24hrBucket: 0 LSESCurrent: 0 LSESLast15minBucket: 0 LSESLast24hrBucket: 0 PCVCurrent: 0 PCVLast15minBucket: 0 PCVLast24hrBucket: 0 PESCurrent: 0 PESLast15minBucket: 0 PESLast24hrBucket: 0 PSESCurrent: 0 PSESLast15minBucket: 0 PSESLast24hrBucket: 0 CCVCurrent: 0 CCVLast15minBucket: 0 CCVLast24hrBucket: 0 CESCurrent: 0 CESLast15minBucket: 0 CESLast24hrBucket: 0 CSESCurrent: 0 CSESLast15minBucket: 0 CSESLast24hrBucket: 0 SEFSCurrent: 0 SEFSLast15minBucket: 0 SEFSLast24hrBucket: 0 AISSCurrent: 0 AISSLast15minBucket: 0 AISSLast24hrBucket: 0 UASCurrent: 0 UASLast15minBucket: 0 UASLast24hrBucket: 0 PercentEFS: 0 RcvLOSCount: 0 RcvOOFCount: 0 RcvRAICount: 0 RcvCCVCount: 0 RcvFECount: 0 spirit.1.1.VHS2T3.a >

dspalms

Display All Alarms on a Card

Use the dspalms command to view all alarms for the selected line type on the card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, SRM-3T3, CESM, VISM

Syntax for PXM, FRSM, AUSM, SRM-3T3, CESM, VISM

dspalms <alarmTable> <slot number>

Syntax Description

alarmTable

Type of line on which you want to display alarms.

  • -ds1 = T1 or E1 lines

  • ds3

  • e3

  • sonet

  • plcp

slot number

Slot number = 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32.
Enter the value either 7 or 8 for SONET.

Syntax: FRSM-HS1

dspalms <lineType>

Syntax Description

lineType

Line type is HS1.

Related Commands

dspalm

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-182: Display alarms on current FRSM (slot 17) spirit.1.17.FRSM.a > dspalms -ds1 Line AlarmState StatisticalAlarmState ---- ----------- --------------------- 17.1 Alarm(s) On No Statistical Alarms 17.2 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms 17.3 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms 17.4 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms 17.5 Alarm(s) On No Statistical Alarms 17.6 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms 17.7 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms 17.8 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms spirit.1.17.FRSM.a >
Example 1-183: Display alarms on the 2 E3 lines on current PXM wilco.1.7.PXM.a > dspalms e3 7 Line : 1 AlarmState : XmtRAI,RcvLOS StatisticalAlarmState : UAS15minAlarm,UAS24hrAlarm Line : 2 AlarmState : No Alarms StatisticalAlarmState : No Statistical Alarms wilco.1.7.PXM.a >
Example 1-184: Display alarms on the 3 E1 lines on current VISM spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspalms -ds1 Line AlarmState StatisticalAlarmState ---- ----------- --------------------- 5.1 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms 5.2 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms 5.3 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms spirit.1.5.VISM8.a >
Example 1-185: Display alarms on the 2 T3 lines on current FRSM-2T3 spirit.1.1.VHS2T3.a > dspalms -ds3 Line AlarmState StatisticalAlarmState ---- ----------- --------------------- 1.1 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms 1.2 No Alarms No Statistical Alarms

dspapscfg

Display APS Configuration

Use the dspapscfg command to display more Automatic Protection Switching (APS) parameters. APS is a standard that provides a means for SONET line redundancy. APS involves switching between working (active) and protection (standby) SONET lines in the event of a hardware failure detected by the receiving end or by the far-end.


Note   This support applies only to PXM OC-3 and PXM OC-12 cards.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspapscfg

Related Commands

addapsln, cnfapsln, delapsln

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-186: Display APS configuration on current PXM DENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspapscfg SlotLine Type SFBER SDBER WTR Direc Revert ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.1&8.1 1+1_2 3 5 1 UNI NRV DENAME.1.7.PXM.a >
Data Components

SlotLine

OC-3 or OC-12 line number, in the range appropriate for the associated interface.

  • OC-3 range = 1-4

  • OC-12 = 1

Type

The APS mode is 1+1.

SFBER

Signal failure BER threshold, in the range 3-5.

  • 5 = signal failure BER threshold = 10 ^^ -5

SDBER

Signal degrade BER threshold, in the range 5-9.

  • 5 = signal degrade BER threshold = 10 ^^ -5

WTR

Number of minutes to wait before attempting to switch back to the working line, in the range1 to 12. This setting is not applicable if the line is configured in non-revertive mode (Revertive set to 1).

Direc

Switching direction for either unidirectional or bidirectional.

  • UNI = Unidirectional. This APS line supports only one direction.

  • BI = Bidirectional. This APS line supports both ends of the line.

Revert

APS revertive or non-revertive function.

  • NRV = Non-revertive

  • REV = Revertive
    This setting allows the line to switch back to the working line after the Wait-to-Restore interval has expired and the working line SF/SD has been cleared.

dspapsln

Display APS Line

Use the dspapsln command to display the Automatic Protection Switching (APS) line status.

APS is a SONET switching mechanism that routes traffic from working lines to protect them in case of a line card failure or fiber cut.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspapsln

Related Commands

addapsln, cnfapsln, dspapscfg, delapsln

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-187: Display APS line on current PXM NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspapsln SlotLine Type Act W_LINE P_LINE APS_ST CDType Dirc Revt LastUsrSwReq ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7.1&8.1 1+1_2 7.1 OK OK OK OC-12 UNI NRV NO_REQUEST NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a >
Data Components

SlotLine

OC-3 or OC-12 line number, in the range appropriate for the associated interface.

  • OC-3 range = 1-4

  • OC-12 = 1

Type

APS mode is 1+1.

Act

Line that is currently active.

W-Line

Status of the working line.

  • OK = OK

  • R_SD = remote end signal degrade

  • SigD = signal degrade

  • R_AM = remote end signal failure

  • ALM = line alarm

  • SigF = signal failure

  • MIS = back card mismatch or missing

  • LOOPBK = line loopback

P-Line

Status of the protection line.

  • OK = OK

  • R_SD = remote end signal degrade

  • SigD = signal degrade

  • R_AM = remote end signal failure

  • ALM = line alarm

  • SigF = signal failure

  • MIS = back card mismatch or missing

  • LOOPBK = line loopback

  • P_D = protocol defection (received K1K2 bytes are not expected)

  • P_B = protection byte failure

APS-ST

APS status.

  • OK = OK

  • AR_MIS = Architecture mismatch

  • DI_MIS = direction mismatch

  • CH_MIS = channel mismatch

  • PL_ALM = line alarm on protection line

CDType

Back card type, either OC-3 or OC-12.

Dirc

Switching direction for either unidirectional or bidirectional.

  • Uni = Unidirectional. This APS line supports only one direction.

  • Bi = Bidirectional. This APS line supports both ends of the line.

Revertive

APS function, either revertive or non-revertive.

  • NRV = Non-revertive

  • RV = Revertive. This setting allows the line to switch back to the working line after the Wait-to-Restore interval has expired and the working line SF/SD has been cleared.

LastUsrSwReq

Last user switching request.

dspatmlncnf

Display ATM Line Configuration

Use the dspatmlncnf command to view the cell header configuration for the line. The display indicates NNI or UNI cell headers. The configuration is the result of cnfatmln execution. This command applies to stand-alone configurations of the MGX 8250.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspatmlncnf <line_num>

Syntax Description

line_num

Line number in the range 1-N, as appropriate for the card.

Related Commands

cnfatmln, clratmlncnt

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-188: Display line configuration for line 2 of PXM wilco.1.7.PXM.a > dspatmlncnf 2 lineNum atmLineInterfaceFormat ---------------------------------- 2 NNI wilco.1.7.PXM.a >

dspatmlncnt

Display ATM Line Counters

Use the dspatmlncnt command to view the ATM cell counters for the specified line. The display shows the total number of cells received, the total number of cells transmitted, and the number of cells received with HEC errors.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspatmlncnt <line_num>

Syntax Description

line_num

Line number, in the range 1-4.

Related Commands

cnfatmln, clratmlncnt , clratmlncnts

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-189: Display ATM line counters (total cells received, total cells transmitted, and number of cells received with HEC errors) for line 1 of the PXM wilco.1.7.PXM.a > dspatmlncnt 1 Line Number : 1 Total Rcvd. Cells : 5214310 Total Xmtd. Cells : 368687 Rcvd. HEC Error Cells : 0 wilco.1.7.PXM.a >

dspbctype

Display Back Card Type

Use the dspbctype command to display the current interface of the 12IN1 dual-personality back card. The back card can be configured with either a V.35 or an X.21 interface.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM-HS1B

Syntax

dspbctype

Related Commands

cnfbctype

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-190: Display back card type on current FRSM man.1.14.FRSM.a > dspbctype Backcard Personality: X.21

dspbert

Display BERT

Use the dspbert command to view the current bit error rate test (BERT) configuration.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspbert <slot>

Syntax Description

slot

Number of the slot associated with the BERT session for this display.

Related Commands

cnfbert, modbert

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any

dspcbclk

Display Cell Bus Clock

Use the dspcbclk command to display the current clock rate setting. Using this command, you can see which service modules are set for a high cell bus (CB) operating clock rate (42 MHz) or a low rate
(21 MHz).


Note   Not all service modules can support a high CB clock rate.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM_2CT3, FRSM_2T3, FRSM_2E3, FRSM_HS2, CESM_T3, CESM_E3, VISM_8T1, VISM_8E1, RPM, PXM

Syntax

dspcbclk

Related Commands

cnfcbclk

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-191: Display current CB settings for PXM1-OC3 module in slot 7 popeye12.1.7.PXM.a > dspcbclk Command Executed :dspcbclk CellBus Rate (MHz) Slot ------------------------------- CB1 21 1, 2 CB2 42 3, 4 CB3 21 5, 6 CB4 21 17 - 22 CB5 21 9, 10 CB6 21 11, 12 CB7 21 13, 14 CB8 21 25 - 30

dspcd

Display Card

Use the dspcd command to view the hardware and firmware characteristics of the current card and information on its status.

Card characteristics include serial number and hardware and firmware revision levels. Status might include the reason for the last reset (FunctionModuleResetReason) and state of the integrated alarm (cardIntegratedAlarm), useful in debugging the card or an MGX 8250, respectively. Some of the information is common to the version command display.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM

Syntax

dspcd [slot number]

Syntax Description

slot number

If logged into a PXM, enter the slot number of the service module you want to view.

Slot number is not necessary when logged into a service module.

Related Commands

dspcds , version

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-192: Display current PXM card characteristics popeye3.1.8.PXM.a > dspcd ModuleSlotNumber: 8 FunctionModuleState: Active FunctionModuleType: PXM1-OC3 FunctionModuleSerialNum: SBK02420044 FunctionModuleHWRev: 09 FunctionModuleFWRev: 1.1.01Hi FunctionModuleResetReason: Reset From Shell LineModuleType: PXM-UI LineModuleState: Present SecondaryLineModuleType: MMF-4-155 SecondaryLineModuleState: Present mibVersionNumber: 0.0.00 configChangeTypeBitMap: No changes cardIntegratedAlarm: Major cardMajorAlarmBitMap: Line Alarm cardMinorAlarmBitMap: Line Statistical Alarm popeye3.1.8.PXM.a >
Example 1-193: Display current FRSM-8T1 card characteristics node1.1.4.FRSM.a > dspcd ModuleSlotNumber: 4 FunctionModuleState: Active FunctionModuleType: FRSM-8T1 FunctionModuleSerialNum: 622758 FunctionModuleHWRev: bb FunctionModuleFWRev: 5.0.00ak FunctionModuleResetReason: Power reset LineModuleType: LM-RJ48-8T1 LineModuleState: Present mibVersionNumber: 20 configChangeTypeBitMap: CardCnfChng, LineCnfChng cardIntegratedAlarm: Clear fab number: 282069-01 node1.1.4.FRSM.a >
Example 1-194: Display current FRSM-2CT3 card characteristics spirit.1.17.FRSM.a > dspcd ModuleSlotNumber: 17 FunctionModuleState: Active FunctionModuleType: FRSM-2CT3 FunctionModuleSerialNum: CAB024804K8 FunctionModuleHWRev: ex FunctionModuleFWRev: 5.0.00_11Jan99_1_tti FunctionModuleResetReason: Reset by ASC from Cell Bus LineModuleType: LM-BNC-2T3 LineModuleState: Present mibVersionNumber: 20 configChangeTypeBitMap: CardCnfChng, LineCnfChng cardIntegratedAlarm: Clear pcb part no-(800 level): 800-02910-04 pcb part no-(73 level): 73-02265-04 spirit.1.17.FRSM.a >
Example 1-195: Display current FRSM-8E1 card characteristics popeye3.1.3.FRSM.a > dspcd ModuleSlotNumber: 3 FunctionModuleState: Active FunctionModuleType: FRSM-8E1 FunctionModuleSerialNum: 782908 FunctionModuleHWRev: ab FunctionModuleFWRev: 5.0.00_21Dec98 FunctionModuleResetReason: Power reset LineModuleType: LM-RJ48-8E1 LineModuleState: Present mibVersionNumber: 20 configChangeTypeBitMap: CardCnfChng, LineCnfChng cardIntegratedAlarm: Major cardMajorAlarmBitMap: Line Alarm cardMinorAlarmBitMap: Channel failure fab number: 28-2069-02
Example 1-196: Display current CESM-8T1 card characteristics popeye3.1.1.CESM.a > dspcd ModuleSlotNumber: 1 FunctionModuleState: Active FunctionModuleType: CESM-8T1 FunctionModuleSerialNum: 786327 FunctionModuleHWRev: ab FunctionModuleFWRev: 5.0.00bq FunctionModuleResetReason: Reset by ASC from Cell Bus LineModuleType: LM-RJ48-8T1 LineModuleState: Present mibVersionNumber: 20 configChangeTypeBitMap: CardCnfChng, LineCnfChng cardIntegratedAlarm: Major cardMajorAlarmBitMap: Line Alarm cardMinorAlarmBitMap: Channel failure fab number: 28-2199-02
Example 1-197: Display current AUSM-8T1 card characteristics spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspcd ModuleSlotNumber: 19 FunctionModuleState: Active FunctionModuleType: AUSM-8T1 FunctionModuleSerialNum: FNTYPE FunctionModuleHWRev: fk FunctionModuleFWRev: model-A 2.0.00 FunctionModuleResetReason: Reset by PXM from PIO LineModuleType: LM-DB15-8T1 LineModuleState: Present mibVersionNumber: 4 configChangeTypeBitMap: CardCnfChng, LineCnfChng cardIntegratedAlarm: Minor cardMinorAlarmBitMap: Channel failure spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a >
Example 1-198: Display current VISM-8E1 card characteristics spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspcd ModuleSlotNumber: 5 FunctionModuleState: Active FunctionModuleType: VISM-8E1 FunctionModuleSerialNum: CAB0246014W FunctionModuleHWRev: 0.0 FunctionModuleFWRev: rangar FunctionModuleResetReason: Power reset LineModuleType: LM-RJ48-8E1 LineModuleState: Present mibVersionNumber: 20 configChangeTypeBitMap: CardCnfChng, LineCnfChng cardIntegratedAlarm: Clear pcb part no - (800 level): 800-04399-01 pcb part no - (73 level): 73-03618-01 Fab Part no - (28 level): 28-02791-01 PCB Revision: 05 Daughter Card Information: Daughter Card Serial Number: CAB024601FU pcb part no - (73 level): 73-03722-01 Fab Part no - (28 level): 28-02905-01 PCB Revision: 02 spirit.1.5.VISM8.a >
Example 1-199: Display characteristics of SRM-T3E3 in slot 15 tinky.1.7.PXM.a > dspcd 15 ModuleSlotNumber: 15 FunctionModuleState: Active FunctionModuleType: SRM-3T3 FunctionModuleSerialNum: 785324 FunctionModuleHWRev: be FunctionModuleFWRev: 1.0.00 FunctionModuleResetReason: Reset From Shell LineModuleType: LM-SRM-3T3 LineModuleState: Present SecondaryLineModuleType: Missing SecondaryLineModuleState: Invalid mibVersionNumber: 0.0.06 configChangeTypeBitMap: No changes cardIntegratedAlarm: Clear cardMajorAlarmBitMap: Clear cardMinorAlarmBitMap: Clear tinky.1.7.PXM.a >

dspcderrs

Display Card Errors

Use the dspcderrs command to view information about card errors.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, VISM, CESM

Syntax

dspcderrs

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-200: Display card errors on PXM module in slot 7 wilco.1.7.PXM.a > dspcderrs dspcderrs 08/05/95-18:53:05 tRootTask 3 Task failed : scm 09/05/95-09:14:08 tRootTask 3 Task failed : scm value = 0 = 0x0 wilco.1.7.PXM.a >

dspcdprtntype

Display Card Resource Type

Use the dspcdprtntype command to view partition type on the current card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM

Syntax

dspcdprtntype

Related Commands

cnfcdprtntype

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-201: Display card resource partition type on current PXM spirit.1.7.PXM.a > dspcdprtntype cardLcnPartitionType : controllerBased spirit.1.7.PXM.a >

dspcdrscprtn

Display Card Resource Partition

Use the dspcdrscprtn command to view allocated resource information to a controller.


Note   The dspcdrscprtn command applies only to cards with a card partition type of controllerBased.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, VISM

Syntax

dspcdrscprtn

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-202: Display number of LCNs available for each of the three possible partitions on the
FRSM 2CT3
spirit.1.13.VHS2CT3.a > dspcdrscprtn User Status NumOfLcnAvail ------ ------ ------------- PAR Add 1000 PNNI Add 1000 TAG Add 1000 spirit.1.13.VHS2CT3.a >
Example 1-203: Display number of LCNs available for each of the three possible partitions on the
CESM 8T1
spirit.1.17.CESM.a > dspcdrscprtn User Status NumOfLcnAvail ------ ------ ------------- PAR Mod 248 PNNI Mod 248 TAG Mod 248 spirit.1.17.CESM.a >
Example 1-204: Display number of LCNs available for each of the three possible partitions on the
FRSM 8T1
spirit.1.1.FRSM.a > dspcdrscprtn User Status NumOfLcnAvail ------ ------ ------------- PAR Add 1000 PNNI Add 1000 TAG Add 1000 spirit.1.1.FRSM.a >
Example 1-205: Display number of LCNs available for each of the three possible partitions on the
PXM T1
spirit.1.7.PXM.a > dspcdrscprtn Controller Status Number of Available LCNs ----------------------------------------------- PAR Enabled 32767 PNNI Enabled 32767 TAG Enabled 32767 spirit.1.7.PXM.a >

dspcds

Display Card Shelf Information

Use the dspcds command to view the status of all the cards in the MGX 8250.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspcds

Related Commands

dspcd

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-206: Display all cards currently installed in the MGX 8250 wilco.1.7.PXM.a > dspcds Slot CardState CardType CardAlarm Redundancy ---- ----------- -------- --------- ----------- 1.1 Active FRSM-8T1 Major 1.2 Empty Clear 1.3 Active FRSM-2CT3 Clear 1.4 Empty Clear 1.5 Empty Clear 1.6 Empty Clear 1.7 Active PXM1-T3E3 Major 1.8 Empty Clear 1.9 Empty Clear 1.10 Empty Clear 1.11 Empty Clear 1.12 Active RPM Clear 1.13 Empty Clear 1.14 Empty Clear 1.15 Empty Clear 1.16 Empty Clear 1.17 Active CESM-8E1 Clear 1.18 Empty Clear 1.19 Empty Clear 1.20 Empty Clear 1.21 Empty Clear 1.22 Empty Clear 1.25 Empty Clear 1.26 Empty Clear 1.27 Empty Clear 1.28 Empty Clear 1.29 Empty Clear 1.30 Empty Clear 1.31 Empty Clear 1.32 Empty ClearNumOfValidEntries: 32 NodeName: wilco Date: 02/01/1999 Time: 07:32:41 TimeZone: PST TimeZoneGMTOff: -8 StatsMasterIpAddress: 0.0.0.0 shelfIntegratedAlarm: Major BkplnSerialNum: 12345 BkplnType: 2 BkplnFabNumber: 73-0123-01 BkplnHwRev: 80 wilco.1.7.PXM.a >

dspchan

Display Channel

Use the dspchan command to view a channel on a PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, or VISM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM

Syntax

dspchan <chan_num>

Syntax Description

chan_num

Channel number, as appropriate for the card.

  • PXM, range = 16-4111

  • FRSM range = 16-1015

  • AUSM range = 16-1015

  • CESM range = 32-279

Related Commands

dspchans , cnfchan

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-207: Display channel characteristics of channel 69 on an FRSM spirit.1.17.FRSM.a > dspchan 69 ChanNum: 69 ChanRowStatus: Mod ChanPortNum: 1 ChanDLCI: 100 EgressQSelect: 1 IngressQDepth: 65535 IngressQDEThresh: 32768 IngressQECNThresh: 65535 EgressQDepth: 65535 EgressQDEThresh: 32768 EgressQECNThresh: 6553 DETaggingEnable: Disabled CIR: 24000 Bc: 5100 Be: 5100 IBS: 100 ForeSightEnable: Enabled QIR: 260 MIR: 62 PIR: 500 ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Enabled ChanTestType: TestOff ChanTestState: NotInProgress ChanRTDresult: 65535 ms ChanType: NIW ChanFECNmap: setEFCIzero ChanDEtoCLPmap: mapCLP ChanCLPtoDEmap: mapDE ChanFrConnType: PVC ChanIngrPercentUtil: 100 ChanEgrPercentUtil: 100 ChanEgrSrvRate: 1536000 ChanOvrSubOvrRide: Enabled ChanLocalVpi: 0 ChanLocalVci: 100 ChanLocalNSAP: 535052494e543031000000000000000002000100 ChanRemoteVpi: 10 ChanRemoteVci: 134 ChanRemoteNSAP: 535052494e543031000000000000000000000100 ChanMastership: Master ChanVpcFlag: Vcc ChanConnServiceType: ATFR ChanRoutingPriority: 1 ChanMaxCost: 255 ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction ChanConnPCR: 4000 ChanConnMCR: 4000 ChanConnPercentUti: 100 ChanNumNextAvailable: 17 spirit.1.17.FRSM.a >
Example 1-208: Display channel characteristics of channel 16 on an AUSM spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspchan 16 ChanNum: 16 RowStatus: Del ConnectionType: VCC ServiceType: CBR ChanSvcFlag: PVC PortNum: 1 VPI: 0 VCI (For VCC): 0 Local VPId(for VPC): 0 EgressQNum: 0 IngressQDepth(cells): 1000 IngressDiscardOption: CLP hysterisis IngressFrameDiscardThreshold 1000 IngressQCLPHigh(cells): 900 IngressQCLPLow(cells): 800 QCLPState: LOW IngressEfciThreshold(cells): 1000 UPCEnable: Enabled PeakCellRate[0+1](cells/sec): 50 CellDelayVariation[0+1]: 10000 (micro secs) PeakCellRate[0](cells/sec): 50 CellDelayVariation[0]: 10000 (micro secs) SustainedCellRate(cells/sec): 50 MaximumBurstSize(cells): 1000 SCRPolicing: CLP[0] CLPTagEnable: Enabled FrameGCRAEnable: Disable ForesightEnable: Disable InitialBurstSize(cells): 0 ForeSightPeakCellRate(cells/sec): 50 MinimumCellRate(cells/sec): 0 InitialCellRate(cells/sec): 1 LocalRemoteLpbkState: Disable ChanTestType: No Test ChanTestState: Not In Progress ChanRTDresult: 65535 ms Ingress percentage util: 100 Egress percentage util : 100 Egress Service Rate: 50 LocalVpi: 0 LocalVci: 0 LocalNSAP: 5468697320697320612064756d6d79204e534150 RemoteVpi: 0 RemoteVci: 0 RemoteNSAP: 5468697320697320612064756d6d79204e534150 Mastership: Slave VpcFlag: Vcc ConnServiceType: CBR RoutingPriority: 1 MaxCost: 255 RestrictTrunkType: No Restriction ConnPCR: 50 ConnMCR: 0 ConnPercentUtil: 100 ChanNumNextAvailable : 17 Local VpId NextAvailable : 2 spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a >
Example 1-209: Display channel characteristics of channel 32 on the current CESM MGX-01.1.1.CESM.a > dspchan 32 ChanNum: 32 ChanRowStatus: Add ChanLineNum: 1 ChanMapVpi: 1 ChanMapVci: 32 ChanCBRService: structured ChanClockMode: Synchronous ChanCAS: Basic ChanPartialFill: 47 ChanMaxBufSize: 6144 bytes ChanCDV: 6000 micro seconds C L I P: 2500 milliseconds ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled ChanTestType: TestOff ChanTestState: NotInProgress ChanRTDresult: 65535 ms ChanPortNum 1 ChanConnType PVC ISDetType DetectionDisabled CondData 255 CondSignalling 0 ExtISTrig DisableIdleSupression ISIntgnPeriod 4095 seconds ISSignallingCode 0 OnHookCode 1 ChanLocalVpi: 0 ChanLocalVci: 1 ChanLocalNSAP: 535052494e543031000000000000000001000100 ChanRemoteVpi: 10 ChanRemoteVci: 132 ChanRemoteNSAP: 535052494e543031000000000000000000000100 ChanMastership: Master ChanVpcFlag: Vcc ChanConnServiceType: CBR ChanRoutingPriority: 1 ChanMaxCost: 255 ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction ChanConnPCR: 4128 ChanConnMCR: 4128 ChanConnPercentUtil: 100 ChanNumNextAvailable: 32 MGX-01.1.1.CESM.a >
Example 1-210: Display channel characteristics of channel 16 on the current PXM MGX-01.1.7.PXM.a > dspchan 16 bbChanCnfNum : 16 bbChanRowStatus : 1 bbChanConnType : 2 bbChanServiceType : 1 bbChanConnDesc : 0x828d4e30 bbChanSvcFlag : 2 bbChanSvcConnId : 0 bbChanIfNum : 1 bbChanVpi : 10 bbChanVci : 134 bbChanUpcEnable : 1 bbChanUpcPCR : 50 bbChanUpcCDVT : 10000 bbChanUpcSCR : 0 bbChanUpcMBS : 0 bbChanGcra1Action : 1 bbChanGcra2Action : 1 bbChanEfciThreshold : 98304 bbChanDiscardOption : 1 bbChanFrmDiscardThreshold : 0 bbChanClpHiThreshold : 0 bbChanClpLoThreshold : 0 bbChanCongstUpdateCode : 1 bbChanMaxCellMemThreshold : 131072 bbChanIngrPercentUtil : 100 bbChanEgrPercentUtil : 100 bbChanEgrSrvRate : 50 bbChanOvrSubOvrRide : 2 bbChanLocalVpi : 10 bbChanLocalVci : 134 bbChanLocalNsapAddr : 0x828d4a20 bbChanRemoteVpi : 0 bbChanRemoteVci : 100 bbChanRemoteNsapAddr : 0x828d49f0 bbChanMaster : 2 bbChanRtePriority : 1 bbChanMaxCost : 255 bbChanRestrictTrkType : 1 bbChanTestType : 3 bbChanTestState : 4 bbChanTestResult : 0 bbChanTestTypeCPESide : 2 bbChanTestStateCPESide : 4 bbChanUpcSCRPolicing : 3 bbConnVpcFlag : 2 bbConnServiceType : 1 bbConnPCR : 50 bbConnSCR : 0 bbConnPercentUtil : 100 bbRemoteConnPCR : 50 bbRemoteConnSCR : 0 bbRemoteConnPercentUtil : 100 MGX-01.1.7.PXM.a >
Example 1-211: Display channel characteristics of channel 37 on the current VISM spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspchan 37 ChanNum: 37 ChanRowStatus: Add ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled ChanTestType: TestOff ChanTestState: NotInProgress ChanRTDresult: 65535 ms ChanPortNum: 1 ChanPvcType: VoIP ChanConnectionType: PVC ChanLocalVpi: 0 ChanLocalVci: 1 ChanLocalNSAP: 4e4f44454e414d45000000000000000005000100 ChanRemoteVpi: 58 ChanRemoteVci: 59 ChanRemoteNSAP: 4e4f44454e414d45000000000000000000000100 ChanMastership: Master ChanVpcFlag: Vcc ChanConnServiceType: CBR ChanRoutingPriority: 1 ChanMaxCost: 255 ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: ChanConnPCR: 100000 ChanConnPercentUtil: 100 ChanNumNextAvailable: 34 Syntax : dspchan "chan_num" channel number -- values : 32 - 255 spirit.1.5.VISM8.a >

dspchancnt

Display Channel Counters

Use the dspchancnt command to view the contents of the statistical counters for a channel.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, AUSM, FRSM, CESM

Syntax: PXM, FRSM, CESM

dspchancnt <channel number>

Syntax Description

channel number

Channel number, in the range appropriate for the card.

  • PXM range = 16-4111

  • FRSM

    • 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015

    • HS1/B range = 16-1015

    • T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015

    • 2CT3 range = 16-4015

  • CESM

    • 8T1/E1 range = 32-279

    • T3/E3 = one connection starting at 32

Syntax: AUSM

dspchancnt <port.VPI.VCI | ChanNum>

Syntax Description

port.VPI.VCI

Connection identifier in the format Port.VPI.VCI.

  • Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation.

  • VPI range = 1-4095.

  • VCI range = 1-65535.

ChanNum

Channel number, in the range 16-1015.

Related Commands

dspchstats

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-212: Display counters for channel 69 of the current FRSM wilco.1.17.FRSM.a > dspchancnt 69 ChanNum: 69 ChanState: okay ChanUpTime: 10186 Tx Rx --------------- --------------- AbitState: Sending A=1 Receiving A=1 ATMState: Not sending any state Not receiving any state Total Frames: 0 0 Total Bytes: 0 0 Frames DE: 0 0 Bytes DE: 0 0 Frames Discarded: 0 0 Bytes Discarded: 0 0 FramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0 BytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0 FramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 0 Frames FECN: 0 0 Frames BECN: 0 0 FramesTagged FECN: 0 0 FramesTagged BECN: 0 0 KbpsAIR: 0 0 FramesTaggedDE: 0 0 BytesTaggedDE: 0 0 RcvFramesDiscShelfAlarm: 0 XmtFramesDiscPhyLayerFail: 0 XmtFramesDiscCRCError: 0 XmtFramesDiscReAssmFail: 0 XmtFramesDiscSrcAbort: 0 XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 0 XmtBytesDuringLMIAlarm: 0 RcvFramesDiscUPC: 0 XmtFramesInvalidCPIs: 0 XmtFramesLengthViolations: 0 XmtFramesOversizedSDUs: 0 XmtFramesUnknownProtocols: 0 RcvFramesUnknownProtocols: 0 wilco.1.17.FRSM.a >
Example 1-213: Display counters for channel 16 of the current AUSM wilco.1.19.AUSM.a > dspchancnt 16 ChanNum: 16 ChannelState: Active ChannelEgressRcvState: Normal ChannelEgressXmitState: Normal ChannelIngressRcvState: Normal ChannelIngressXmtState: Normal ChanInServiceSeconds: 1126725 ChanIngressPeakQDepth(cells): 1 ChanIngressReceiveCells: 41160574 ChanIngressClpSetCells: 0 ChanIngressEfciSetRcvCells: 0 ChanIngressUpcClpSetCells: 0 ChanIngressQfullDiscardCells: 1 ChanIngressClpSetDiscardCells: 0 ChanIngressTransmitCells: 41160574 ChanShelfAlarmDiscardCells: 0 Syntax : dspchancnt "chan_num" channel number—value ranging from 16 to 1015 wilco.1.19.AUSM.a >
Example 1-214: Display counters for channel 32 of the current CESM-8E1 MGX-01.1.1.CESM.a > dspchancnt 32 ChanNum: 32 Chan State: alarm Chan RCV ATM State: Receiving AIS OAM Chan XMT ATM State: Sending AIS OAM Cell Loss Status: Cell Loss Reassembled Cells: 0 Generated Cells: 1134344 Header Errors: 0 Seqence Mismatches : 0 Lost Cells: 0 Channel Uptime (secs.) 277 Signalling Status Offhook Syntax : dspchancnt "chan_num" channel number -- values : 32 - 279 MGX-01.1.1.CESM.a >

dspchanmap

Display Channel Map

Use the dspchanmap command to view interworking field mapping for a specified channel.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM

Syntax

dspchanmap <port.VPI.VCI> <ChanNum>

Syntax Description

port.VPI.VCI

Connection identifier in the format Port.VPI.VCI.

  • Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation.

  • VPI range = 1-4095.

  • VCI range = 1-65535.

ChanNum

Channel number, in the range 16-1015.

Related Commands

cnfchanmap

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any

dspchans

Display Channels

Use the dspchans command to view all current channels on the card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM, PXM, VISM, AUSM

Syntax

dspchans

Related Commands

dspchans , addchan, delchan

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-215: Display channels on the current FRSM spirit.11.1.FRSM.a > dspchans DLCI Chan EQ I/EQDepth I/EQDEThre I/EECNThre Fst/DE Type Alarm ------------- ---- -- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- --- --- ----- ----- 11.1.1.100 69 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No 11.1.1.101 70 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No 11.1.1.102 71 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No 11.1.1.103 72 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No 11.1.1.104 73 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No 11.1.1.105 74 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No 11.1.1.106 75 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No 11.1.1.107 76 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No 11.1.1.108 77 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No 11.1.1.109 78 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No 11.1.1.110 79 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No 11.1.1.111 80 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No 11.1.1.112 81 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No 11.1.1.113 82 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No 11.1.1.114 83 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No 11.1.1.115 84 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No 11.1.2.100 85 1 65535/65535 32768/32768 65535/6553 Ena/Dis NIW No spirit.11.1.FRSM.a >
Example 1-216: Display channels on the current PXM wilco.1.7.PXM.a > dspchans Chan Stat Intf locVpi locVci conTyp srvTyp PCR[0+1] Mst rmtVpi rmtVci State ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 16 Ena 1 10 134 VCC CBR 50 Slv 0 100 normal 32 Ena 1 10 132 VCC CBR 50 Slv 0 1 alarm wilco.1.7.PXM.a >
Example 1-217: Display channels on the current VISM spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspchans Channel ChanNum Status ------------ ------- ------ 5.0.1.37 37 Add Number of channels: 1 ChanNumNextAvailable: 33 Syntax : dspchans spirit.1.5.VISM8.a >
Example 1-218: Display channels on the current AUSM-8T1E1 s1.1.12.AUSMB8.a > dspchans Chan Port.VPI.VCI ConnType Service Type PCR[0+1] Q-Depth State ---- ------------ ------- ------------ --------- ------- ------- 21 2.1.1 VCC CBR 4528 1000 Active 26 2.1.3 VCC VBR 4528 1000 Active 31 2.1.5 VCC ABR 4528 1000 Alarm 37 2.1.7 VCC UBR 4528 1000 Alarm

dspchstats

Display Channel Statistics

Use the dspchstats command to view current statistics associated with the specified channel.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM

Syntax

dspchstats <line>.<1stDS0>.<DLCI>

Syntax Description

line

Line number, in the range 1-8.

1stDS0

First DS0, in the range appropriate for the interface.

  • T1 range = 1-24

  • E1 range =1-32

DLCI

Connection for which the statistics are to be displayed.

Related Commands

dspchan , dspchans

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-219: Display counters for line 1, 1st_DS0 of 4, and DLCI of 1000 for the current FRSM wilco.1.17.FRSM.a > dspchstats 1.4.1000 lineNum: 1 Physical Port Num: 4 Logical Port Num: 2 ChanDLCI: 1000 ChanNum: 1 ChanState: okay ChanUpTime: 10186 Tx Rx --------------- --------------- AbitState: Sending A=1 Receiving A=1 ATMState: Not sending any state Not receiving any state Total Frames: 0 0 Total Bytes: 0 0 Frames DE: 0 0 Bytes DE: 0 0 Frames Discarded: 0 0 Bytes Discarded: 0 0 FramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0 BytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0 FramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 0 Frames FECN: 0 0 Frames BECN: 0 0 FramesTagged FECN: 0 0 FramesTagged BECN: 0 0 KbpsAIR: 0 0 FramesTaggedDE: 0 0 BytesTaggedDE: 0 0 RcvFramesDiscShelfAlarm: 0 XmtFramesDiscPhyLayerFail: 0 XmtFramesDiscCRCError: 0 XmtFramesDiscReAssmFail: 0 XmtFramesDiscSrcAbort: 0 XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 0 XmtBytesDuringLMIAlarm: 0 RcvFramesDiscUPC: 0 XmtFramesInvalidCPIs: 0 XmtFramesLengthViolations: 0 XmtFramesOversizedSDUs: 0 XmtFramesUnknownProtocols: 0 RcvFramesUnknownProtocols: 0 wilco.1.17.FRSM.a >

dspclkinfo

Display Clock Information

Use the dspclkinfo command to view detailed information about all the configured clock sources in the node.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspclkinfo

Related Commands

dspclksrc, cnfclksrc

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Group 3


Example 1-220: Display detailed clock information for MGX 8250 shelf spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspclkinfo ****** Clock HW registers ******** SEL_T1 = t1 SEL100 = ON SEL120 = ON SEL120 = ON NOEXTCLK = ON priMuxClockSource = INTERNAL_OSC prevPriMuxClockSource = INTERNAL_OSC primaryInbandClockSourceLineNum = 0 secMuxClockSource = EXTERNAL_CLOCK prevSecMuxClockSource = EXTERNAL_CLOCK secondaryInbandClockSourceLineNumber = 1 currentClockSetReq = primary currentClockHwStat = primary PreviousClockHwStat = internal extClockPresent = No extClkConnectorType = RJ45 extClkSrcImpedance = 100 Ohms Internal Clock Status=1, Primary Clock Status=1 Secondary Clock Status=0, Last inband Clock State=0 last Inband Clock state= 0, Last External Clock Present = 1 spirit3.1.7.PXM.a >

dspclksrc

Display Clock Sources

Use the dspclksrc command to view all configured clock sources in the node.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspclksrc

Related Commands

cnfclksrc

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-221: Display current clock source for MGX 8250 shelf spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspclksrc PrimaryClockSource: Internal Oscillator SecondaryClockSource: External T1/E1 from C.O. CurrentClockSource: Internal Oscillator ClockSwitchState: NoChange ExtClkPresent: Not Present ExtClkSrcImpedance: 75 ohms ExtClkConnectorType: BNC spirit3.1.7.PXM.a >

dspcon

Display Connection

Use the dspcon command to view configuration data for a connection.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM

Syntax

dspcon <port number> <connection number>

Syntax Description

port number

Port number, in the range 1-8.

connection number

Connection number, as appropriate for the card.

  • PXM = vpi.vci

  • FRSM = DLCI

  • AUSM = vpi.vci

  • CESM = does not require connection number

Related Commands

addcon , delcon, dspcons

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-222: Display connection parameters for channel 16 on a CESM spirit3.1.22.CESM.a > dspcon 16 ChanNum: 16 RowStatus: Add ConnectionType: VCC ServiceType: CBR PortNum: 1 VPI: 10 VCI: 100 EgressQNum: 1 IngressQDepth (cells): 100 IngressQCLPHigh (cells): 70 IngressQCLPLow (cells): 60 IngressEfciThreshold (cells): 50 CompliantCellDelayVariation (micro secs): 0 CompliantInfoRate (cells/sec): 0 InitialBurstSize (cells): 0 MaxFrameSize (cells): 0 PeakInformationRate (cells/sec) 1000 CLPTagEnable: Disabled FrameGCRAEnable: Disabled spirit3.1.22.CESM.a >
Example 1-223: Display connection parameters for the connection on channel 51 (port 3, DLCI 500) on the current FRSM spirit.1.3.FRSM.a > dspcon 3.500 ChanNum: 51 ChanRowStatus: Mod ChanPortNum: 3 ChanDLCI: 500 EgressQSelect: 2 IngressQDepth: 65535 IngressQDEThresh: 32768 IngressQECNThresh: 6554 EgressQDepth: 65535 EgressQDEThresh: 32768 EgressQECNThresh: 6554 DETaggingEnable: Disabled CIR: 1024000 Bc: 5100 Be: 5100 IBS: 100 ForeSightEnable: Enabled QIR: 2666 MIR: 2666 PIR: 5333 ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled ChanTestType: TestOff ChanTestState: NotInProgress ChanRTDresult: 65535 ms ChanType: SIW-Xlat ChanFECNmap: setEFCIzero ChanDEtoCLPmap: mapCLP ChanCLPtoDEmap: mapDE ChanFrConnType: PVC ChanIngrPercentUtil: 100 ChanEgrPercentUtil: 100 ChanEgrSrvRate: 1024000 ChanOvrSubOvrRide: Enabled ChanLocalVpi: 0 ChanLocalVci: 500 ChanLocalNSAP: 73776973735f7031000000000000910003000300 ChanRemoteVpi: 3 ChanRemoteVci: 14 ChanRemoteNSAP: 73776973735f7031000000000000910000000100 ChanMastership: Master ChanVpcFlag: Vcc ChanConnServiceType: ATFR ChanRoutingPriority: 1 ChanMaxCost: 255 ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction ChanConnPCR: 5333 ChanConnMCR: 2666 ChanConnPercentUti: 100 ChanNumNextAvailable: 63 spirit.1.3.FRSM.a >
Example 1-224: Display connection parameters for the connection on channel 37 on the current VISM spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspcon 37 ChanNum: 37 ChanRowStatus: Add ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled ChanTestType: TestOff ChanTestState: NotInProgress ChanRTDresult: 65535 ms ChanPortNum: 1 ChanPvcType: VoIP ChanConnectionType: PVC ChanLocalVpi: 0 ChanLocalVci: 1 ChanLocalNSAP: 4e4f44454e414d45000000000000000005000100 ChanRemoteVpi: 58 ChanRemoteVci: 59 ChanRemoteNSAP: 4e4f44454e414d45000000000000000000000100 ChanMastership: Master ChanVpcFlag: Vcc ChanConnServiceType: CBR ChanRoutingPriority: 1 ChanMaxCost: 255 ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: ChanConnPCR: 100000 ChanConnPercentUtil: 100 ChanNumNextAvailable: 36 Syntax : dspcon "chan_num" channel number -- values : 32 - 255 spirit.1.5.VISM8.a >

dspconcnt

Display Connection Counters

Use the dspconcnt command to view counter data for the specified connection.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspconcnt <conn_id>

Syntax Description

conn_id

Connection identifier, in the format port.vpi.vci.

  • port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation.

  • vpi range = 1-4095

  • vci range = 1-65535

Related Commands

addcon , delcon, dspcon, dspcons

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-225: Display connection counters for the connection on port 2 with a VPI of 39 and a VCI of 45 on the current PXM spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > dspconcnt 2.39.45 Channel Number : 17 Channel State : alarm Channel Ingress State : alarm Channel Egress State : other CLP=0 Rcvd. Cells : 0 CLP=1 Rcvd. Cells : 0 GCRA1 Non Conforming Cells : 0 GCRA2 Non Conforming Cells : 0 EOF Cells Rcvd. : 0 CLP=0 Discard Cells : 0 CLP=1 Discard Cells : 0 Total Xmtd. Cells : 7253 CLP=0 Xmtd. Cells : 0 CLP=1 Xmtd. Cells : 10867 CLP=0 Discard Cells to Port : 0 CLP=1 Discard Cells to Port : 0 spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >

dspcons

Display Connections

Use the dspcons command to view details of all connections on the current card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, CESM, AUSM, VISM

Syntax

dspcons

Related Commands

dspcon, addcon , delcon

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-226: Display parameters for connections on the current AUSM spirit3.1.1.AUSM.a > dspcons Chan Port.VPI.VCI ConnType Service Type PCRlot1 Q-Depth State 30 1.10.100 VCC ABR 3622 2000 Active 33 1.10.200 VPC CBR 3622 100 Alarm spirit3.1.1.AUSM.a >
Example 1-227: Display parameters for connections on the current VISM spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspcons ConnId ChanNum Status ------------------- ------- ------ spirit.5.1.0 37 Add ChanNumNextAvailable: 35 Syntax : dspcons spirit.1.5.VISM8.a >

dspcurclk

Display Current Clock Source

Use the dspcurclk command to view the current clock source for the switch.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspcurclk

Related Commands

dspclksrc, cnfclksrc , dspclkinfo

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-228: Display current clock source for connections on the current PXM spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > dspcurclk Current Clock Source ---------------------- Source Node: spirit4 Clock Level: -- Clock Type : INTERNAL spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >

dspdsx3bert

Display DSX3 BERT

Use the dspdsx3bert command to view parameters and results of the current bit error rate testing (BERT) session.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM 2T3E3, CESMT3

Syntax

dspdsx3bert

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-229: Display BERT results popeye1.1.21.CESMT3.a > dspdsx3bert Bert Control: Acquire dsx3Bert Bert Resource Status State: In Use Bert Owner: CLI Bert Status: In Sync Bert Test Medium: Line Bert Port: 1 Line Number : 1 Bert Mode : bertPatternTest Bert Pattern : allOnes Loopback type: metallicLoopback Start time (secs.) Not Configured Yet Start Date Not Configured Yet Bit countupper: 0 Bit countlower: 0 Bit Error Countupper 0 Bit Error Countlower 0 Error Insertion Rate: Error injection disabled Error Insertion count: 0 DSX3 BERT in Sync Syntax : dspdsx3bert popeye1.1.21.CESMT3.a >

dspegrq

Display Egress Queue Parameters

Use the dspegrq command to view the port egress queue parameters. This command is valid only when the egress quality of service feature is enabled.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM-VHS (2CT3/2T3/2E3/HS2)

Syntax

dspegrq

Related Commands

dspegrqs, dspegrservtype, cnfegrservtype

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-230: Display port egress queue parameters for port 1 golden1.1.1.VHS2CT3.a > dspegrq 1 1 ServicePortNum: 1 Serv Type: 1 Queue Depth: 65535 Queue ECN Threshold: 6553 Queue DE Threshold: 32767 Max Bandwidth Increment: 16384 portBytesDiscXceedQueFull: 0 portBytesDiscXceedDEThresh:0 golden1.1.1.VHS2CT3.a >

dspegrqs

Display Egress Queue Parameters

Use the dspegrqs command to view the egress queue parameters for all the ports on a shelf. This command is valid only when the egress quality of service feature is enabled.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM-VHS (2CT3/2T3/2E3/HS2)

Syntax

dspegrqs

Related Commands

dspegrq, dspegrservtype, cnfegrservtype

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-231: Display egress queue parameters for a shelf golden1.1.1.VHS2CT3.a > dspegrqs 1 PortNum ServType Q Depth Q-ECN-Thres Q-DE-Thres BandWidth-Inc ------- -------- ------- ----------- ---------- --------- 1 1 65535 6553 32767 16384 1 2 65535 6553 32767 0 1 3 65535 6553 32767 0 1 4 65535 6553 32767 0 golden1.1.1.VHS2CT3.a >

dspegrservtype

Display Egress Servicing Type

Use the dspegrservtype to display the current egress port queue servicing.

Software Version

Command available with 1.1.20 and higher

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM-VHS (2CT3/2T3/2E3/HS2)

Syntax

dspegrservtype

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any

dspenetgw

Display Ethernet Gateway

Use the dspenetgw command to display the permanent Ethernet gateway. The Ethernet gateway is specified with the cnfenetgw command.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspenetgw

Related Commands

cnfenetgw

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-232: Display default gateway spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspenetgw spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > enet gateway: 172.29.37.1

dsperr

Display Errors

Use the dsperr command to view the contents of either all error log files or a specific error log file.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dsperr [-en <error slot>]

Syntax Description

-en

Command delineator that precedes the error slot entry.

error slot

Number of the error log file (optional).

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-233: Display all error log files. The output appears one screen at a time. A prompt appears at the bottom of the screen requesting you to continue to the next screen or quit. spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dsperr ---------- Stack Trace: 0x801e5714 vxTaskEntry + c: sysTaskSetup() 0x80024d2c sysTaskSetup + 58: rmm_main() 0x800dff7c rmm_main +624: rmm_process_message() 0x800df764 rmm_process_message + 98: rmm_delete_seat() 0x800e0f54 rmm_delete_seat + ac: ipc_remove_seat() 0x800d1140 ipc_remove_seat + 50: ipc_renumber_as_slave() 0x800d0a10 ipc_renumber_as_slave +208: my_free() 0x800d3430 my_free + 8: ssiFree() 0x8001c378 ssiFree + 8c: ssiEvent() 0x800274dc ssiEvent +11c: ssiEvent() 0x800277bc ssiEvent +3fc: sysStackTrace() ---------- No Dump Trace before the event ---------- No Dump Trace after the event Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: ---------- Stack Trace: 0x801e5714 vxTaskEntry + c: sysTaskSetup() 0x80024d2c sysTaskSetup + 58: rmm_main() 0x800dff7c rmm_main +624: rmm_process_message() 0x800df764 rmm_process_message + 98: rmm_delete_seat() 0x800e0f54 rmm_delete_seat + ac: ipc_remove_seat() 0x800d1140 ipc_remove_seat + 50: ipc_renumber_as_slave() 0x800d0a10 ipc_renumber_as_slave +208: my_free() 0x800d3430 my_free + 8: ssiFree() 0x8001c378 ssiFree + 8c: ssiEvent() 0x800274dc ssiEvent +11c: ssiEvent() 0x800277bc ssiEvent +3fc: sysStackTrace() ---------- No Dump Trace before the event ---------- No Dump Trace after the event spirit3.1.7.PXM.a >
Example 1-234: Display the error log for the card in slot 3. In this example, the card is an FRSM-8T1. spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dsperr -en 3 Stack Trace: 0x801e5714 vxTaskEntry + c: sysTaskSetup() 0x80024d2c sysTaskSetup + 58: rmm_main() 0x800dff7c rmm_main +624: rmm_process_message() 0x800df764 rmm_process_message + 98: rmm_delete_seat() 0x800e0f54 rmm_delete_seat + ac: ipc_remove_seat() 0x800d1140 ipc_remove_seat + 50: ipc_renumber_as_slave() 0x800d0a08 ipc_renumber_as_slave +200: ipc_remove_ports_on_seat() 0x800d02a8 ipc_remove_ports_on_seat + a0: ipc_remove_port() 0x800d01dc ipc_remove_port +190: ipc_subsys_init() 0x800cecf0 ipc_subsys_init +204: my_free() 0x800d3430 my_free + 8: ssiFree() 0x8001c378 ssiFree + 8c: ssiEvent() 0x800274dc ssiEvent +11c: ssiEvent() 0x800277bc ssiEvent +3fc: sysStackTrace() ---------- No Dump Trace before the event ---------- spirit3.1.7.PXM.a >

dspfeature

Display Feature

Use the dspfeature command to display features or to change features, such as Channelized and Rate Control. Without parameters, this command acts as a display command.

When the rate control feature is set to ON, the card supports ForeSight. ForeSight is a software feature that provides a closed-loop feedback mechanism for controlling the rate at which users can apply to the network. It improves the efficiency of the network when carrying Frame Relay data, especially during periods of light usage, and maintains consistent performance during peak loading periods without dropping frames. This can be enabled only on an Available Bit Rate (ABR) connection. If the Rate Control feature is OFF, this cannot be enabled.

If the channelized feature is set to ON, it will enable either channelized E1 or channelized T1 for cards that are channelized.

Card Channelized Feature

FRSM-8T1

Channelized T1

FRSM-8E1

Channelized E1

FRSM-2CT3

Channelized T1

FRSM-2T3/2E3/HS2

No channelized feature on cards

Channelized E1 is an access link operating at 2.048 Mbps. It is subdivided into 30 B-channels and
1 D-channel, supporting DDR, Frame Relays, and x.25.

Channelized T1 is an access link operating at 1.544 Mbps. It is subdivided into 24 channels
(23 B-channels and 1 D-channel) of 64 Kbps each. The individual channels or groups of channels connect to different destinations and support DDR, Frame Relay, and x.25. Channelized T1 also is known as fractional T1.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM-VHS (2CT3/2T3/2E3/HS2), FRSM-8T1/E1

Syntax

dspfeature [[feature] [enable]]

Syntax Description

feature

One of the following features:

  • 375 = channelized

  • 193 = rate control

enable

Enable or disable feature:

  • 97 = ON

  • 0 = OFF

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Group 2


Example 1-235: Display features of the current FRSM card golden1.1.2.VHS2CT3.s > dspfeature Channelized: On Rate Control: Off

dspfst

Display ForeSight Parameters

Use the dspfst command to view current ForeSight parameter settings for the current service module. For an explanation of the ForeSight parameter settings, see the description of the cnffst.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM

Syntax

dspfst

Related Commands

cnffst

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 4


Example 1-236: Display current ForeSight parameter settings for the FRSM-2CT3 wilco.1.3.VHS2CT3.a > dspfst RateUp: 10 percent RateDown: 87 percent RateFastDown: 50 percent QIRTimeout: 10 seconds RTD: 5 seconds wilco.1.3.VHS2CT3.a >

dspfw

Display Firmware Revisions

Use the dspfw command to view firmware files stored on the hard disk of the MGX 8250.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspfw [bt] [sm <slot>]

Syntax Description

[bt]

Backup boot.

[sm <slot>]

Number of the service module slot that needs to be upgraded or downgraded.

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-237: Show firmware versions for the current PXM raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > dspfw PXM FW versions: "1.1.10" in pxm_1.1.10.fw "1.1.11" in pxm_1.1.11.fw

dspfwrevs

Display Firmware Revisions

Use the dspfwrevs command to display the current list of firmware revisions on the PXM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspfwrevs

Related Commands

newrev, printrev

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-238: Show current firmware revisions on the selected PXM raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > dspfwrevs In dspfwrevs() Cfg Size Date Time File Name Card Type Version --- -------- ------------------ ------------ ------------ -------------------- No 1996736 05/06/1999 15:40:24 pxm_gprasann.fw PXM1E1 gprasann No 615232 05/10/1999 13:11:36 sm90.fw CESM-8T1E1 10.0.00_19Apr99_1 No 794572 05/20/1999 18:10:50 sm35.fw FRSM-8T1E1 10.0.01_18May99_1_rm No 1983308 04/24/1999 14:18:48 pxm_1.0.00Eh.fw PXM1E1 1.0.00Eh N/A 1500292 04/28/1999 14:31:48 pxm_gprasann.fw.working-bcdc PXM1E1 gprasann No 2089064 06/27/1999 08:12:50 pxm_rmenon.fw PXM1E1 rmenon Yes 892356 07/01/1999 15:22:36 sm130.fw FRSM-2CT3E1 5.0.01_24Jun99_1_raj No 884404 05/24/1999 11:30:04 smravi.fw FRSM-2CT3E1 5.0.00_21May99_1_raj raviraj.1.7.PXM.a >

dsphotstandby

Display Hot Standby

Use the dsphotstandby command to display service modules in hot standby state. Service modules that are part of a 1:1 redundancy can be in hot standby state. When the secondary service module is introduced, it goes into standby state for a number of minutes, then to hot standby state. For example, an FRSM-VHS module with 4000 connections requires about eight minutes to go from standby state to hot standby state.

In hot standby state, if the active service module fails, the standby service module takes over from the active service module with less than one second of traffic loss. Without the hot standby feature, the delay for a standby service module to take over could be as high as eight minutes, resulting in traffic loss for that period of time.

For the hot standby feature to work, you need a PXM and VHS image that supports this functionality, and an FRSM-VHS module. This feature is available in the software version 1.1.20 release, and requires no configuration of the PXM or the service module.

Use dsphotstandby in conjunction with dspred to view the redundant slot links.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dsphotstandby

Related Commands

dspred

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-239: View current redundant slot links raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > dspred Primary Primary Primary Secondary Secondary Secondary Red. Red.Slot SlotNum Type State SlotNum Type State Type Cover ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- --------- ---- -------- 4 FRSM-2CT Standby 10 FRSM-2CT Active 1:1 4
Example 1-240: Display hot standby state for slots 4 and 10 raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > dsphotstandby Slot 4 : Primary SM in HOT STANDBY state. Slot 10 : Secondary Active SM.
Example 1-241: Display service module in slot 4 going from standby into hot standby state raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > dsphotstandby Slot 4 : Primary SM not in Hot Standby state. Slot 10 : Secondary Active SM.

dspif

Display Interface

Use the dspif command to view configuration and state information for a broadband interface.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspif <if_num>

Syntax Description

if_num

Interface number, in the range 1-32.

Related Commands

cnfif

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-242: Display configuration and state information for broadband interface number 1 spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspif 1 ifNum Status Line ingrPctBw egrPctBw minVpi maxVpi ------------------------------------------------------ 1 Ena 1 10 10 0 19 spirit3.1.7.PXM.a >

dspifcnt

Display Interface Counter

Use the dspifcnt command to view interface counters for a broadband interface.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspifcnt <if_num>

Syntax Description

if_num

Interface number, in the range 1-32.

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-243: Display counters and state information for broadband interface number 1 spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspifcnt 1 Interface Num : 1 Interface State : Line Failure Total Cells : 0 Received RM Cells : 0 Received OAM Cells : 0 Received CLP0 Cells : 0 Received CLP1 Cells : 0 Received CLP0,Discarded Cells : 0 Received CLP1,Discarded Cells : 0 Transmitted OAM Cells : 0 Transmitted RM Cells : 0 Transmitted CLP0 Cells : 0 Transmitted CLP1 Cells : 0 wilco.1.7.PXM.a >

dspifip

Display Interface IP Configuration

Use the dspifip command to view all configured interface IP addresses on the current PXM, as well as their status. The possible interfaces are Ethernet, SLIP, and ATM. Data displayed for the SLIP interface will be displayed when the interface is enabled using the cnfifip command; for example:

cnfifip slip on
Software Version

New feature (displays the state of each interface) available with 1.1.12 and higher.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspifip

Related Commands

cnfifip , delifip

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-244: Display IP LAN configuration spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspifip Interface Flag IP Address Subnetmask Broadcast Addr --------------- ---- --------------- --------------- --------------- Ethernet/lnPci0 UP 172.29.37.77 255.255.255.0 172.29.37.255 SLIP/sl0 DOWN 172.29.36.253 255.255.255.252 (N/A) ATM/atm0 UP 192.9.200.1 255.255.255.128 0.0.0.0 spirit3.1.7.PXM.a >

dspifrsc

Display Interface Resource Partition

Use the dspifrsc command to view all resource partition information for the specified interface.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspifrsc <if_num>

Syntax Description

if_num

Interface number, in the range 1-32.

Related Commands

dspif

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-245: Display resource partition information for all controller types on broadband interface 1 POP1.1.7.PXM.a > dspifrsc 1 bbIfNum Ctrlr Status ingrPctBw egrPctBw minVpi maxVpi minVci maxVci maxChans ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 PAR Mod 100 100 1 2000 0 65535 2000 1 PNNI Ena 100 100 1 2000 0 65535 32767 1 TAG Ena 100 100 1 2000 0 65535 32767 1 SVC Dis 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 POP1.1.7.PXM.a >

dspifs

Display List of Broadband Interfaces

Use the dspifs command to view the current list of configured broadband interfaces.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspifs

Related Commands

upif , cnfif

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-246: Display configuration and state information for all broadband interfaces on the current PXM. In the response below, only broadband interface number 1 exists on the current PXM. POP1.1.7.PXM.a > dspifs ifNum Status Line ingrPctBw egrPctBw minVpi maxVpi ------------------------------------------------------ 1 Ena 1 10 10 0 19 POP1.1.7.PXM.a >

dspilmi

Display ILMI

Use the dspilmi command to view the interim local management interface (ILMI) configuration.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, AUSM

Syntax

dspilmi <port_num>

Syntax Description

port_num

Port number, in the range 1-32.

Related Commands

cnfilmi , dspilmi

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-247: Display ILMI configuration for port 1 on the AUSM spirit3.1.20.AUSM.a > dspilmi 1 Port Num: 1 Signalling: No signalling SignallingVPI: 0 SignallingVCI: 0 ILMITrap: Disabled ILMI-Min-Trap-Interval (secs): 1 KeepAlivePolling: Disabled ErrorThreshold: 3 EventThreshold: 4 PollingInterval (secs): 30 MinimumEnquiryInterval (secs): 10 EXT Operation: port 2 spirit3.1.20.AUSM.a >
Example 1-248: Display ILMI configuration for port 1 on the PXM spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspilmi 1 Sig. Ilmi Sig Sig Ilmi T491 T492 T493 Addr Port State/Type Vpi Vci Trap/Int KA ErrTh/Pollint EvntTh EnqInt Reg. ---- --------- ---- ---- -------- --- ------------- ------ ------ ---- 1 Off/none 0 16 Off/01 Off 3/v6 4 10 Off spirit3.1.7.PXM.a >

dspilmicnt

Display ILMI Counters

Use the dspilmicnt command to view the ILMI counters.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, AUSM

Syntax

dspilmicnt <port_num>

Syntax Description

port_num

Port number, in the range 1-32.

Related Commands

cnfilmi , dspilmi

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-249: Display ILMI counters for port 1 on the current AUSM card spirit3.1.20.AUSM.a > dspilmicnt 1 Port Num: 1 SNMPPDUsReceived: 0 Get RequestsReceived: 0 GetNextRequestsReceived: 0 SetRequestsReceived: 0 TrapReceived: 0 GetResponseReceived 0 GetResponseTransmitted: 0 GetRequestTransmitted: 0 TrapsTransmitted: 0 InvalidPDUReceived: 0 Asn1ParseError: 0 NoSuchNameError: 0 TooBigError: 0 spirit3.1.20.AUSM.a >

dspilmis

Display All ILMI Configurations

Use the dspilmis command to view all interim local management interface (ILMI) configurations on the PXM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspilmis

Related Commands

cnfilmi , dspilmi, dspilmicnt

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-250: Display ILMI configuration for all ports on the PXM spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspilmis Sig. Ilmi Sig Sig Ilmi T491 T492 T493 Addr Port State/Type Vpi Vci Trap/Int KA ErrTh/Pollint EvntTh EnqInt Reg. ---- --------- ---- ---- -------- --- ------------- ------ ------ ---- 1 Off/none 0 16 Off/01 Off 3/v6 4 10 Off spirit3.1.7.PXM.a >

dspimagrp

Display IMA Group

Use the dspimagrp command to view delay and resilient links inverse multiplexing ATM (IMA) parameters on the current AUSM card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

dspimagrp <aimux_grp>

Syntax Description

aimux_grp

AIMUX group number, in the range 1-8.

Related Commands

cnfimagrp, dspimagrps, dspimagrpcnt

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1


Example 1-251: Display all detailed status and configuration information for AIMUX
group 1 on the current card
spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspimagrp 1 IMA Group number : 1 Port type : NNI Lines configured : 1.2.3 Enable : Enabled IMA Port state : Sig. Failure IMA Group Ne state : Startup PortSpeed (cells/sec) : 13470 GroupTxAvailCellRate (cells/sec) : 0 ImaGroupTxFrameLength(cells) : 128 LcpDelayTolerance (IMA frames) : 1 ReadPtrWrPtrDiff (cells) : 4 Minimun number of links : 2 MaxTolerableDiffDelay (msec) : 200 Lines Present : ImaGroupRxImaId : 0x100 ImaGroupTxImaId : 0x0 Observed Diff delay (msec) : 0 Clock Mode : CTC GroupAlpha : 2 GroupBeta : 2 GroupGamma : 1 GroupConfiguration : 1 IMAGrp Failure status : Ne StartUp Timing reference link : 1 Syntax : dspimagrp (or dspaimgrp) "imagroup_number" IMA group number -- value ranging from 1 to 8 spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a >

dspimagrpcnt

Display IMA Group Counters

Use the dspimagrpcnt command to view inverse multiplexing ATM (IMA) counters on the current AUSM card for all IMA groups.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

dspimagrpcnt <imagroup>

Syntax Description

imagroup

AIMUX group number, in the range 1-8.

Related Commands

dspimagrp, dspimagrpcnt, dspimagrps, dspimainfo, dspimalncnt

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1


Example 1-252: Display all detailed status and configuration information for the IMA counters for AIMUX group 1 on the current card spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspimagrpcnt 1 IMA Group number: 1 Ne Number of failures : 0 spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a >

dspimagrps

Display IMA Groups

Use the dspimagrps command to view inverse multiplexing ATM (IMA) parameters for all AIMUX groups on the AUSM card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

dspimagrps

Related Commands

dspimagrp, cnfimagrp, dspimainfo, dspimagrpcnt

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1


Example 1-253: Display all IMA parameter information for all AIMUX groups on the current card spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspimagrps List of IMA groups: =================== ImaGrp PortType Speed Lines configured Lines present Tol Diff Port State Delay(ms) ------ -------- ----- ---------------- ------------- --------- ---------- 19.1 NNI 13470 1.2.3 200 Sig. Failure NextPortNumAvailable: 8 spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a >

dspimainfo

Display AIM (or Display IMA) Information

Use the dspimainfo command to view information about inverse multiplexing ATM (IMA) parameters on the current AUSM card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

dspimainfo

Related Commands

dspimagrp, cnfimagrp

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-254: Display all IMA parameter information for all AIMUX groups on the current card spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspimainfo Link NeTx NeRx TxId RxID State State ----------------------------------------------------- 1 (null) (null) 0 0 2 (null) (null) 0 0 3 (null) (null) 0 0 4 (null) (null) 0 0 5 (null) (null) 0 0 6 (null) (null) 0 0 7 (null) (null) 0 0 8 (null) (null) 0 0 spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a >

dspimalncnt

Display AIM (or Display IMA) Line Count

Use the dspimalncnt command to view current AIMUX line counters for the specified line in an IMA trunk.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

dspaimlncnt <imagroup> <linenum>

Syntax Description

imagroup

AIMUX group number, in the range 1-8.

linenum

AIMUX line number, in the range 1-8.

Related Commands

clraimlncnt , clrimalncnt, dspaimlncnt

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1


Example 1-255: Display line counters for line 1 of IMA group 1 spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspimalncnt 1 1 IMA group number : 1 Line number : 1 Acp Cells Received : 0 Acp Errored Cells Recvd : 0 Port changed from LDS : 0 # HEC errored cells : 0 # HEC errored seconds : 0 # Severely HEC errored seconds : 0 Syntax : dspimalncnt (or dspaimlncnt) imagroup linenum IMA group number -- value ranging from 1 to 8 line number -- value ranging from 1 to 8. spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a >

dsplink

Display Link

Use the dsplink command to view a link on a T3 line on an SRM-3T3 card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dsplink <T3 line number>

Syntax Description

T3 line number

SRM-3T3 T3 line number, in the format slot.line.

  • Slot = 15 or 31

  • Line range = 1-3

Related Commands

dellink, addlink

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1

System Response

T3Line StartT TRowStatus TargetSlot TargetSlotLine

1

1

Add

7

1

1

2

Add

7

2

1

3

Add

7

3

1

4

Add

7

4

dsplmiloop

Display LMI Loop

Use the dsplmiloop command to view the current local management interface (LMI) configurations. The command displays the LMI loop status as present or not present for the feeder trunk. This command can be used only if a feeder trunk exists.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dsplmiloop

Related Commands

cnfilmi , dspilmi, dspilmicnt , dspilmis , addlmiloop , dellmiloop

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any

Examples

The example that follows illustrates:


Example 1-256: Display feeder trunk and display LMI loop NAME.1.7.PXM.a > dsptrks TRK Current Alarm Status Other End 7.1 CLEAR pswbpx1 NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dsplmiloop TRK IN LMI LOOP ------------------- 7.1 No

The example that follows illustrates:


Example 1-257: Add LMI loop and display LMI loop NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > addlmiloop 7.1 NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dsplmiloop TRK IN LMI LOOP ------------------- 7.1 Yes

dsplmistats

Display All LMI Statistics

Use the dsplmistats command to view the current local management interface (LMI) configurations.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspilmis

Related Commands

cnfilmi , dspilmi, dspilmicnt , dspilmis

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-258: Display LMI statistics for the PXM spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > dsplmistats Enabled : 1 Port Status : 0 VPI.VCI : 3.31 Polling enable : 1 T393 : 10 N394 : 5 T394 : 10 N395 : 5 WaitStatus : 0 WaitStAck : 0 Retry Timer : 0 Retry Count : 0 Poll Timer : 0 Trans Num : 0 Status Rx : 0 Status Tx : 0 UpdtStatus Rx : 0 UpdtStatus Tx : 0 Status Enq Rx : 0 Status Enq Tx : 0 Status Ack Rx : 0 Status Ack Tx : 0 NodeStatus Rx : 0 NodeStatus Tx : 18329 NodeStaAck Rx : 0 NodeStaAck Tx : 0 Bad PDU Rx : 0 Bad PDU Len Rx : 0 Unknown PDU Rx : 0 Invalid I.E. Rx: 0 Invalid Trans : 0 BPX IP Addr : 172.1.1.215 spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >

dspln

Display Line

Use the dspln command to view the characteristics of a specified physical line. When the current card is a PXM, you must specify the line type:

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM

Syntax: PXM

dspln <-ds3 | -e3 | -sonet> <LineNum>

Syntax Description

-ds3

Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for a T3 line.

-e3

Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for an E3 line.

-sonet

Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry for a SONET line.

LineNum

Line number in the format slot.line.

Slot = 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, or 32.

Line range = 1-N as appropriate for the interface.


Note   Set line number value at 7 or 8 if the line type is SONET.

Syntax: FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM

dspln <line_num>

Syntax Description

line_num

Line number, in the range 1-N as appropriate for the card.

Related Commands

addln , cnfln , delln

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active (PXM), Any State (Service Modules)

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-259: Display line 2 on the current AUSM spirit3.1.20.AUSM.a > dspln 2 LineNum: 2 LineConnectorType: BNC LineType: dsx1E1CAS LineEnable: Enabled LineCoding: dsx1HDB3 LineLength: G.703 75 ohm LineXmtClockSource: LocalTiming LineLoopbackCommand: NoLoop LineSendCode: NoCode LineUsedTimeslotsBitMap: 0xffffffff ConfigChangePortBitMap: 0x0 LineNumOfValidEntries: 4 spirit3.1.20.AUSM.a >
Example 1-260: Display T3 line 1 on the current PXM (BNC-2T3) spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspln -ds3 7.1 LineNum: 1 LineType: dsx3CbitParity LineCoding: dsx3B3ZS LineLength: lessThan225 LineOOFCriteria: fBits3Of8 LineAIScBitsCheck: Check C-bits LineLoopbackCommand: NoLoop LineRcvFEACValidation: 4 out of 5 FEAC codes LineEnable: Disable spirit3.1.7.PXM.a >
Example 1-261: Display OC-3 line 1 on the current PXM spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspln -sonet 7.1 sonetLineNum: 1 sonetLineType: sonetSts3c sonetLineLoopback: NoLoop sonetHCSmasking: Enabled sonetPayloadScramble: Enabled sonetFrameScramble: Enabled sonetLineEnable: Disable sonetMediumType: sonet sonetMediumTimeElapsed: 0 sonetMediumValidIntervals: 0 sonetMediumLineCoding: NRZ sonetMediumLineType: LongSingleMode sonetMediumCircuitIdentifier: Sonet Line spirit.1.8.PXM.a >
Example 1-262: Display line 3 on the current FRSM spirit3.1.3.FRSM.a > dspln 3 LineNum: 3 LineConnectorType: RJ-48 LineType: dsx1E1CLEAR LineEnable: Enabled LineCoding: dsx1HDB3 LineLength: G.703 120 ohm LineXmtClockSource: LocalTiming LineLoopbackCommand: NoLoop LineSendCode: NoCode LineUsedTimeslotsBitMap: 0xffffffff LineLoopbackCodeDetection: codeDetectDisabled LineBertEnable: Disable LineNumOfValidEntries: 8 Syntax : dspln "line_num" line number -- values ranging from 1-8 are accepted, for FRSM_8 spirit3.1.3.FRSM.a >

dsplnrsc

Display Line Resource

Use the dsplnrsc command to view the resource partition information for a specified line on the PXM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dsplnrsc <line_num>

Syntax Description

line_num

Line number, in the range 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation.

Related Commands

addrscprtn , cnfrscprtn

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-263: Display partition information for line 1 on the current PXM spirit.1.7.PXM.a > dsplnrsc 1 ifNum Status Line ingrPctBw egrPctBw minVpi maxVpi ------------------------------------------------------ 1 1 1 100 100 0 4095 spirit.1.7.PXM.a >

dsplns

Display Lines

Use the dsplns command to view the configuration for all lines on the current card. On the PXM, specify the line type.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM

Syntax

On all cards other than a PXM, enter dsplns without arguments.

On a PXM:

dsplns <LineTable> <slot>

Syntax Description

LineTable

Line type.

  • ds3

  • e3

  • sonet.

Use the dspcd command to view line types.

slot

Slot number = 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, or 32.

Related Commands

addln , cnfln , delln, dspcds , dspln

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active (PXM), Any (Service Modules)

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-264: Display lines on the current FRSM (8T1) card spirit3.1.3.FRSM.a > dsplns Line Conn Type Status/Coding Length XmtClock Alarm Stats Type Source Alarm ---- ----- ------------ ------ -------- ------------- -------- ----- ----- 3.1 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 3.2 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 3.3 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 3.4 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 3.5 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 3.6 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 3.7 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 3.8 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim spirit3.1.3.FRSM.a >
Example 1-265: Display lines on the current FRSM HS1/B card porky.1.14.FRSM.a > dsplns Line Type Rate Status Alarm ---- ------ ----------- -------- --------- 14.1 dte 8192 Kbps mod Yes 14.2 dce 8192 Kbps mod No 14.3 dte 8192 Kbps mod Yes 14.4 dte 48 Kbps dis LineNumOfValidEntries: 4 porky.1.14.FRSM.a >
Example 1-266: Display lines on the current PXM with BNM-T3E3 trunk card spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dsplns ds3 7 Line Type Coding Length Criteria AIScBitsCheck ---- -------------- -------- ------------- ----------- ------------- 1 dsx3CbitParity Dis / dsx3B3ZS lessThan225 fBits3Of8 Check C-bits 1 dsx3CbitParity Dis / dsx3B3ZS lessThan225 fBits3Of8 Check C-bitLineNumOfValidEntries: 1 spirit3.1.7.PXM.a >
Example 1-267: Display lines on the current AUSM spirit3.1.19.AUSM.a > dsplns Medium Medium Medium Medium Line Conn Type Status/Coding Length XmtClock Alarm Stats Type Source Alarm ---- ----- ------------ ------ -------- ------------- -------- ----- ----- 19.1 SMB dsx1E1CCS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim 19.2 SMB dsx1E1CCS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim 19.3 SMB dsx1E1CCS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim 19.4 SMB dsx1E1CCS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim 19.5 SMB dsx1E1CCS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim 19.6 SMB dsx1E1CCS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim 19.7 SMB dsx1E1CCS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim 19.8 SMB dsx1E1CCS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim LineNumOfValidEntries: 8 spirit3.1.19.AUSM.a >
Example 1-268: Display lines on the PXM with OC-3 spirit.1.8.PXM.a > dsplns sonet 7 Medium Medium Medium Medium Sonet Line Line Line HCS Payload Frame Time Valid Line Line Line Type Status Lpbk mask Scramble Scramble Elapsed Intvls Coding Type ----- ----- ------ ------ ---- -------- -------- ------- ------ ------ ------ 1 sonet Dis NoLoop Ena Enabled Enabled 0 0 NRZ LongSine 2 sonet Dis NoLoop Ena Enabled Enabled 0 0 NRZ LongSine 3 sonet Dis NoLoop Ena Enabled Enabled 0 0 NRZ LongSine 4 sonet Dis NoLoop Ena Enabled Enabled 0 0 NRZ LongSine spirit.1.8.PXM.a >
Example 1-269: Display lines on the PXM with OC-12 spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dsplns sonet 7 Medium Medium Medium Medium Sonet Line Line Line HCS Payload Frame Time Valid Line Line Line Type Status Lpbk mask Scramble Scramble Elapsed Intvls Coding Type ----- ----- ------ ------ ---- -------- -------- ------- ------ ------ ------ 1 sonet Ena NoLoop Ena Enabled Enabled 96734 96 Other LongSingleMode spirit3.1.7.PXM.a >

dsploads

Display Loads

Use the dsploads command to view the connection load at a specified port on the AUSM. This command helps you to determine whether adding more connections is advisable.

The display shows the load in cells per second. The layout of the display is in rows and columns. One column exists for each port, and one row exists for each connection type. If the traffic is exceeding the bandwidth configured for the port, an "overload" message appears at the bottom of the column for the overloaded port.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

dsploads

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-270: Display load on the current AUSM spirit3.1.20.AUSM.a > dsploads Load Display for AUSM ports Port 1 Port2 Port3 Port4 ******************************* CBR (based on PCR0+1) 0 0 0 0 VBR (based on PCR0+1) 0 0 0 0 ABR (based on MCR) 64000 64000 64000 64000 ------------------------------- Total 64000 64000 64000 64000 Load Status OverloadOverloadOverloadOverload Note: All Cell Rates are multiplied by respective Percentage Utilization factors spirit3.1.20.AUSM.a >

dsplog

Display Log

Use the dsplog command to view events and messages logged by the current PXM or FRSM. The most recent events appear at the top of the list. The dsplog command displays the MGX 8250 log. If you enter the command without either of the optional parameters, the system displays the entire log for all cards. Optionally, you can display the log for a particular card or a particular log entry.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM

Syntax

dsplog -log <EventLog# > -mod <ModuleName> -sev <Severity#> -sl <Slot# > -task <TaskName>
-tge <MM/DD/YYYY-HH:MM:SS> -tle <MM/DD/YYYY -HH:MM:SS>

Syntax Description

-log

Command delineator that precedes the EventLog# entry.

EventLog#

Number of the event log item.

-mod

Command delineator that precedes the ModuleName entry.

ModuleName

Module name.

-sev

Command delineator that precedes the Severity# entry.

Severity#

Severity number.

-sl

Command delineator that precedes the Slot# entry.

Slot#

Slot number that contains the card associated with the event log.

-task

Command delineator that precedes the TaskName entry.

TaskName

Task name.

-tge

Command delineator that precedes the MM/DD/YYYY-HH:MM:SS entry.

MM/DD/YYYY-HH:MM:SS

Events displayed after (and including) a particular time-month, day, year, hour, minute, second.

-tle

Command delineator that precedes the MM/DD/YYYY-HH:MM:SS entry.

MM/DD/YYYY-HH:MM:SS

Events displayed prior to (and including) a particular time-month, day, year, hour, minute, second.

Related Commands

clrlog , dsplogs

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-271: Display all log files spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dsplog dsplog 04/01/70-13:10:03 tRootTask 2 Illegal msg received 04/01/70-13:10:07 aum 1312 local IP address not programmed 03/01/70-20:11:31 smm 1207 slave ack timeout spirit3.1.7.PXM.a >

dsplogs

Display Logs

Use the dsplogs command to view information from all event log files.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM

Syntax

dsplogs

Related Commands

clrlog , dsplog

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-272: Display all log files spirit11.1.7.PXM.a > dsplogs spirit11.1.7.PXM.a > dsplogs log_file: C:/LOG/event04.log created when 11/08/1998-19:19:58 error sequence # : 0 log_file: C:/LOG/event03.log created when 11/04/1998-03:34:38 error sequence # : 0 log_file: C:/LOG/event02.log created when 11/04/1998-03:18:26 error sequence # : 0 log_file: C:/LOG/event01.log created when 11/04/1998-03:15:22 error sequence # : 0 spirit11.1.7.PXM.a >

dspmaptbl

Display Map Table

Use the dspmaptbl command to view the numbers assigned to Frame Relay ports or ATM ports on the FRSM or AUSM, respectively.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM, AUSM

Syntax

dspmaptbl

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-273: Display map table for the current FRSM spirit3.1.17.FRSM.a > dspmaptbl PortNum DLCI ChanNum LineNum ------- ---- ------- ------- 1 100 69 1 1 101 70 1 1 102 71 1 1 103 72 1 1 104 73 1 1 105 74 1 1 106 75 1 1 107 76 1 1 108 77 1 1 109 78 1 1 110 79 1 1 111 80 1 1 112 81 1 1 113 82 1 1 114 83 1 1 115 84 1 2 100 85 1 2 101 86 1 2 102 87 1 2 103 88 1 spirit3.1.17.FRSM.a >
Example 1-274: Display map table for the current AUSM spirit3.1.20.AUSM.a > dspmaptbl PortNum VPI VCI ChanNum Channel Type ------- --- --- ------- ------------ 1 1 16 16 VCC 1 1 17 17 VCC 1 1 18 18 VCC 1 1 19 19 VCC 1 1 20 20 VCC 1 1 21 21 VCC 1 1 22 22 VCC 1 1 23 23 VCC 1 1 24 24 VCC 1 1 25 25 VCC 1 1 26 26 VCC 1 1 27 27 VCC 1 1 28 28 VCC 1 1 29 29 VCC 1 1 30 30 VCC 1 1 31 31 VCC 1 1 32 32 VCC 1 1 33 33 VCC 1 1 34 34 VCC 1 1 35 35 VCC spirit3.1.20.AUSM.a >

dspmsgcnt

Display Control Message Counters

Use the dspmsgcnt command to view the control message counters for the card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM

Syntax

dspmsgcnt

Related Commands

clrmsgcnt

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-275: Display control message counters for the current AUSM spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspmsgcnt RiscXmtCtrlMsg: 88006 RiscRcvCtrlMsg: 53494 SARXmtCtrlMsg: 88006 SARRcvCtrlMsg: 53494 SARCtrlMsgDiscLenErr: 0 SARCtrlMsgDiscCRCErr: 0 SARCtrlMsgDiscUnknownChan: 0 SARCtrlMsgLastUnknownChan: 0 spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a >
Example 1-276: Display control message counters for the current VISM spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspmsgcnt RiscXmtCtrlMsg: 83606 RiscRcvCtrlMsg: 83606 SARXmtCtrlMsg: 83445 SARRcvCtrlMsg: 83606 SARCtrlMsgDiscLenErr: 0 SARCtrlMsgDiscCRCErr: 0 SARCtrlMsgDiscUnknownChan: 0 SARCtrlMsgLastUnknownChan: 0 spirit.1.5.VISM8.a >

dspname

Display Name

Use the dspname command to view the name of the node.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspname

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-277: Display the name of the node wilco.1.7.PXM.a > dspname Node Name : wilco wilco.1.7.PXM.a >

dspnwip

Display Network IP Address

Use the dspnwip command to view the network IP address for the MGX 8250.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspnwip

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-278: Display network IP address for the switch wilco.1.7.PXM.a > dspnwip Node IP : 192.0.0.0 wilco.1.7.PXM.a >

dspoamlpbk

Display OAM Loopback

Use the dspoamlpbk command to display the status of an OAM loopback test. The display indicates the PVCs currently under OAM loopback alarm, and the transmission rate of the OAM loopback cells.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM 2T3/E3, FRSM HS2

Syntax

dspoamlpbk

Related Commands

cnfoamlpbk

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-279: Display loopback command without loopback configured on module popeye1r.1.17.VHS2CT3.s > dspoamlpbk RasOamlpbkAllowedState: Disabled RasOamlpbkFrequency : 1 Channels 16 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 56 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 96 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 136 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 176 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 216 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 256 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 296 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 336 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 376 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 416 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 456 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 496 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 536 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000
Example 1-280: Display loopback command with loopback configured on channels 17 and 18 popeye1r.1.17.VHS2CT3.a > dspoamlpbk RasOamlpbkAllowedState: Enabled RasOamlpbkFrequency : 2 Following Channels are under Ras Alarm : Channels 16 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 56 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 96 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 136 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 176 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 216 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 256 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 296 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 336 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 376 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 416 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 456 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 496 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 536 : 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000 0000000000

dsponoff

Display Onoff Command Settings

Use the dsponoff command to view all parameters activated by the onoff command for the current PXM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dsponoff

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Group 2


Example 1-281: Display all parameters activated by the onoff command for the current PXM spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > dsponoff 1 Background Updates NO 2 Dynamic BW Allocation YES 3 Cm Updates YES 4 Cm_Rerouting YES 5 Comm Fail Test YES 6 Deroute Delay YES 7 Auto Renum Fail Recov YES spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >

dspparifs

Display PAR Interfaces

Use the dspparifs command to view all Portable AutoRoute (PAR) interfaces for the current PXM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspparifs

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-282: Display all PAR interfaces for the current PXM spirit.1.7.PXM.a > dspparifs slot.port type status vpi vci txRate rxRae -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7.1 UNI_IF FAILED 0 to 4095 0 to 65535 96000 9600 0.33 CLK_IF FAILED 0 to 0 0 to 0 0 0 7.33 UNI_IF UP 0 to 255 0 to 65535 176604 17664 7.34 UNI_IF UP 0 to 255 0 to 65535 176604 17664 spirit.1.7.PXM.a >

dsppasswd

Display User Password

Use the dsppasswd command to display the current password of a user.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dsppasswd [<user_id>]

Syntax Description

user_id

User name.

Related Commands

cnfpasswd, passwd

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-283: Display the password for a user with a user ID of johndoe spirit4.1.2.PXM.a > dsppasswd johndoe The password for johndoe is newuser This screen will self-destruct in ten seconds.......... spirit4.1.2.PXM.a >

dspplpp

Display PLPP

Use the dspplpp command to view the configured Physical Layer Protocol Processor (PLPP) parameters on the current AUSM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

dspplpp <port number>

Syntax Description

port number

Port number, in the range 1-8.

Related Commands

cnfplpp

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1


Example 1-284: Display PLPP parameters for port 1 on the current AUSM card spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspplpp 1 PhysicalPortNumber: 1 CellFraming: ATM CellScramble: Scramble Plpp Loopback: No Loopback Single-bit error correction: Disabled spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a >

dspport

Display Port

Use the dspport command on an FRSM and CESM to view the port configuration for the specified port.

Use the dspport command on an AUSM to view the Physical Layer Protocol Processor (PLPP) configuration for the specified port.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM, AUSM, CESM

Syntax

dspport <port number>

Syntax Description

port number

Port number, in the range appropriate for the card.

  • FRSM

    • T1 range = 1-192

    • E1 range = 1-248

  • AUSM range = 1-8

  • CESM range = 1-8

Related Commands

FRSM: addport , cnfport , delport

AUSM: upport , dnport

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-285: Display normal UNI port on the current AUSM-8 popeye.1.29.AUSMB8.a > dspport 1 LogicalPortNumber: 1 Port Enable: UP Port State: Line alarm PortType: UNI PhysicalPortNumber: 1 CellFraming: ATM CellScramble: Scramble Plpp Loopback: No Loopback Single-bit error correction: Disabled
Example 1-286: Display a port in the IMA group on the current AUSM-8 popeye.1.27.AUSMB8.a > dspport 1 (or dspimagrp 1) IMA Group number : 1 Port type : UNI Lines configured : 1.2.4 Enable : Enabled IMA Port state : Active IMA Group Ne state : operational PortSpeed (cells/sec) : 10773 GroupTxAvailCellRate (cells/sec) : 7182 ImaGroupTxFrameLength(cells) : 128 LcpDelayTolerance (IMA frames) : 1 ReadPtrWrPtrDiff (cells) : 4 Minimun number of links : 2 MaxTolerableDiffDelay (msec) : 275 Lines Present : 1.2 ImaGroupRxImaId : 0x0 ImaGroupTxImaId : 0x0 Observed Diff delay (msec) : 0 Clock Mode : CTC GroupAlpha : 2 GroupBeta : 2 GroupGamma : 1 GroupConfiguration : 1 IMAGrp Failure status : No Failure Timing reference link : 1
Example 1-287: Display port configuration for port 1 on the current FRSM8-T1 popeye.1.17.FRSM.a > dspport 1 SlotNum: 17 PortLineNum: 1 PortNum: 1 PortRowStatus: Add PortDs0Speed: 64k PortDs0ConfigBitMap(1stDS0): 0xffffff(1) PortEqueueServiceRatio: 1 PortFlagsBetweenFrames: 1 PortSpeed: 1536kbps SignallingProtocolType: NoSignalling AsynchronousMsgs: UPD_UFS disabled T391LineIntegrityTimer: 10 T392PollingVerificationTimer: 15 N391FullStatusPollingCounter: 6 N392ErrorThreshold: 3 N393MonitoredEventCount: 4 EnhancedLmi: Off PortState: Active PortSignallingState: No Signalling Failure CLLMEnableStatus: Disable CLLMxmtStatusTimer: 0 Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: portType: frameRelay PortIngrPercentUtil: 0 PortEgrPercentUtil: 0 PortOversubscribed: False PortSvcStatus: Disable PortSvcInUse: Not In-Use PortSvcShareLcn: Card-based PortSvcLcnLow: 0 PortSvcLcnHigh: 0 PortSvcDlciLow: 0 PortSvcDlciHigh: 0 PortDs0UsedLine1: 0x00ffffff PortDs0UsedLine2: 0x00ffffff PortDs0UsedLine3: 0x00ffffff PortDs0UsedLine4: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine5: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine6: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine7: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine8: 0x00000000 PortNumNextAvailable: 31
Example 1-288: Display port 1 on the current FRSM-VHS2CT3 golden.1.5.VHS2CT3.a > dspport 1 SlotNum: 5 PortLineNum: 1 PortNum: 1 PortRowStatus: Add PortDs0Speed: 64k PortDs0ConfigBitMap(1stDS0): 0xffffff(1) PortEqueueServiceRatio: n/a PortFlagsBetweenFrames: 0 PortSpeed: 1536 kbps SignallingProtocolType: NoSignalling AsynchronousMsgs: UPD_UFS disabled T391LineIntegrityTimer: 10 sec T392PollingVerificationTimer:15 sec N391FullStatusPollingCounter:6 N392ErrorThreshold: 3 N393MonitoredEventCount: 4 EnhancedLmi: Off PortState: FailedDuetoLineFailure PortSignallingState: No Signalling Failure CLLMEnableStatus: Disable CLLMxmtStatusTimer: 40 ms portType: frameRelay portEnhancedSIW: Disable PortIngrPercentUtil: 0 PortEgrPercentUtil: 0 PortOversubscribed: False PortSvcStatus: Disable PortSvcInUse: Not In-Use PortSvcShareLcn: Card-based PortSvcLcnLow: 0 PortSvcLcnHigh: 0 PortSvcDlciLow: 0 PortSvcDlciHigh: 0 PortNumNextAvailable: 2
Example 1-289: Display port 1 on the current FRSM-HS1 golden.1.25.FRSM.a > dspport 1 SlotNum: 25 PortNum: 1 PortRowStatus: Add PortEqueueServiceRatio: 1 PortFlagsBetweenFrames: 1 PortSpeed: 48 Kbps SignallingProtocolType: NoSignalling AsynchronousUpdates: dis T391LineIntegrityTimer: 10 T392PollingVerificationTimer:15 N391FullStatusPollingCounter:6 N392ErrorThreshold: 3 N393MonitoredEventCount: 4 EnhancedLmi: Off PortState: FailedDuetoLineFailure PortSignallingState: No Signalling Failure CLLMEnableStatus: dis CLLMxmtStatusTimer: 0 portType: frameRelay PortIngrPercentUtil: 0 PortEgrPercentUtil: 0 PortOversubscribed: False

dspportcnt

Display Port Counters

Use the dspportcnt command to view counters for a specified port.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM

Syntax

dspportcnt <port number>

Syntax Description

port number

Port number, in the range appropriate for the card.

  • PXM range = 1-32

  • FRSM

    • T1 range = 1-192

    • E1 range = 1-248

    • X.21 range = 1-4

    • HSSI range = 1-2

  • CESM

    • T1 range = 1-192

    • E1 range = 1-248

  • AUSM range = 1-8

Related Commands

dspcds

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-290: Display port counters on port 1 of the current AUSM spirit3.1.20.AUSM.a > dspportcnt 1 PortNum: 1 PortState: Sig. Failure IngressRcvCells: 0 IngressRcvCellRate (cells/sec): 0 IngressRcvUtilization (percentage): 0 IngressXmtCells: 0 IngressGFCErrorCells: 0 IngressVpiVciErrCells: 0 IngressUnknownVpiVci: 0x0 IngressRcvClpSetCells: 0 EgressRcvCells: 0 EgressRcvCellRate (cells/sec): 0 EgressRcvUtilization (percentage): 0 EgressXmtCells: 0 EgressXmtCellRate (cells/sec): 0 EgressXmtUtilization (percentage): 0 EgressPortAlarmDiscardCells: 0 EgressXmtClpSetCells: 0 EgressXmtEfciSetCells: 0 PortXmtAisCells: 0 PortXmtSgmtLpbkCells: 0 PortRcvAisCells: 0 PortRcvFerfCells: 0 PortRcvSgmtLpbkCells: 0 PortRcvCrcErrOAMCells: 0 TotalIngressQFullDiscardCells: 0 TotalIngressClpSetDiscardCells: 0 TransmitFIFOFullCount (per card): 0 ReceivedHECErrorCells: 0 HECErroredSeconds: 0 SeverelyHECErroredSeconds: 0 spirit3.1.20.AUSM.a >
Example 1-291: Display port counters on port 1 of the current FRSM spirit3.1.17.FRSM.a > dspportcnt 1 Tx Rx --------------- --------------- Total Frames: 0 0 Total Bytes: 0 0 Frames FECN: 0 0 Frames BECN: 0 0 Frames Abort: 0 0 Buf Not Available: 0 0 KbpsAIR: 0 0 XmtFramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 XmtBytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 0 XmtByteDuringLMIAlarm: 0 XmtFramesUnderrun: 0 RcvFramesDE: 0 RcvFramesDiscCRCError: 0 RcvFramesDiscIllegalHeader: 0 RcvFramesDiscAlignmentError: 0 RcvFramesDiscIllegalLen: 0 RcvFramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 RcvFramesUnknownDLCI: 0 RcvLastUnknownDLCI: 0 RcvFramesTaggedFECN: 0 RcvFramesTaggedBECN: 0 RcvFramesTaggedDE: 0 Status: 0 0 StatusInquiry: 0 0 AsynchUpdate: 0 0 RcvInvalidRequest: 0 RcvUNISeqMismatch: 0 RcvNNISeqMismatch: 0 UNISignallingTimeout: 0 NNISignallingTimeout: 0 FramesCLLM: 0 0 BytesCLLM: 0 0 CLLMFailures: 0 spirit3.1.17.FRSM.a >
Example 1-292: Display port counters on port 1 of the current PXM spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > dspportcnt 1 Interface Num : 1 Interface State : Line Failure Total Cells : 0 Received OAM Cells : 0 Received RM Cells : 0 Received CLP0 Cells : 0 Received CLP1 Cells : 0 Received CLP0,Discarded Cells : 0 Received CLP1,Discarded Cells : 0 Transmitted OAM Cells : 0 Transmitted RM Cells : 0 Transmitted CLP0 Cells : 256656 Transmitted CLP1 Cells : 0 spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >

dspportq

Display Port Queue Information

Use the dspportq command to view queue information for a specified port and egress queue on the AUSM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

dspportq <port_num> <egress_q>

Syntax Description

port_num

Port number, in the range 1-8.

egress_q

Egress queue number, in the range 1-16.

Related Commands

dspportqs

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-293: Display queue information for egress queue 1 on port 1 spirit3.1.20.AUSM.a > dspportq 1 1 ServicePortNum: 1 QueueNumber: 1 PortBinState: Disable ServiceSequence: 255 QueueDepth(cells): 500 CLPThresholdHigh(cells): 450 CLPThresholdLow(cells): 400 EFCIThreshold(cells): 400 QueueAlgorithm: 255 MaxBandwidthIncrement: 4096 MinBandwidthIncrement: 0 QCLPState: Low QFullDiscardedCells: 0 CLPSetDiscardedCells: 0 Syntax : dspportq "port_num egress_q" port number -- values ranging from 1-8 queue # -- queue number : 1 - 16, 0 - for default in addchan spirit3.1.20.AUSM.a >

dspportqs

Display Port Queue Information

Use the dspportqs command to view queue information for all the egress queues on an AUSM port.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

dspportqs

Related Commands

dspportq

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-294: Display egress queue information for all the egress queues on the AUSM spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspportqs Port Q Num State Q-Algo Service-Seq Depth-Max CLP-High CLP-Low EFCI-Thrsh ---- ----- ----- ------ ----------- --------- -------- ------- ---------- 1 1 Enabled 3 1 200 180 160 160 1 2 Enabled 3 2 900 800 700 700 1 3 Enabled 3 3 900 800 700 700 4 1 Enabled 3 1 200 180 160 160 4 2 Enabled 3 2 900 800 700 700 4 3 Enabled 3 3 900 800 700 700 Syntax : dspportqs

dspportrscprtn

Display Port Resource Partition Information

Use the dspportrscprtn command to view the port resource partition on the current PXM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspportrscprtn

Related Commands

dspcdrscprtn, dsplnrsc, dsprscprtn

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-295: Display port resource partition on the current PXM spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > dspportrscprtn Port Ctrlr Row PctBw VPI VCI Max Num Type Stat In/Out min/max min/max GLCNs ------------------------------------------------------------- 1 PAR ON 100/100 0/255 0/65535 32767 1 PNNI ON 100/100 0/255 0/65535 32767 1 TAG ON 100/100 0/255 0/65535 32767 2 PAR ON 100/100 0/255 0/65535 32767 2 PNNI ON 100/100 0/255 0/65535 32767 2 TAG ON 100/100 0/255 0/65535 32767 spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >

dspports

Display Ports

Use the dspports command to view information about all ports on the current card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM

Syntax

dspports

Related Commands

addport , cnfport , delport, dspport

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-296: Display ports on the current FRSM spirit3.1.17.FRSM.a > dspports Port Ena/Speed EQService SignalType T391 T392 N391 N392 N393 InAlarm Ratio -------- --- ----- --------- ------------ ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ------- 17.2.1 Add/1536k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No 17.2.2 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No 17.2.3 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No 17.2.4 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No 17.2.5 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No 17.2.6 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No 17.2.7 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No 17.2.8 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No 17.2.9 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No 17.2.10 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No 17.2.11 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No 17.2.12 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No 17.2.13 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No 17.2.14 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No 17.2.15 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No 17.2.16 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No 17.2.17 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No 17.2.18 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No 17.2.19 Add/ 64k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 No
Example 1-297: Display ports on the current PXM pop_oc12.1.8.PXM.a > dspports Port Status Line PctBw minVpi maxVpi ------------------------------------------------------ 1 ON 1 100 0 4095 2 ON 2 100 0 4095
Example 1-298: Display ports on the current AUSM spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > dspports No ATM T1/E1 UNI ports currently active List of IMA groups: =================== ImaGrp PortType Speed Lines configured Lines present Tol Diff Port State Delay(ms) ------ -------- ----- ---------------- ------------- --------- ---------- 19.1 NNI 13470 1.2.3 200 Sig. Failure NextPortNumAvailable: 2 spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a >
Example 1-299: Display ports on the current CESM MGX-01.1.1.CESM.a > dspports Port Ena/Speed Type ------ --- ------ -------- 1.1.1 Add/1536k structur Number of ports: 1 PortDs0UsedLine1: 0x00ffffff PortDs0UsedLine2: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine3: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine4: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine5: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine6: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine7: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine8: 0x00000000 PortNumNextAvailable: 10 MGX-01.1.1.CESM.a >

dspportstats

Display Port Statistics

Use the dspportstats command to view statistics information for a specified port on the FRSM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM

Syntax

dspportstats <line#> <1st_DS0>

Syntax Description

line#

Line number, in the range 1-8.

1st_DS0

First DS0, in the range appropriate for the interface.

  • T1 range = 1-24

  • E1 range = 1-32

Related Commands

dspchstats

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-300: Display statistics information for port 1 on first DS0 of 12 spirit3.1.17.FRSM.a > dspportstats 1 12 Line Num:1 Physical Port Num: 12 Logical Port Num: 4 Tx Rx --------------- --------------- Total Frames: 0 0 Total Bytes: 0 0 Frames FECN: 0 0 Frames BECN: 0 0 Frames Abort: 0 0 Buf Not Available: 0 0 KbpsAIR: 0 0 XmtFramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 XmtBytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 0 XmtByteDuringLMIAlarm: 0 XmtFramesUnderrun: 0 RcvFramesDE: 0 RcvFramesDiscCRCError: 0 RcvFramesDiscIllegalHeader: 0 RcvFramesDiscAlignmentError: 0 RcvFramesDiscIllegalLen: 0 RcvFramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 RcvFramesUnknownDLCI: 0 RcvLastUnknownDLCI: 0 RcvFramesTaggedFECN: 0 RcvFramesTaggedBECN: 0 RcvFramesTaggedDE: 0 Status: 0 0 StatusInquiry: 0 0 AsynchUpdate: 0 0 RcvInvalidRequest: 0 RcvUNISeqMismatch: 0 RcvNNISeqMismatch: 0 UNISignallingTimeout: 0 NNISignallingTimeout: 0 FramesCLLM: 0 0 BytesCLLM: 0 0 CLLMFailures: 0 spirit3.1.17.FRSM.a >

dspprf

Display Profiler Data

Use the dspprf command to view profiler data. The profiler is organized in terms of resources that are being monitored. The data being collected for a particular resource can be of "interval" or "total" nature. If the total option is specified, the last 150 tasks executed, or that are executing, are displayed. If no options are specified, the dspprf command shows interval data. The interval is configured using the cnfprfparam command.

If the abort option is added to the command, the latest profiler data that is saved during a Controller Card abort is displayed; for example, 1 million 3, 3 million, 2 million 1000, 52, 252. If the profiler is examined without the "abort" (a) option, then the real-time data that is being collected every "x" seconds (configured using cnfprfparam) is displayed. By default, the real-time data is collected every 20 seconds.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspprf [t|i] [m|n|r]

Syntax Description

t

Total data collected from the time when the system is initialized.

i

Interval data collected every "x" seconds, as specified using the cnfprfparam command. If no options are specified, interval data is displayed.

m

Displays memory data.

n

Displays node information.

r

Displays region usage.

Related Commands

dspprfhist

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any

All valid combinations possible with the dspprf command are listed below. The [a] and [s] options specify abort or standby data.


Example 1-301: Display interval profiler data for memory resources (dspprf i m) NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspprf i m HP LP Free Assgn INTERRUPT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 UNKOWN 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 tRootTask 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 tLOGD 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 tSPM 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 tParRoot 358 0 358 0 1000 0 1000 0 1000 0 1000 0 tIpatm 0 0 0 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 tRVT 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 tCliAuthTra 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 tTnInTsk01 28 0 28 0 1 0 2 0 20 0 20 0
Data Components

Task names

Names for the tasks that are spawned.


Note   Dynamic tasks are repeated since they are spawned, exited, and repeated.

HP

Number of times the task made a high-priority memory allocation.

LP

Number of times the task made a low-priority memory allocation.

Free

Number of times the task made a free memory call.

Assgn

Number of times memory was assigned to this process.


Example 1-302: Display total profiler data for memory resources (dspprf t m) NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspprf t m Blk Size MaxBlk MaxSz UNKOWN 204 24896 204 24896 tRootTask 80 5129696 80 5129696 tLOGD 1 80 2 160 tSAR 0 0 0 0 tSCM 201 19296 202 19376 tRPC 2 144 5 400 tDBM 201 192240 232 202656 tDbmDisk 2 160 2 160 tDbmRam 1 80 1 80 tPMM 9 592 12 864 tLDRV 7 459136 9 459312 tOAM 0 0 1 16432 tTFTPD 20 11200 20 11200 tFILED 0 0 0 0 tDbgInTask 8 3200 10 4512 tTelnetD 2 304 6 27296 tRed 7 576 10 1216992 tRMM 2241 267712 2241 267712 tAutoCard 4 272 7 672 tVsmCMM 2 368 3 1216928 tVsmConMgr 25 1808 26 18240 tVsmIlmi 0 0 0 0 BlkAssgn AssgnSz BlkFree FreeSz Fail UNKOWN 0 0 0 0 0 tRootTask 0 0 0 0 0 tLOGD 0 0 2170 173600 0 tSAR 0 0 0 0 0 tSCM 7 560 2923 233840 0 tRPC 2 176 18 1504 0 tDBM 62 20832 121 33680 0 tDbmDisk 0 0 0 0 0 tDbmRam 0 0 0 0 0 tPMM 6 544 5 432 0 tLDRV 2 176 0 0 0 tOAM 0 0 1 16432 0 tTFTPD 0 0 0 0 0 tFILED 0 0 0 0 0 tDbgInTask 21 20032 21 18880 0 tTelnetD 0 0 22 81632 0 tRed 4 1219696 43274 5456384 0 tRMM 0 0 0 0 0 tAutoCard 1 176 2 224 0 tVsmCMM 0 0 4 1216800 0 tVsmConMgr 1 16432 0 0 0 tVsmIlmi 0 0 0 0 0
Data Components

Task names

Names for the tasks that are spawned.


Note   Dynamic task names are repeated because they are spawned, exited, and repeated.

Blks

Number of memory blocks currently owned by the task. Blks provides an approximation of the memory consumption by a task under "normal" circumstances (assuming the command was executed when the node was "normal"). This value should not be negative. A negative value could indicate a preemptive update issue with the statistics.

Size

The total size of memory owned by task, in bytes. This value should not be negative. A negative value could indicate a preemptive update issue with the statistics.

MaxBlks

Maximum number of blocks currently used by a given task. This data helps in debugging memory-related aborts or problems.

MaxSize

Maximum total memory used by a given task.

BlkAssgn

When memory is sent or passed from one task to another task, its ownership is assigned to the task that is receiving the responsibility for the memory. BlkAssign and AssgnSz counts keep track of blocks that have been assigned ownership to another task.

AssgnSz

When memory is sent or passed from one task to another task, its ownership is assigned to the task that is receiving the responsibility for the memory. BlkAssign and AssgnSz counts keep track of blocks that have been assigned ownership to another task.

BlkFree

Number of available memory blocks.

FreeSz

Maximum total memory available.

Fails

Number of times memory allocation failed for the task.


Example 1-303: Display interval profiler data for node resources (dspprf i n). The results list the statistics on the amount of SAR buffer used for messaging with other cards or nodes. NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspprf in Fail HP LP CELL 0 63 0 0 63 0 0 64 0 SMALL 0 1 0 0 27 0 0 27 0 MEDIUM 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 LARGE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Pk Tx Low(APP->SCM) 0 0 0 Pk Tx High(APP->SCM) 0 0 0 Pk Rx Low(SAR->SCM) 1 1 1 Pk Rx High(SAR->SCM) 0 0 0 popftx43.1.8.PXM.a >
Data Components

CELL

Size of one ATM cell.

SMALL

Buffers that are approximately six cells of frame payload in size.

MEDIUM

Buffers that are approximately 41 cells of frame payload in size.

LARGE

Buffers that are approximately 171 cells of frame payload in size.

Pk Tx Low (APP->SCM)

Interval counts of messages transmitted from the Shelf Control Module (SCM) of Type Low.

Pk Tx High (APP->SCM)

Interval counts of messages transmitted from the Shelf Control Module (SCM) of Type High.

Pk Rx Low (SAR->SCM)

Interval counts of messages received by the Shelf Control Module (SCM) of Type Low.

Pk Rx High (SAR->SCM)

Interval counts of messages received by the Shelf Control Module (SCM) of Type High.

Fail

Number of buffer allocations that have failed in the interval.

HP

High-priority allocation of buffer in the interval.

LP

Low-priority allocation of buffer in the interval.


Example 1-304: Display total profiler data for node resources (dspprf t n). The results list information about some of the node-wide resources. Currently, message buffers usage for messaging between different processes are stored. NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspprf tn Pool Name: TotlChnk FreeChnk LoWatMk AllocOks AllcFail Frees ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Nw_Prot_Pkt 100 100 100 0 0 0 Nw_Msg_Ltr 1000 999 999 1 0 0 Cm_SCon_Bmap 10 10 10 0 0 0 Cm_Mcon_Bmap 10 9 9 1 0 0 IPC port info 100 100 100 0 0 0
Data Components

Pool names

The following chunk pool names are used for IPC to the RPM:

  • Nw_Prot_Pkt = Network Protocol Packet

  • Nw_Msg_Ltr = Network Message Letter

  • Cm_SCon_Bmap = Connection Management Standby Connection Bit Map

  • Cm_Mcon_Bmap = Connection Management Mandatory Connection Bit Map

  • IPC port info = Interprocess Communication Port Information

TotlChnk

Total number of chunks in a particular memory pool.

FreeChnk

Number of chunks currently free.

LoWatMk

Low-water mark indicates how low the number of free chunks has gone.

AllocOks

Allocations OK is the total number of allocations that succeeded.

AllcFail

Allocations Fail is the total number of allocation failures.

Frees

Number of chunks that have been freed over time.


Example 1-305: Interval profiler data for region resources (dspprf i r) NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspprf ir HP LP Fail STATIC Smple 0 21 0 0 STATIC Smple -1 27 0 0 STATIC Smple -2 22 0 0 DYNAMIC Smple 0 1057 0 0 DYNAMIC Smple -1 1057 0 0 DYNAMIC Smple -2 1061 0 0 STATISTC Smple 0 0 0 0 STATISTC Smple -1 0 0 0 STATISTC Smple -2 0 0 0
Data Components

HP

High-priority allocation to the various regions that succeeded in the interval.

LP

Low-priority allocation to the various regions that succeeded in the interval.

Fail

The high-priority and low-priority allocation failures to the various regions that occurred during the interval.

Static

Static region.

Dynamic

Dynamic region. A high-priority allocation in the dynamic region will go to the static region if necessary. Low-priority allocation in the region is blocked once the amount of free memory goes below a threshold.

Statistic

Statistic region.


Example 1-306: Total profiler data for region resources (dspprf t r) NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspprf tr Aval Fail STATIC 34649040 0 DYNAMIC 30099744 0 STATISTIC 6078464 0
Data Components

Aval

Number of bytes available in the three memory regions.

Fail

Memory allocations that have failed over time.

Static

Static region.

Dynamic

Dynamic region.

Statistic

Statistic region.

dspprfhist

Display Performance History

Use the dspprfhist command to view performance history. The history maintains the real-time usage (historical) of all the tasks in the system. It can maintain 120 intervals worth of real-time data before it is overwritten. The actual time then depends on the interval time as configured by cnfprfparam 1 command (Interval Time). By default, the interval time is 20 seconds. Multiplied by 120 intervals, this would result in 120 * 20 = 2400 seconds of data. Therefore, you can display 2400 seconds of real-time usage by the different tasks in the system. Unlike the regular dspprf screens, this data is NOT saved on an abort.

This command is useful to determine the real-time usage after a particular event. For example, after a switchover or a rebuild, run dspprfhist to view how the real time was being used to recover from the switchover or rebuild.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspprfhist [intervals]

Syntax Description

intervals

Number of samples to display, in the range 1-120.

Default = 10

Related Commands

dspprf

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-307: View two samples on the current PXM NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspprfhist CURRENT TIME 19:4:53 Sample # 0 19:4:31(From)-19:4:51(To) TASK TaskId % --------------------------------------- INTERRUPT - 0.2000 KERNEL - 0.6000 IDLE - 55.1000 UNKOWN - 0.1000 tSpmLmi 41 1.4500 tBgndCheck 59 0.0500 tTnCmdTsk01 84 42.2500 tTnOutTsk01 85 0.2500 Sample # -1 19:4:11(From)-19:4:31(To) TASK TaskId % --------------------------------------- INTERRUPT - 0.2500 KERNEL - 0.3500 IDLE - 45.2000 UNKOWN - 0.2500 tSpmLmi 41 1.4500 PAR:Lmi 53 0.0500 PAR:Netw 56 0.0500 tBgndCheck 59 0.0500 tTnCmdTsk01 84 52.2500 tTnOutTsk01 85 0.1000 Sample # -2 19:3:51(From)-19:4:11(To) TASK TaskId % --------------------------------------- INTERRUPT - 0.0000 KERNEL - 0.0000 IDLE - 98.6000 UNKOWN - 0.0000 tSpmLmi 41 1.4000
Data Components

Task

Task name that is running.

Task ID

ID number assigned to the task that is running.

%

Utilization percentage. In each sample, only those processes/tasks that are actually being used in the respective time sample are presented with a %utilization, (except for the INTERRUPT, KERNEL, IDLE, UNKNOWN processes/tasks).

dspred

Display Redundancy

Use the dspred command to view the current redundant slot links.

Card(s) on Which This Card Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspred

Related Commands

addred , delred

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-308: Display current redundant slot links spirit.1.7.PXM.a > dspred Primary Primary Primary Secondary Secondary Secondary Red. Red.Slot SlotNum Type State SlotNum Type State Type Cover ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- --------- ---- -------- 3 FRSM-8T1 Active 4 FRSM-8T1 Standby 1:N 0 spirit.1.7.PXM.a >

dsprscprtn

Display Resource Partition

Use the dsprscprtn command to view the resource partition information for the specified interface.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dsprscprtn <if_num> <ctrlr_num>

Syntax Description

if_num

Interface Number, in the range 1-32.

ctrlr_num

Controller type.

  • 1 = PAR

  • 2 = PNNI

  • 3 = TAG

Related Commands

addrscprtn , cnfrscprtn

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-309: Display resource partition information for PAR controller on broadband interface 1 on the current PXM MGX-01.1.7.PXM.a > dsprscprtn 1 1 bbIfNum Ctrlr Status ingrPctBw egrPctBw minVpi maxVpi minVci maxVci maxChans ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 1 Ena 100 100 0 4095 0 65535 32767 MGX-01.1.7.PXM.a >

dsprscprtns

Display Resource Partitions

Use the dsprscprtns command to view the resource partition information for all the interfaces.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dsprscprtns

Related Commands

addrscprtn , cnfrscprtn

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-310: Display resource partition information for all broadband interfaces on the current PXM MGX-01.1.7.PXM.a > dsprscprtns bbIfNum Ctrlr Status ingrPctBw egrPctBw minVpi maxVpi minVci maxVci maxChans ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 1 Ena 100 100 0 4095 0 65535 32767 MGX-01.1.7.PXM.a >

dspsarchans

Display SAR Channels

Use the dspsarchans command to view the segmentation and reassembly (SAR) channels for the current card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspsarchans

Related Commands

dspchans

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-311: Display SAR channels penguin.1.7.PXM.a > dspsarchans GLCN SLOT LCN RX/TX ------------------------------------------ Intercard Channels: 1 23 0 TX 3 8 2 TX 6 8 2 RX 68 1 2 TX 69 1 2 RX 70 1 3 TX 71 1 3 RX 78 1 7 TX 79 1 7 RX 88 2 2 TX 89 2 2 RX 90 2 3 TX 91 2 3 RX 98 2 7 TX 99 2 7 RX 108 3 2 TX 109 3 2 RX . . . . . . . . . . . . 568 26 2 TX 569 26 2 RX 570 26 3 TX 571 26 3 RX 658 30 7 TX 659 30 7 RX External Channels: GLCN IF VPI VCI RX/TX ------------------------------------------------- 720 1 3 31 RX 721 1 3 8 RX 32824 1 3 31 TX 32825 1 3 8 TX penguin.1.7.PXM.a >

dspsarcnt

Display SAR Counters

Use the dspsarcnt command to view the segmentation and reassembly (SAR) counters for the current card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM-8T1E1, CESM, VISM

Syntax: PXM

dspsarcnt <glcn>

Syntax Description

glcn

Global logical connection number in the range 1-65535.

Syntax: FRSM, CESM, VISM

dspsarcnt <ChanNum>

Syntax Description

ChanNum

Channel number, in the range appropriate for the card.

  • FRSM

    • 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015

    • HS1/B range = 16-1015

    • T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015

    • 2CT3 range = 16-4015

  • CESM

    • 8T1/E1 range = 32-279

    • T3/E3 = one connection starting at 32

  • VISM range = 32-255

Syntax: AUSM-8T1E1

dspsarcnt <port.VPI.VCI | ChanNum>

Syntax Description

port.VPI.VCI

Connection identifier in the format port.VPI.VCI.

  • Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation.

  • VPI range = 1-4095.

  • VCI range = 1-65535.

ChanNum

Channel number, in the range 16-1015.

Related Commands

dspsarcnts

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-312: Display SAR count on the current CESM, channel 22 spirit3.1.13.CESM.a > dspsarcnt 22 SarShelfNum: 1 SarSlotNum: 13 SarChanNum: 22 Tx Rx --------------- --------------- Total Cells: 11227853 11529804 Total CellsCLP: 0 0 Total CellsAIS: 498805 0 Total CellsFERF: 0 302222 Total CellsEnd2EndLpBk: 0 0 Total CellsSegmentLpBk: 0 0 RcvCellsDiscOAM: 0 Syntax : dspsarcnt "chan_num" channel number—value ranging from 32 to 279 possible errors are : a) illegal/invalid parameters b) channel doesn't exist spirit3.1.13.CESM.a >
Example 1-313: Display SAR count on the current FRSM, channel 17 wilco.1.1.FRSM.a > dspsarcnt 17 SarShelfNum: 1 SarSlotNum: 1 SarChanNum: 17 Tx Rx --------------- --------------- Total Cells: 0 0 Total CellsCLP: 0 0 Total CellsAIS: 3852 0 Total CellsFERF: 0 0 Total CellsEnd2EndLpBk: 0 0 Total CellsSegmentLpBk: 0 0 RcvCellsDiscOAM: 0 Syntax : dspsarcnt "chan_num" channel number -- value ranging from 16 to 1015 possible errors are : a) illegal/invalid parameters b) channel doesn't exist wilco.1.1.FRSM.a >
Example 1-314: Display SAR count for channel 98 on the AUSM

spirit3.1.4.AUSM.a > dspsarcnt 98

SarShelfNum: 1 SarSlotNum: 4 SarChanNum: 98 Tx Rx --------------- --------------- Total Cells: 141357 0 Total CellsCLP: 0 0 Total CellsAIS: 0 0 Total CellsFERF: 0 0 Total CellsEnd2EndLpBk: 0 0 Total CellsSegmentLpBk: 0 0 RcvCellsDiscOAM: 0 spirit3.1.4.AUSM.a >
Example 1-315: Display SAR count for channel 37 on the VISM spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspsarcnt 37 SarShelfNum: 1 SarSlotNum: 5 SarChanNum: 37 Tx Rx --------------- --------------- Total Cells: 667605215 2717092629 Total CellsCLP: 0 0 Total CellsAIS: 2151235452 2150307780 Total CellsFERF: 229 33554690 Total CellsEnd2EndLpBk: 2150293128 15 Total CellsSegmentLpBk: 50331906 2151235408 RcvCellsDiscOAM: 2 Syntax : dspsarcnt "chan_num" channel number -- values : 32 - 255 possible errors are : a) illegal/invalid parameters b) channel doesn't exist spirit.1.5.VISM8.a >

dspsarcnts

Display SAR Counters

Use the dspsarcnts command to view current segmentation and reassembly (SAR) counter values.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, CESM

Syntax

dspsarcnts

Related Commands

dspsarcnt

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-316: Show current SAR counts for the FRSM wilco.1.1.FRSM.a > dspsarcnts SarShelfNum: 1 SarSlotNum: 1 SarChanNum: 0 Tx Rx --------------- --------------- Total Cells: 0 0 Total CellsCLP: 0 0 Total CellsAIS: 0 0 Total CellsFERF: 0 0 Total CellsEnd2EndLpBk: 0 0 Total CellsSegmentLpBk: 0 0 RcvCellsDiscOAM: 0 Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: SarShelfNum: 1 SarSlotNum: 1 SarChanNum: 2 Tx Rx --------------- --------------- Total Cells: 3912 9611 Total CellsCLP: 0 0 Total CellsAIS: 0 0 Total CellsFERF: 0 0 Total CellsEnd2EndLpBk: 0 0 Total CellsSegmentLpBk: 0 0 RcvCellsDiscOAM: 0 Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: SarShelfNum: 1 SarSlotNum: 1 SarChanNum: 3 Tx Rx --------------- --------------- Total Cells: 0 0 Total CellsCLP: 0 0 Total CellsAIS: 0 0 Total CellsFERF: 0 0 Total CellsEnd2EndLpBk: 0 0 Total CellsSegmentLpBk: 0 0 RcvCellsDiscOAM: 0 Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: SarShelfNum: 1 SarSlotNum: 1 SarChanNum: 15 Tx Rx --------------- --------------- Total Cells: 0 0 Total CellsCLP: 0 0 Total CellsAIS: 0 0 Total CellsFERF: 0 0 Total CellsEnd2EndLpBk: 0 0 Total CellsSegmentLpBk: 0 0 RcvCellsDiscOAM: 0 Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: SarShelfNum: 1 SarSlotNum: 1 SarChanNum: 17 Tx Rx --------------- --------------- Total Cells: 0 0 Total CellsCLP: 0 0 Total CellsAIS: 3952 0 Total CellsFERF: 0 0 Total CellsEnd2EndLpBk: 0 0 Total CellsSegmentLpBk: 0 0 RcvCellsDiscOAM: 0

dspserialif

Display Serial Interface

Use the dspserialif command to view the speed of a serial port.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspserialif -if <serial_port_num>

Syntax Description

serial_port_num

Serial port number, either:

  • 1 = console

  • 2 = slip

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any

Examples

Example 1-317: Display the speed setting on a console port NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspserialif -if 1 SerialPortNum : 1 SerialPortType : debug SerialPortEnable : Enable SerialPortBps : 9600bps
Example 1-318: Display the speed setting on a slip port NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > dspserialif -if 2 SerialPortNum : 2 SerialPortType : main SerialPortEnable : Enable SerialPortBps : 9600bps

dspservrate

Display Service Rate

Use the dspservrate command to view the service rate in cells per second on the selected channel.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM

Syntax

dspservrate <ChanNum>

Syntax Description

ChanNum

Channel number, in the range appropriate for the interface.

  • FRSM-8T1/E1 range = 16-1015

  • FRSM-T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015

  • FRSM-2CT3 range = 16-4015

  • FRSM HS1/B range = 16-271

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-319: Display service rate on channel 22 on the current card spirit3.1.17.FRSM.a > dspservrate 22 Service Rate (cells/sec): 1000 spirit3.1.17.FRSM.a >

dspshelfalm

Display Shelf Alarms

Use the dspshelfalm command to view the shelf alarms for the MGX 8250 shelf. The status of every alarm appears in the display unless you include the optional argument and include a specific alarm number. See the example for the number for each alarm.

In the dspshelfalm display, the State column shows whether the alarm has been asserted. "Normal" means that no alarm has been asserted. If an alarm exists, State shows "Above Normal" or "Below Normal." The presence of the word "missing" in the State column means that the input is missing or ignored. The content of the Severity column indicates the severity of the alarm.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspshelfalm [-alm <alarm number>]

Syntax Description

-alm

Command delineator that precedes the alarm number entry.

alarm number

Alarm number to display, in the range 1-27.

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-320: Display status of all shelf alarms spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspshelfalm manish.1.7.PXM.a > dspshelfalm Alarm Type Unit Thresh Severity Measurable Val State ----- ------------ ---- ------ -------- ---------- ----- ------- 1 Temperature 1 50 Minor Yes 28 Normal 2 Power Supply 1 0 Minor No 0 Missing 3 Power Supply 2 0 Minor No 0 Missing 4 Power Supply 3 0 Minor No 0 Normal 5 Power Supply 4 0 Minor No 0 Missing 6 Power Supply 5 0 Minor No 0 Missing 7 Power Supply 6 0 Minor No 0 Missing 8 DC Level 1 6 Minor Yes 0 Below normal 9 DC Level 2 6 Minor Yes 49 Normal 10 Fan Unit 1 2000 Minor Yes 0 Missing 11 Fan Unit 2 2000 Minor Yes 0 Missing 12 Fan Unit 3 2000 Minor Yes 0 Missing 13 Fan Unit 4 2000 Minor Yes 0 Missing 14 Fan Unit 5 2000 Minor Yes 0 Missing 15 Fan Unit 6 2000 Minor Yes 0 Missing 16 Fan Unit 7 2000 Minor Yes 0 Missing 17 Fan Unit 8 2000 Minor Yes 0 Missing 18 Fan Unit 9 2000 Minor Yes 0 Missing 19 Fan Unit 10 2000 Minor Yes 3582 Normal 20 Fan Unit 11 2000 Minor Yes 3588 Normal Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: Alarm Type Unit Thresh Severity Measurable Val State ----- ------------ ---- ------ -------- ---------- ----- ------- 21 Fan Unit 12 2000 Minor Yes 3666 Normal 22 Fan Unit 13 2000 Minor Yes 3630 Normal 23 Fan Unit 14 2000 Minor Yes 3528 Normal 24 Fan Unit 15 2000 Minor Yes 3534 Normal 25 Fan Unit 16 2000 Minor Yes 3498 Normal 26 Fan Unit 17 2000 Minor Yes 3468 Normal 27 Fan Unit 18 2000 Minor Yes 3420 Normal ASMNumOfValidEntries: 27 ASMShelfAlarmState: 2 manish.1.7.PXM.a >
Example 1-321: Display status of shelf alarm 6 spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspshelfalm -alm 6 Alarm Type Unit Thresh Severity Measurable Val State ----- ------------ ---- ------ -------- ---------- --- ----- 6 Power Supply 4 ? Minor No 0 Normal ASMNumOfValidEntries: 27 ASMShelfAlarmState: 2 spirit.1.7.PXM.a >

dspslftst

Display Self-Test

Use the dspslftst command to view the self-test routine on the current card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM, AUSM, CESM

Syntax

dspslftst

Related Commands

clrslftst, cnfslftst, runslftstno

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-322: Display self-test results for the switch wilco.1.1.FRSM.a > dspslftst SelfTestEnable: Enabled SelfTestPeriod: 5 SelfTestState: SelfTest Passed SelfTestResultDescription: No failure information available wilco.1.1.FRSM.a >

dspslftsttbl

Display Self-Test Table

Use the dspslftsttbl command to view the current contents of the self-test table.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM

Syntax

dspslftsttbl

Related Commands

dspslftst

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-323: Display current statistics for self-test table on the FRSM wilco.1.3.VHS2CT3.a > dspslftsttbl Test # Test Name Thold Fail Pass Last Enab Destr Card Rst 1 CPU DRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 2 SAR self test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 3 ISE self test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 4 ESE self test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 5 CODE checksum test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 6 Line loopback test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y 7 FREEDM test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y 8 Data loopback test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y 9 CellBus test 1 0 0 P Y N N wilco.1.3.VHS2CT3.a >

dspslotlink

Display Slot Link

Use the dspslotlink command to view SRM-3T3 link information for all the lines on the specified service module slot.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspslotlink <slot number>

Syntax Description

slot number

Slot number of the card from which to view the SRM-3T3 link information.

Related Commands

delslotlink

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1


Example 1-324: Display SRM-3T3 link information for slot 1 spirit3.1.7.PXM.a > dspslotlink 1 Slot Num : 1 Max Lines : 0 Link Counter: 0 Slot Line# T3 Line# T1 Slot# ==== ===== ======== ========= 1 1 0 0 1 2 0 0 1 3 0 0 1 4 0 0 1 5 0 0 1 6 0 0 1 7 0 0 1 8 0 0 spirit3.1.7.PXM.a >

dspsmcnf

Display Service Module Configuration

Use the dspsmcnf command to view summaries of the configurations for service modules in the system.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspsmcnf

Related Commands

clrsrmcnf

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-325: Display configuration of all the service modules in the switch MGX 88003.1.3.PXM.a > dspsmcnf slot Card Rate Channel MIB Feature No. Type Control ized IMA MULTRKS Version Bits ------ ---------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- 1 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------ 2 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------ 3 FRSM-8T1 On On Off Off 20 0x3 4 FRSM-8T1 On On Off Off 20 0x3 5 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------ 6 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------ 9 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------ 10 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------ 11 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------ 12 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------ 13 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------ 14 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------ 17 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------ 18 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------ 19 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------ 20 FRSM-8E1 Off Off Off Off 20 0x0 21 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------ 22 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------ 25 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------ 26 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------ 27 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------ 28 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------ 29 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------ 30 ------> No configuration file exist for this slot <------

dspsnmp

Display SNMP

Use the dspsnmp command to view the community string configured on a service module.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspsnmp

Related Commands

cnfsnmp

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: SuperUser


Example 1-326: Display SNMP community string popeye.1.7.PXM.a > dspsnmp Community String:POPEYE

dspsrmclksrc

Display SRM Clock Source

Use the dspsrmclksrc command to view the SRM-3T3 clock source for a specified T3 line.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, SRM-3T3

Syntax

dspsrmclksrc -ds3 <LineNum>

Syntax Description

-ds3

Command delineator for the LineNum entry.

LineNum

Line number is in the format slot.line.

  • Slot = 7, 8, 15, 16, 31, 32

  • Line range = 1-3

Related Commands

cnfsrmclksrc

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1


Example 1-327: Display clock source for T3 line 1 on the SRM-3T3 in slot 15 spirit.1.7.PXM.a > dspsrmclksrc -ds3 15.1 LineNum: 1 LineXmtClockSource: backplane clock from BNM spirit.1.7.PXM.a >

dspstatparms

Display Statistics Parameters

Use the dspstatparms command to view statistics parameters on the current card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, AUSM, CESM, FRSM

Syntax

dspstatparms

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1


Example 1-328: Display statistics parameter settings on the current card (FRSM-2CT3) wilco.1.3.VHS2CT3.a > dspstatparms TFTP Retry Count: 1 TFTP ACK time-out (sec): 60 Bucket Interval: 0 File Interval: 0 Peak Enable Flag: Disabled Object Count: 0 STATS COLLECTION: Disabled Object Subtype Counts: 0 0 0 0 Total File Memory Used: 0 Number of File Allocated: 0 Current File Size: 0 Stat Memory Allocated: 0 Auto Memory Allocated: 0 Auto Mem Rgn Size: 6291456 wilco.1.3.VHS2CT3.a >

dspswfunc

Display Software Function

Use the dspswfunc command to view status of certain node-level, paid features on the node. The features are the feeder implementation (or default routing implementation) of the switch and virtual source/virtual destination (VSVD) control for ABR traffic.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspswfunc

Related Commands

cnfswfunc

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: SuperUser


Example 1-329: Display whether or not paid features (feeder implementation or default routing implementation) of the switch and VSVD control for ABR traffic have been enabled spirit.1.8.PXM.a > dspswfunc 1. ABR VSVD(enable(yes)/disable(no): NO 2. Node Type(routing(routing)/Feeder(fdr): ROUTING spirit.1.8.PXM.a >

dspsysparm

Display System Parameters

Use the dspsysparm command to view system parameters.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspsysparm

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-330: Display system parameters for the node spirit.1.8.PXM.a > dspsysparm Max Time Stamped Packet Age(msec) 32 Fail Connections On Communication Break YES Interval Statistics polling rate for VCs 5 Max Network Delay for 'v' connections(msec) 112 Max Network Delay for 'c' connections(msec) 112 Max Network Delay for 't' & 'p' connections(msec) 112 Max Network Delay for 'a' connections(msec) 216 Max Network Delay for High Speed Data connections(msec) 256 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 'v' connections(msec) 512 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 'c' connections(msec) 512 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 't' & 'p' connections(msec) 512 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP 'a' connections(msec) 512 Max Network Delay for CDP-CDP High Speed Data connections(msec) 512 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 'v' conns (msec) 216 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 'c' conns (msec) 216 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 't' & 'p' conns(msec) 216 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP 'a' conns(msec) 216 Max Local Delay for Interdom CDP-CDP High Speed Data conns(msec) 216 Max Local Delay for Interdom High Speed Data conns (msec) 216 FastPAD Jitter Buffer Size (msec) 3 Enable Discard Eligibility 0 Use Frame Relay Standard Parameters Bc and Be 0 Enable Connection Deroute Delay feature 0 Number of Consecutive Invalid Login Attempts to Cause Major Alarm 0 spirit.1.8.PXM.a >

dsptotals

Display Totals

Use the dsptotals command to view line, port, and channel totals for the current card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM

Syntax

dsptotals

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-331: Show total active lines, ports, and channels on the current card spirit.1.13.VHS2CT3.a > dsptotals total active lines = 0/56 total active ports = 0/256 total active chans = 0/1000 spirit.1.13.VHS2CT3.a >

dsptrafficgen

Display Traffic Generation Test

Use the dsptrafficgen command to display the status of a traffic generation test. This traffic generation test is used to determine and troubleshoot cell loss and is intended for defective PVCs.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM-VHS (2CT3/2T3/2E3/HS2)

Syntax

dsptrafficgen

Related Commands

cnftrafficgen

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-332: Display traffic generation test on connection 16 spirit.1.1.VHS2CT3.a > dsptrafficgen Pvc Under Test : 16 Pattern type : 1( All 0's ) Total Test Frames To Send : 100 Total Test Frames Transmitted : 100 Total Test Frames Received : 0

dsptrapip

Display Outgoing Trap IP Address

Use the dsptrapip command to view the IP address of the interface associated with outgoing traps. The identity of this interface is derived from your settings using the cnftrapip command.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dsptrapip

Related Commands

cnftrapip, addtrapmgr, deltrapmgr, xdsptrapmgr

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-333: Display IP address that will be placed in outgoing traps spirit.1.8.PXM.a > dsptrapip Trap IP Address :172.29.22.214 spirit.1.8.PXM.a >

dsptrapmgr

Display Trap Managers

Use the dsptrapmgr command to view a list of all the SNMP Managers that are registered to receive traps. This display also presents the current aging parameter set for the traps, as defined by using the agetrapmgr command.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dsptrapmgr

Related Commands

agetrapmgr

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-334: Display configuration of all SNMP Managers that are registered to receive traps on the switch wilco.1.7.PXM.a> dsptrapmgr ipAddress PortNum RowStatus ReadTrapFlag NextTrapSeqNum Aging ------------ ------- ---------- ------------ -------------- ------ 171.71.0.54 69 Add Off 0 ENABLE 171.71.54.65 162 Add Off 0 ENABLE 171.71.54.69 162 Add Off 0 ENABLE 172.29.37.75 2500 Add Off 100023 ENABLE 172.29.37.209 2500 Add Off 100150 ENABLE LastTrapSeqNum: 100150 NumOfValidEntries: 5 All the trap managers have aging enabled (default). wilco.1.7.PXM.a>

dsptrkcnf

Display Trunk Configuration

Use the dsptrkcnf command to view the configuration for a trunk.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dsptrkcnf <slot.port>

Syntax Description

slot.port

Slot and port number.

  • Slot = 7, or 15, or 31

  • Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation

Related Commands

addtrk, dsptrks , cnftrk , dsptrkload

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-335: Display configuration on trunk 1 on the card in slot 7 spirit3.1.8.PXM.a > dsptrkcnf 7.1 TRUNK CONFIGURATION ----------------------- Statistical Reserve : 1000 CC Restriction : NO Line Type : Pass Sync : TRUE Deroute Delay : 0 Traffic Classes : FST FR NTS TS VOICE CBR VBR ABR Routing Cost : 10 Vcc Conids : 0 Vpc Conids : 0 spirit3.1.8.PXM.a >

dsptrkload

Display Trunk Load

Use the dsptrkload command to view load information for a trunk. This command applies to only the routing node implementation.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dsptrkload <slot.port>

Syntax Description

slot.port

Slot and port number.

  • Slot = 7, or 15, or 31

  • Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation

Related Commands

addtrk, dsptrks , cnftrk , dsptrkcnf

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any

dsptrks

Display Trunks

Use the dsptrks command to view all trunks on the node.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dsptrks

Related Commands

addtrk, cnftrk , dsptrkcnf, dsptrkload

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any

dspunit391

Display UNI T391

Use the dspunit391 command to view the current setting for UNI T391 on a specified FRSM card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM

Syntax

dspunit391

Related Commands

addtrk, cnftrk , dsptrkcnf, dsptrkload

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-336: Display current setting for T391 spirit.1.1.FRSM.a > dspunit391 System UNI T391 = 5 seconds spirit.1.1.FRSM.a >

dspupgrade

Display Upgrade State

Use the dspupgrade command to view the current upgrade status of the active and the standby PXM cards.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspupgrade

Related Commands

rstupgrade, newrev, install , abort, commit , dspfwrevs , printrev

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-337: Display upgrade state for the two PXM cards spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > dspupgrade active: 'upgrade idle' standby: 'upgrade idle' spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >

dspusers

Display Users

Use the dspusers command to view the user IDs that have been added to the PXM configuration. The screen shows the user name, highest privilege level, and the number of those levels above user-privilege.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspusers

Related Commands

adduser , deluser

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-338: Display users configured for this shelf. The users in this example are Raoul and Duke. wilco.1.7.PXM.a > dspusers UserId AccessLevel ------------------------- cisco CISCO_GP service SERVICE_GP superuser SUPER_GP raoul GROUP3 duke GROUP1 wilco.1.7.PXM.a >

dspver

Display Firmware Version

Use the dspver command to view firmware versions currently running in both PXM cards.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dspver [bt]

Syntax Description

[bt]

Backup boot.

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-339: Display the firmware versions running in both PXM cards raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > dspver PXM FW versions: active: 1.1.10 standby: 1.1.10

dspvismip

Display VISM IP Parameters

Use the dspvismip command to view the IP configuration information for the VISM card. This command displays the results of cnfvismip configurations.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

VISM

Syntax

dspvismip

Related Commands

cnfvismip

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-340: Display IP configuration information for the current VISM card spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dspvismip VismIpAddress: 198.45.26.101 NetMask: 255.255.255.0 spirit.1.5.VISM8.a >

dth

Display Transaction Trace Handler

Use the dth command to view transaction trace handler statistics.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dth

Related Commands

cth

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-341: Display transaction trace handler detail spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > dth Trace Buffer is empty spirit.1.5.VISM8.a >

dvsi

Display VSI

Use the dvsi command to view the VSI trace buffer.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

dvsi

Related Commands

cvsi

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Cisco


Example 1-342: Display VSI trace buffer porky.1.7.PXM.a > dvsi VSI Trace Buffer is empty porky.1.7.PXM.a >

exit

Exit from CLI

Use the exit command to exit the current CLI shell.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM

Syntax

exit

Related Commands

bye, logout

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-343: Exit from the current CLI shell spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > exit (session ended)

formatdisk

Format Disk

Use the formatdisk command to format the disk and remove all disk contents. Before this command is executed, a warning prompt displays an option to cancel the command. If you acknowledge the prompt, the command executes, taking about 30 minutes to format a 2 GB disk.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

formatdisk

Related Commands

syncdisk

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: SuperUser

help

Help

Use the help command to view commands associated with the current card. The help command is case-sensitive.

This command takes no arguments and therefore does not provide information about specific commands.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM

Syntax

help

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-344: Display current PXM card command suite popeye3.1.8.PXM.a > help Available commands ------------------ ? abort addapsln addcdrscprtn addchan addcon addlink addlmiloop addln addlnloop addport addred addrscprtn addserialif addtrapmgr adduser agetrapmgr arpAdd arpDelete Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: Available commands ------------------ arpFlush arpShow bootChange bye cc cd checkStack clidbxlevel cliPlugin cliPlugout clmi clrallcnf clralm clralmcnt clratmlncnt clratmlncnts clrchancnt clrchancnts clrconcnt Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: Available commands ------------------ clrconcnts clrerr clrifcnt clrifcnts clrlmistats clrlog clrportcnt clrportcnts clrscrn clrsmcnf clrsrmcnf cmdhistory cnfapsln cnfatmln cnfbert cnfcdprtntype cnfcdrscprtn cnfchan cnfchanq Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: Available commands ------------------ cnfclksrc cnfcon cnfdate cnfextclk cnfif cnfifastrk cnfifip cnfilmi cnfln cnfname cnfpasswd cnfport cnfportrscprtn cnfprfparam cnfrscprtn cnfserialif cnfsrmclksrc cnfstatsmgr cnfswfunc Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: Available commands ------------------ cnftime cnftmzn cnftmzngmt cnftrapip cnftrk cnfupcabr cnfupccbr cnfupcubr cnfupcvbr commit copy cp cth cvsi dbxclierrcode dcct dcondb del delapsln Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: Available commands ------------------ delbert delcdrscprtn delchan delcon delelete delifip dellink dellmiloop delln dellnloop delport delred delrscprtn delserialif delslotlink deltrapmgr deltree deluser dir Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: Available commands ------------------ dlmi dnibname dnibnum dnif dnilmi downloadflash dspalm dspalmcnf dspalmcnt dspalms dspapsCfg dspapsln dspatmlncnf dspatmlncnt dspbert dspcd dspcderrs dspcdprtntype dspcdrscprtn Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: Available commands ------------------ dspcds dspchan dspchancnt dspchans dspclkinfo dspclksrc dspcon dspconcnt dspcons dspcurclk dsperr dspfw dspfwrevs dspif dspifcnt dspifip dspifrsc dspifs dspilmi Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: Available commands ------------------ dspilmicnt dspilmis dsplink dsplmiloop dsplmistats dspln dsplnrsc dsplns dsplog dsplogs dspname dspnwip dsponoff dspparifs dspportcnt dspportrscprtn dspports dspprf dspprfhist Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: Available commands ------------------ dspred dsprscprtn dsprscprtns dspsarchans dspsarcnt dspsarcnts dspserialif dspshelfalm dspslotlink dspsmcnf dspsrmclksrc dspstatparms dspswfunc dsptrapip dsptrapmgr dsptrkcnf dsptrkload dsptrks dspupgrade Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: Available commands ------------------ dspusers dspver dth dumpaps dumptrace dvsi exit formatdisk Help history ifShow install lkAddr lkup ll lmitrace logout ls memShow Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: Available commands ------------------ mkdir mkfs modbert mv myid newrev onoff pagemode passwd ping printlog printrev pwd remove rename resetcd resetsys restoreallcnf rm Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: Available commands ------------------ rmdir routeAdd routeDelete routeNetAdd routeShow routestatShow rstupgrade saveallcnf sesntimeout sesnwatchdog shellConn showsyserr shutdisk smclrscrn softswitch stackdump stacktrace switchapsln Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: Available commands ------------------ switchback switchcc syncdisk syserr taskRegsShow taskShow thtrace timeout tmOff tmOn tstcon tstconseg tstdelay uncnfifastrk upif upilmi users version vsistats Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: Available commands ------------------ vsitrace vxcd vxcopy vxd vxi vxll vxls vxm vxpwd vxreboot vxrename vxrm vxsp vxsysToMonitor vxtd vxti vxtr vxts vxtt Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: Available commands ------------------ who whoami xclratmlncnt xclrchancnt xclrifcnt xcnfatmln xcnfbert xcnfcdprtntype xcnfcdrscprtn xcnfchan xcnfif xcnfifip xcnfilmi xcnfred xcnfrscprtn xcnfshelf xcnfsrmlink xcnftrapmgr xcnfupcchan Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: Available commands ------------------ xcnfuser xdspatmlncnf xdspatmlncnt xdspcdprtntype xdspcdrscprtn xdspcds xdspchancnt xdspchans xdspifcnt xdspifs xdspilmi xdspilmicnt xdspport xdspred xdsprscprtns xdspshelf xdspsrmlink xdsptrapmgr xdspusers popeye3.1.8.PXM.a >Display AUSM card command suite popeye3.1.6.AUSM8.a > help Command Logging State Priority -------------------- ------- ------ ------------------------- ? No Any Any User Help No Any Any User addaimgrp Yes Active Group 1 addchan Yes Active Group 2 addchanloop No Active Group 4 addcon Yes Active Group 2 addimagrp Yes Active Group 1 addln Yes Active Group 1 addlnloop Yes Active Service Group (-1) addlns2aimgrp Yes Active Group 1 addlns2imagrp Yes Active Group 1 addport Yes Active Group 1 addrscprtn Yes Active Group 1 aimhelp No Any Any User chkflash No Any Strata Group (-2) clear No Any Any User clraimgrpcnt No Active Group 1 clraimlncnt No Active Group 1 clralm No Any Group 5 clralmcnt No Any Group 5 clralmcnts No Any Group 5 clralms No Any Group 5 clrcderrs No Any Super Group (0) clrchancnt No Any Group 5 clrchancnts No Any Group 3 clrimagrpcnt No Active Group 1 clrimalncnt No Active Group 1 clrimatst No Any Group 1 clrmsgcnt No Any Group 5 clrportcnt No Any Group 5 clrportcnts No Any Group 5 clrsarcnt No Any Group 5 clrsarcnts No Any Group 5 clrscrn No Any Any User clrslftst No Any Any User clrtaskinfo No Any Service Group (-1) cls No Any Any User cnfaimgrp Yes Active Group 1 cnfcdprtntype Yes Active Group 2 cnfcdrscprtn Yes Active Group 1 cnfchan Yes Active Group 2 cnfchanfst Yes Active Group 2 cnfchanq Yes Active Group 2 cnfcon Yes Active Group 2 cnffst Yes Active Super Group (0) cnfilmi Yes Active Group 1 cnfimaalmparm No Any Group 1 cnfimagrp Yes Active Group 1 cnfimatst No Active Group 1 cnfln Yes Active Group 1 cnflnloop Yes Active Service Group (-1) cnfplpp Yes Active Group 1 cnfportq Yes Active Strata Group (-2) cnfportrscprtn Yes Active Group 1 cnfrscprtn Yes Active Group 1 cnfslftst Yes Active Any User cnfsvcrange Yes Active Group 1 cnfupcabr Yes Active Group 2 cnfupccbr Yes Active Group 2 cnfupcubr Yes Active Group 2 cnfupcvbr Yes Active Group 2 copychans Yes Active Group 1 delaimgrp Yes Active Group 1 delcdrscprtn Yes Active Group 1 delchan Yes Active Group 2 delchanloop No Active Group 4 delchans Yes Active Group 1 delcon Yes Active Group 2 delimagrp Yes Active Group 1 delln Yes Active Group 1 dellnloop Yes Active Service Group (-1) dellnsfmaimgrp Yes Active Group 1 dellnsfmimagrp Yes Active Group 1 delport Yes Active Group 1 delrscprtn Yes Active Group 1 dnport Yes Active Group 1 dspaimgrp No Active Group 1 dspaimgrpcnt No Active Group 1 dspaimgrps No Active Group 1 dspaimlncnt No Active Group 1 dspalm No Any Any User dspalmcnf No Any Any User dspalmcnt No Any Any User dspalms No Any Any User dspcd No Any Any User dspcderrs No Any Any User dspcdprtntype Yes Active Group 2 dspcdrscprtn Yes Active Group 1 dspchan No Any Any User dspchancnt No Any Any User dspchans No Any Any User dspcon No Any Any User dspcons No Any Any User dspfeature No Any Strata Group (-2) dspfst No Any Strata Group (-2) dspilmi No Any Any User dspilmicnt No Any Any User dspimaalmparm No Any Group 1 dspimagrp No Active Group 1 dspimagrpcnt No Active Group 1 dspimagrps No Active Group 1 dspimainfo No Active Any User dspimaln No Any Group 1 dspimalncnt No Active Group 1 dspimatst No Any Group 1 dsplcn No Any Any User dspln No Any Any User dsplns No Any Any User dsploads No Active Any User dspmsgcnt No Any Any User dspplpp Yes Active Group 1 dspport No Any Any User dspportcnt No Any Any User dspportq No Any Any User dspportqs No Any Any User dspportrscprtn Yes Active Group 1 dspports No Any Any User dsprscprtn Yes Active Group 1 dspsarcnt No Any Any User dspsarcnts No Any Any User dspslftst No Any Any User dspslftsttbl No Any Any User dspstatparms No Any Any User dspsvcrange Yes Any Any User dsptaskinfo No Any Service Group (-1) dsptotals No Any Any User i No Any Service Group (-1) memShow No Any Any User myid No Any Any User oldcnfcdrscprtn Yes Active Group 1 runslftstno No Any Any User setcmdc No Any Any User setpagemode No Any Any User shellConn Yes Any Strata Group (-2) tstcon No Active Group 4 tstconseg No Active Group 4 tstconsti No Active Group 4 tstdelay No Active Group 4 tstdelaysti No Active Group 4 upport Yes Active Group 1 version No Any Any User xaddcon Yes Active Group 1 xclrchancnt No Any Group 3 xclrportcnt No Any Group 3 xcnfalm Yes Active Service Group (-1) xcnfalmcnt Yes Active Group 3 xcnfcon Yes Active Group 1 xcnfilmi Yes Active Group 1 xcnfln Yes Active Service Group (-1) xcnfportq Yes Active Group 1 xdelcon Yes Active Group 1 xdnport Yes Active Group 1 xdspcon No Any Any User xdspcons No Any Any User xdspilmi No Any Any User xdspln No Any Any User xdsplns No Any Any User xdspport No Any Any User xdspportq No Any Any User xdspportqs No Any Any User xdspports No Any Any User xupport Yes Active Group 1 popeye3.1.6.AUSM8.a >
Example 1-345: Display FRSM card command suite popeye3.1.3.FRSM.a > help Command Logging State Priority -------------------- ------- ------ ------------------------- ? No Any Any User Help No Any Any User addcdrscprtn Yes Active Group 1 addchan Yes Active Group 2 addchanloop No Active Group 4 addcon Yes Active Group 2 addln Yes Active Group 1 addlnloop Yes Active Service Group (-1) addport Yes Active Group 1 addrscprtn Yes Active Group 1 chkflash No Any Strata Group (-2) clear No Any Any User clrportcnt No Any Group 5 clrportcnts No Any Group 5 clrsarcnt No Any Group 5 clrsarcnts No Any Group 5 clrscrn No Any Any User clrslftst No Any Any User clrtaskinfo No Any Service Group (-1) cls No Any Any User cnfcdprtntype Yes Active Group 1 cnfcdrscprtn Yes Active Group 1 cnfchancacoff Yes Active Group 2 cnfchanegressq Yes Active Group 2 cnfchanfst Yes Active Group 2 cnfchaningressq Yes Active Group 2 cnfchanmap Yes Active Group 2 cnfchanpol Yes Active Group 2 cnfcon Yes Active Group 2 cnffst Yes Active Super Group (0) cnfln Yes Active Group 1 cnflnloop Yes Active Service Group (-1) cnfoamlpbk No Any Any User cnfport Yes Active Group 1 cnfportcllm Yes Active Group 1 cnfportrscprtn Yes Active Group 1 cnfrscprtn Yes Active Group 1 cnfslftst Yes Any Any User cnftrafficgen No Any Any User cnfunit391 No Active Super Group (0) copychans Yes Active Group 1 copyports Yes Active Group 1 delcdrscprtn Yes Active Group 1 delchan Yes Active Group 2 delchanloop No Active Group 4 delchans Yes Active Group 1 delcon Yes Active Group 2 delln Yes Active Group 1 dellnloop Yes Active Service Group (-1) delport Yes Active Group 1 delports Yes Active Group 1 downport Yes Active Group 2 dspalm No Any Any User dspalmcnf No Any Any User dspalmcnt No Any Any User dspalms No Any Any User dspbufoverflow No Any Super Group (0) dspcd No Any Any User dspcderrs No Any Any User dspcdprtntype No Any Any User dspcdrscprtn No Any Any User dspchan No Any Any User dspchancnt No Any Any User dspchanmap No Any Any User dspchans No Any Any User dspchstats No Any Any User dspcon No Any Any User dspcons No Any Any User dspfeature No Any Strata Group (-2) dspfst Yes Active Group 4 dsplcn No Active Any User dspln No Any Any User dsplns No Any Any User dspmaptbl No Any Any User dspmsgcnt No Any Any User dspoamlpbk No Any Any User dspport No Any Any User dspportcnt No Any Any User dspportrscprtn No Any Any User dspports No Any Any User dspportstats No Any Any User dsprscprtn No Any Any User dspsarcnt No Any Any User dspsarcnts No Any Any User dspservrate No Any Super Group (0) dspslftst No Any Any User dspslftsttbl No Any Any User dspstatparms No Any Any User dsptaskinfo No Any Service Group (-1) dsptotals No Any Any User dsptrafficgen No Any Any User dspunit391 No Active Any User i No Any Service Group (-1) memShow No Any Any User myid No Any Any User oldcnfcdrscprtn Yes Active Group 1 queDsp No Active Any User runslftstno No Any Any User setcmdc No Any Any User setpagemode No Any Any User shellConn Yes Any Strata Group (-2) tstcon No Active Group 4 tstconsti No Active Group 4 tstdelay No Active Group 4 tstdelaysti No Active Group 4 upport Yes Active Group 2 version No Any Any User xclrchancnt No Any Group 3 xclrportcnt No Any Group 3 xcnfalm Yes Active Service Group (-1) xcnfalmcnt Yes Active Group 3 xcnfchan Yes Active Group 2 xcnfln Yes Active Service Group (-1) xcnfport Yes Active Group 1 xdspchan No Any Any User xdspchancnt No Any Any User xdspchans No Any Any User xdspln No Any Any User xdsplns No Any Any User xdspport No Any Any User xdspportcnt No Any Any User xdspports No Any Any User clralm No Any Group 5
Example 1-346: Display VISM card command suite spirit1.1.VISM.a > help ? Help addchan addcon addendpt addln addlnloop chkflash clralm clralmcnt clralmcnts clralms clrmsgcnt clrsarcnt clrsarcnts clrscrn clrtaskinfo cnfalm cnfcompsize cnfcompvad cnfdomain cnfecancnt cnfecanidle cnfecannoise cnfecannr cnfecannrn cnfecanrec cnfecantail cnfecantone cnfln cnfsuip cnfvismip delchan delcon delendpt delln dellnloop dmShellConn dspalm dspalmcnf dspalmcnt dspalms dspcarddsp dspcd dspchan dspchans dspcon dspcons dspdomain dspendpt dspendpts dsplinedsp dspln dsplns dspmsgcnt dspsarcnt dspsarcnts dspsuip dsptaskinfo dspvismip i memShow shellConn versionDisplay CESM card command suite
Example 1-347: Display CESM card command suite porky.1.12.CESM.a > help Command Logging State Priority -------------------- ------- ------ ------------------------- ? No Any Any User Help No Any Any User addcdrscprtn No Any Any User addchan Yes Active Group 2 addcon Yes Active Group 2 addln Yes Active Group 1 addlnloop Yes Active Service Group (-1) addport Yes Active Group 1 addrscprtn No Any Strata Group (-2) chkflash No Any Strata Group (-2) clear No Any Any User clralm No Any Group 5 clralmcnt No Any Group 5 clralmcnts No Any Group 5 clralms No Any Group 5 clrcderrs No Any Super Group (0) clrchancnt No Any Group 5 clrchancnts No Any Group 3 clrmsgcnt No Any Group 5 clrsarcnt No Any Group 5 clrsarcnts No Any Group 5 clrscrn No Any Any User clrslftst No Any Any User clrtaskinfo No Any Service Group (-1) cls No Any Any User cnfcdprtntype No Any Any User cnfcdrscprtn No Any Any User cnfchan Yes Active Group 2 cnfcon Yes Active Group 2 cnfln Yes Active Group 1 cnfportrscprtn No Any Any User cnfrscprtn No Any Strata Group (-2) cnfslftst Yes Active Any User cnfswparms No Any Any User delcdrscprtn No Any Any User delchan Yes Active Group 2 delchans Yes Active Group 1 delcon Yes Active Group 2 delln Yes Active Group 1 dellnloop Yes Active Service Group (-1) delport Yes Active Group 1 delports Yes Active Group 1 delrscprtn No Any Strata Group (-2) dspalm No Any Any User dspalmcnf No Any Any User dspalmcnt No Any Any User dspalms No Any Any User dspcd No Any Any User dspcderrs No Any Any User dspcdprtntype No Any Strata Group (-2) dspcdrscprtn No Any Any User dspchan No Any Any User dspchancnt No Any Any User dspchans No Any Any User dspcon No Any Any User dspcons No Any Any User dspfeature No Any Strata Group (-2) dsplcn No Active Any User dspln No Any Any User dsplns No Any Any User dspmsgcnt No Any Any User dspport No Any Any User dspportrscprtn No Any Any User dspports No Any Any User dspsarcnt No Any Any User dspsarcnts No Any Any User dspslftst No Any Any User dspslftsttbl No Any Any User dspstatparms No Any Any User dsptaskinfo No Any Service Group (-1) i No Any Service Group (-1) memShow No Any Any User myid No Any Any User oldcnfcdrscprtn No Any Any User oldcnfportrscprtn No Any Any User runslftstno No Any Any User setpagemode No Any Any User shellConn Yes Any Strata Group (-2) tstchan No Active Group 4 tstchansti No Active Group 4 tstcon No Active Group 4 tstconsti No Active Group 4 tstdelay No Active Group 4 tstdelaysti No Active Group 4 version No Any Any User xclrchancnt No Any Group 3 xcnfalm Yes Active Service Group (-1) xcnfalmcnt Yes Active Group 3 xcnfcdprtntype No Any Strata Group (-2) xcnfcdrscprtn No Any Strata Group (-2) xcnfchan Yes Active Group 2 xcnfln Yes Active Service Group (-1) xcnfport Yes Active Group 1 xcnfrscprtn No Any Strata Group (-2) xdspchan No Any Any User xdspchancnt No Any Any User xdspchans No Any Any User xdspln No Any Any User xdsplns No Any Any User xdspport No Any Any User xdspports No Any Any User clralm No Any Group 5 clralmcnt No Any Group 5 porky.1.12.CESM.a >

history

Display Command History

Use the history command to view the last ten commands executed on the current card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

history

Related Commands

cmdhistory

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-348: Display the last ten commands executed on the PXM card spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > history Size of cmdHistory is currently 10 line(s) 1 dspconcnt 2.39.45 2 dsplmistats 3 dsplmiloop 4 dsplm 5 clrportcnt 6 dspportcnts 7 dspportcnt 8 dspportcnt 1 9 dsplmistats 10 history spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >

ifShow

Show Interfaces

Use the ifShow command to view the contents of all the currently configured interfaces.

Card(s) on which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

ifShow

Related Commands

memShow, routeShow

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-349: Display contents of the configured interfaces spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > ifShow lnPci (unit number 0): Flags: (0x63) UP BROADCAST ARP RUNNING Internet address: 172.29.23.149 Broadcast address: 172.29.23.255 Netmask 0xffff0000 Subnetmask 0xffffff00 Ethernet address is 00:c0:43:00:2d:c7 Metric is 0 Maximum Transfer Unit size is 1500 599468 packets received; 34476 packets sent 0 input errors; 0 output errors 0 collisions lo (unit number 0): Flags: (0x69) UP LOOPBACK ARP RUNNING Internet address: 127.0.0.1 Netmask 0xff000000 Subnetmask 0xff000000 Metric is 0 Maximum Transfer Unit size is 4096 4 packets received; 4 packets sent 0 input errors; 0 output errors 0 collisions sl (unit number 0): Flags: (0x71) UP POINT-TO-POINT ARP RUNNING Internet address: 0.0.0.0 Destination Internet address: 0.0.0.0 Netmask 0xff000000 Subnetmask 0xff000000 Metric is 0 Maximum Transfer Unit size is 576 0 packets received; 0 packets sent 0 input errors; 0 output errors 0 collisions atm (unit number 0): Flags: (0x43) UP BROADCAST TRAILERS ARP RUNNING Internet address: 172.1.1.149 Broadcast address: 172.1.1.255 Netmask 0xffff0000 Subnetmask 0xffffff00 Ethernet address is 00:00:00:00:00:00 Metric is 0 Maximum Transfer Unit size is 1500 0 packets received; 47272 packets sent 0 input errors; 47272 output errors 0 collisions spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >

install

Install the Firmware Load

Use the install command after transferring a PXM firmware image (using the downloadflash command) during a system upgrade session.

See Figure 1-6 for an illustration of how the install command is used in the upgrade process.


Figure 1-6: Install Command Used in the Upgrade Process


Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

install [bt] [sm <slot>] <version>

Syntax Description

bt

Backup boot.

sm <slot>

Location of the service module card and the slot number.

version

Firmware file version.

Related Commands

dspupgrade , rstupgrade, newrev, abort, commit , dspfwrevs , printrev

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-350: Begin loading firmware 1.1.10 NODENAME.1.7.PXM.a > install 1.1.10 this may take a while ... install command completed ok. please wait for the other card to enter the hold state.
Example 1-351: Begin loading firmware 1.1.10, no redundancy NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > install 1.1.10 redundancy is not available the other card is not available you are not in redundant mode, do you want to try an ungraceful upgrade (yes or no)?
Example 1-352: Begin ungraceful upgrade (with redundancy) NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > install 1.1.11 the new version is not compatible with the current version, do you want to try an ungraceful upgrade (yes or no)?
Example 1-353: Begin loading firmware on backup boot NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > install bt 1.1.11 writing pxm_bkup_masukawa.fw to flash... Board recognised as a PXM1B board ... Checksum size is 1261544 ... Erasing the flash .... FLASH erase complete Downloading C:/FW/pxm_bkup_1.1.11.fw into the flash ... verifying flash contents .... Flash ok .... Flash download completed ... copying pxm_bt_1.1.11.fw to standby... writing flash on other card... command completed ok on both pxms. The new boot code will be used after the next reset
Example 1-354: View errors encountered during install command on a PXM (multiple cases) NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > install 1.1.10 file "C:/FW/ComMat.dat" not found A graceful upgrade cannot be performed; these two versions are not compatible. ERR: command "install" failed NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > install 1.1.13 FW version C:/FW/pxm_1.1.13.fw is not in the appropriate directory ERR: command "install" failed NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > install 1.1.12 A graceful upgrade cannot be performed; these two versions are not compatible. ERR: command "install" failed NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > install bt 1.1.12 writing pxm_bkup_1.1.12.fw to flash... Board recognised as a PXM1B board ... Backup boot file not found in the FW directory ... Cannot proceed ... error writing to flash ERR: command "install" failed
Example 1-355: Begin loading firmware on a service module golden1.1.7.PXM.a > install sm 11 10.0.05 Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? yes
Example 1-356: Begin loading firmware on a service module, no redundancy NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > install sm 5 10.0.05 you are not in redundant mode, do you want to try an ungraceful upgrade (yes or no)?
Example 1-357: Begin loading firmware for a service module for backup boot NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > install bt sm 5 FR8_BT_1.0.01 downloading and burning flash on SM 5... Command completed ok The new boot code will be used after the next reset
Example 1-358: View errors encountered during install command on an SM (multiple cases) NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > install sm 5 1.1.11 Incorrect version : 1.1.11 Version 1.1.11 is not available ERR: command "install" failed NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > install bt sm 5 1.1.11 Incorrect version : 1.1.11 The file is not found ERR: command "install" failed

logout

Log Out

Use the logout command to exit the current CLI shell.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM

Syntax

logout

Related Commands

bye, exit

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-359: Log out of the current CLI shell spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > logout (session ended)

ls

List

Use the ls command to list the contents of the working directory. The filename is listed for each entry. The total space of the file system and free space is also summarized at the end of the output.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

ls

Related Commands

cd, pwd , rename, deltree, copy

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-360: Display contents of the working directory raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > ls SM FW DIAG STATS TMP CNF RPM LOG clrDB upgrade.state config.sys DB frsm_vhs_5.0.01_27May99_1_rmenon.fw frsm_vhs_5.0.01_16Jun99_1_rmenon.fw In the file system : total space : 819200 K bytes free space : 700583 K bytes raviraj.1.7.PXM.a >

memShow

Show Memory

Use the memShow command to view the current memory map.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

memShow

Related Commands

ifShow, routeShow

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-361: Show current memory allocation on the PXM spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > memShow status bytes blocks avg block max block ------ --------- -------- ---------- ---------- current free 2967104 37 80192 2879008 alloc 2561600 1774 1443 - cumulative alloc 241511616 1019558 236 - spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >

mkdir

Make Directory

Use the mkdir command to create a new directory.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

mkdir <path_name>

Syntax Description

path_name

Name of the target directory.

Related Commands

dir

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Any

Privilege: Service

modbert

Modify BERT

Use the modbert command to inject errors into the bit stream for bit error rate testing (BERT).

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

modbert <slot>

Syntax Description

slot

Slot number

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1

moddsx3bert

Modify DSX3 BERT

Use the moddsx3bert command to inject multi-rate errors into the bit error rate testing (BERT) bit stream.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM 2T3E3, CESMT3

Syntax

moddsx3bert <EIR>

Syntax Description

EIR

Error insertion rate.

  • 0 = no error

  • 2 = 1 in 10

  • 3 = 1 in 100

  • 4 = 1 in 1000

  • 5 = 1 in 10**4

  • 6 = 1 in 10**7

Related Commands

acqdsx3bert , cnfdsx3bert, deldsx3bert, dspdsx3bert, startdsx3bert, xcnfdsx3bert, xdspdsx3bert

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-362: Inject EIR 1-in-10 for the current BERT session popeye1.1.21.CESMT3.a > moddsx3bert 2 popeye1.1.21.CESMT3.a >
Example 1-363: Display results popeye1.1.21.CESMT3.a > dspdsx3bert Bert Control: Modify dsx3Bert Bert Resource Status State: In Use Bert Owner: CLI Bert Status: In Sync Bert Test Medium: Line Bert Port: 1 Line Number : 1 Bert Mode : bertPatternTest Bert Pattern : doubleOneZero Loopback type: metallicLoopback Start time (secs.) 14:14:44 Start Date FRI JUL 02 1999 Bit countupper: 3 Bit countlower: 389194075 Bit Error Countupper 0 Bit Error Countlower 14363002 Error Insertion Rate: oneInTenPowerTwo Error Insertion count: 0 DSX3 BERT in Sync Syntax : dspdsx3bert

mv

Move

Use the mv command to rename a file or directory.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

mv <path_name> <tgt_path_name>

Syntax Description

path_name

Name of the existing file or directory.

tgt_path_name

Name of the target file or directory.

Related Commands

rename

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Any

Privilege: SuperUser

myid

My Identification

Use the myid command to view information about the user of the current terminal session.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM

Syntax

myid

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-364: Display login name of the current user—"cisco" in this case manish.1.7.PXM.a > myid User ID: cisco Access Level: CISCO_GP Terminal Port: telnet.01 manish.1.7.PXM.a >

newrev

New Revision

Use the newrev command to complete an upgrade/downgrade procedure on the PXM. This operation assumes that the install command has been successfully completed.

When this command executes normally, no output is returned, but the card is reset.

See Figure 1-7 for an illustration of how the newrev command is used in the firmware upgrade process.


Figure 1-7: newrev Command Used in the Upgrade Process


Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

newrev [sm <slot>] <version>


Note   The "sm <slot>" parameter is optional; used only when a service module image is being upgraded.

Syntax Description

slot

Slot number of the service module slot that needs to be upgraded or downgraded.

version

Firmware version.

Related Commands

rstupgrade, dspupgrade , install , abort, commit , dspfwrevs , printrev

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-365: View loading firmware errors (multiple cases) NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > newrev 1.1.11 in 'upgrade idle', must be in 'upgrade install' ERR: command "newrev" failed NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > newrev 1.1.11 1.1.11 is not the PXM FW seondary image ERR: command "newrev" failed
Example 1-366: Load firmware on a Service Module golden1.1.7.PXM.a > newrev sm 11 10.0.05 Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? yes
Example 1-367: View loading firmware errors for a Service Module golden1.1.7.PXM.a > newrev sm 11 10.0.05 Incorrect version : 10.0.05 usage: newrev [sm <slot>] <version> ERR: command "newrev" failed

pagemode

Page Mode

Use the pagemode command to adjust the way information is presented in the console display. Set pagemode off to enable continuous scrolling of displayed information, or set pagemode on to view incremental portions of the display.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

pagemode [off]

Syntax Description

off

Present uninterrupted results of command.

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-368: Set display for continuous scroll raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > pagemode off Value of pageMode is now turned OFF raviraj.1.7.PXM.a >
Example 1-369: Set display for incremental views raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > pagemode on Value of pageMode is now turned ON raviraj.1.7.PXM.a >

passwd

Password

Use the passwd command to set the password on the PXM.


Note   The default password is newuser.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

password

Related Commands

cnfpasswd

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-370: Set password on the PXM raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > passwd Enter password: (default password "newuser" will be used) raviraj.1.7.PXM.a >

ping

Ping

Use the ping command to send an ICMP packet to a destination address to find out if the host is operational.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

ping <IP_Addr> <Num_Packets>

Syntax Description

IP_Addr

IP address of the destination host in dotted decimal format <n>.<n>.<n>.<n>, where <n> is an integer in the range 0-255.

Num_Packets

Number of packets, in the range 0-65535.

  • 0 = infinite

  • 3 = default

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-371: Display operational information of the destination address raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > ping 172.29.23.148 PING 172.29.23.148: 56 data bytes 64 bytes from 172.29.23.148: icmp_seq=0. time=0. ms 64 bytes from 172.29.23.148: icmp_seq=1. time=0. ms 64 bytes from 172.29.23.148: icmp_seq=2. time=0. ms ----172.29.23.148 PING Statistics---- 3 packets transmitted, 3 packets received, 0% packet loss round-trip (ms) min/avg/max = 0/0/0 raviraj.1.7.PXM.a >

printrev

Display Firmware Version

Use the printrev command to view the primary and secondary versions of firmware saved in the BRAM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

printrev

Related Commands

dspupgrade , rstupgrade, newrev, dspfwrevs , copy , install , commit , abort

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-372: Display firmware versions running in both PXM cards spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > printrev primary : 1.0.00 secondary : 1.0.00 spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >

pwd

Present Working Directory

Use the pwd command to view the current working directory on the PXM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

pwd

Related Commands

dir, mkdir

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-373: Display current working directory on the PXM raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > pwd C: raviraj.1.7.PXM.a >

remove

Remove

Use the remove command to delete a file or directory from the PXM hard drive.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

remove <path_name>

Syntax Description

path_name

Name of an existing file or directory.

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Any

Privilege: SuperUser

rename

Rename

Use the rename command to modify the current name of a file or directory.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

rename <path_name> <tgt_path_name>

Syntax Description

path_name

Name of an existing file or directory.

tgt_path_name

Name of target file or directory.

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Any

Privilege: SuperUser

resetcd

Reset Card

Use the resetcd command to reset either the hardware of a selected service module or the failure history of the current card.

Using the resetcd command without defining a slot number results in an ungraceful (disruptive) upgrade. This is the fastest method to upgrade a card, but interrupts service.

A graceful (non-disruptive) upgrade requires that the install, newrev, and commit commands have already been executed, and that the card is identified in the command string.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

resetcd [slot number]

Syntax Description

slot number

Slot number, in the range 1-32.

Related Commands

install , newrev, commit

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 3


Example 1-374: Reset PXM without interrupting service porky.1.7.PXM.a > resetcd 5

resetsys

Reset System

Use the resetsys command to reset the system.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

resetsys

Related Commands

resetcd

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 3


Example 1-375: Reset the system porky.1.7.PXM.a > resetsys Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? y Syncing ...... Warning: firmware reset on active PXM card by cisco@telnet.01 (172.29.52.18) (session ended)

restoreallcnf

Restore All Configurations

Use the restoreallcnf command to save the shelf configuration into a file. This file can then be used to restore the configuration at a later time.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

restoreallcnf [-f] <FILENAME> [-v]

Syntax Description

-f

Command delineator that precedes the FILENAME entry.

FILENAME

Filename to be stored.

-v

Command delineator to print the restored file.

Related Commands

clrallcnf , saveallcnf

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: SuperUser

rnmnd

Renumber Node

Use the rnmnd command to renumber a routing node.


Note   This command is not applicable for a feeder node, and by default is set to 1.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

rnmnd <1 | 2>

Syntax Description

<1 | 2>

Indicates the node type.

  • 1 = feeder node

  • 2 = routing node

Related Commands

routeShow, routestatShow

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Group 1


Example 1-376: Renumber node error on a feeder node NODENAME.1.8.PXM.a > rnmnd 2 Node renumber not allowed for Feeder Node

routeShow

Show Routing

Use the routeShow command to view the current IP routing of the network layer of the operating system.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

routeShow

Related Commands

routestatShow

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-377: Display current IP routing of the network layer of the operating system spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > routeShow ROUTE NET TABLE destination gateway flags Refcnt Use Interface ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 0.0.0.0 172.29.23.149 1 1 21778 lnPci0 0.0.0.0 172.29.23.1 3 0 2755 lnPci0 172.1.1.0 172.1.1.149 1 0 0 atm0 172.29.23.0 172.29.23.149 1 2 5275 lnPci0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------ ROUTE HOST TABLE destination gateway flags Refcnt Use Interface ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 5 0 0 sl0 127.0.0.1 127.0.0.1 5 1 0 lo0 172.29.23.3 172.1.1.149 5 0 3555 atm0 172.29.23.5 172.1.1.149 5 0 3304 atm0 172.29.23.7 172.1.1.149 5 0 3335 atm0 171.71.29.18 172.1.1.149 5 0 3304 atm0 172.29.23.18 172.1.1.149 5 0 3304 atm0 172.29.23.28 172.1.1.149 5 0 6127 atm0 172.29.23.29 172.1.1.149 5 1 6065 atm0 171.71.29.32 172.1.1.149 5 0 5842 atm0 171.71.29.44 172.1.1.149 5 0 3304 atm0 172.29.23.53 172.1.1.149 5 0 3304 atm0 171.71.29.59 172.1.1.149 5 0 3304 atm0 171.71.28.126 172.1.1.149 5 0 3309 atm0 ------------------------------------------------------------------------ spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >

routestatShow

Show Routing Statistics

Use the routestatShow command to view the current IP routing statistics for the network layer of the operating system.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

routestatShow

Related Commands

routeShow

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-378: Display current IP routing statistics for the network layer of the operating system spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > routestatShow routing: 0 bad routing redirect 0 dynamically created route 0 new gateway due to redirects 0 destination found unreachable 11095 uses of a wildcard route spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >

rstupgrade

Reset Upgrade

Use the rstupgrade command to cancel the software upgrade process. In normal circumstances, the abort command is the best way to stop the software upgrade process. However, if a hardware failure or other error occurs during the installation, run the rstupgrade command to cancel the installation. Run the dspupgrade command to display the status. The status "upgrade idle" indicates that the upgrade has been cancelled. You then can correct the cause of the error, and start the upgrade process again.

See Figure 1-8 for an illustration of how the rstupgrade command is used in the upgrade process.


Figure 1-8: rstupgrade Command Used in the Upgrade Process


Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

rstupgrade

Related Commands

dspupgrade , newrev, install , abort, commit , dspfwrevs , printrev

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-379: Reset upgrade and display upgrade spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >rstupgrade spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > dspupgrade active: 'upgrade idle' standby: 'upgrade idle' spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >

runslftstno

Run Self-Test Number

Use the runslftstno command to activate the self-test for the specified self-test number on the current card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM, AUSM, CESM

Syntax

runslftstno <Test #>

Syntax Description

Test #

Number of the test to run during this session. If this parameter is omitted, all tests are run.

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-380: Run all self-tests on the current AUSM card spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > runslftstno Test # Test Name Thold Fail Pass Last Enab Destr Card Rst 1 DRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 2 SRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 3 GRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 4 BRAM checksum test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y 5 CODE checksum test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 6 Line loopback test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y 7 CellBus test 1 0 0 P Y N N 8 DPRAM test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 9 CSERAM test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 10 CAM test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y 11 IMA grp lpbk test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y runslftstno "Test #" spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a >
Example 1-381: Run all self-tests on the current FRSM card spirit.1.1.FRSM.a > runslftstno Test # Test Name Thold Fail Pass Last Enab Destr Card Rst 1 DRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 2 SRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 3 GRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 4 BRAM checksum test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 5 CODE checksum test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 6 Line loopback test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y 7 M32 test 1 0 0 P Y Y N 8 Data loopback test 1 0 0 P N Y Y 9 CellBus test 1 0 0 P Y N N runslftstno "Test #" spirit.1.1.FRSM.a >
Example 1-382: Run all self-tests on the current FRSM-2CT3 card spirit.1.3.VHS2CT3.a > runslftstno Test # Test Name Thold Fail Pass Last Enab Destr Card Rst 1 CPU DRAM access test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 2 SAR self test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 3 ISE self test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 4 ESE self test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 5 CODE checksum test 1 0 0 P Y N Y 6 Line loopback test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y 7 FREEDM test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y 8 Data loopback test 1 0 0 P Y Y Y 9 CellBus test 1 0 0 P Y N N runslftstno "Test #" spirit.1.3.VHS2CT3.a >
Example 1-383: Run self-test with specified self-test number on the current card spirit.1.3.VHS2CT3.a > runslftstno 1 Test Number 1 Result: PASS spirit.1.3.VHS2CT3.a >

saveallcnf

Save All Configuration

Use the saveallcnf command to save the shelf configuration into a file. This file can then be used to restore the configuration at a later time.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

saveallcnf -v

Syntax Description

-v

Command delineator that prints the configuration file.

Related Commands

clrallcnf , restoreallcnf

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Any

sesntimeout

Session Timeout

Use the sesntimeout command to define maximum idle time, in seconds, for the current session. If you do not specify a timeout period in seconds, the system displays the current timeout. To disable the session timeout function, enter a 0.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

sesntimeout [time_out]

Syntax Description

time_out

Number of idle time seconds allowed for the session.

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-384: Display current timeout spirit.1.7.PXM.a > sesntimeout The timeout period for this session is currently 600 second(s) spirit.1.7.PXM.a >
Example 1-385: Set session timeout threshold to 12 minutes (720 seconds) spirit.1.7.PXM.a > sesntimeout 720 The timeout period for this session is now set to 720 second(s) spirit.1.7.PXM.a >

shutdisk

Shut Down Disk

Use the shutdisk command to quiesce the disk.


Note   You must execute a shutdisk on the PXM prior to rebooting the PXM.


Note   You must execute a shutdisk on the PXM prior to removing a PXM from the system.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

shutdisk

Related Commands

syncdisk, formatdisk

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: SuperUser

softswitch

Switch to Redundant from Primary

Use the softswitch command to transfer control from the active primary service module to the active secondary (or redundant) service module. The primary service module will reboot and come up in standby mode. Use the switchback command to revert to normal operation after a softswitch.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

softswitch <fromSlot> <toSlot>

Syntax Description

fromSlot

Slot number of the primary card, in the following ranges:

  • 1-6

  • 9-14

  • 17-22

  • 25-30

toSlot

Slot number of the secondary card, in the following ranges:

  • 1-6

  • 9-14

  • 17-22

  • 25-30

Related Commands

switchback , addred , delred, dspred

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any

startdsx3bert

Start DSX3 BERT

Use the startdsx3bert command to start a bit error rate test (BERT) session. You must reset the BERT counters, using the clrbertcntrs command, prior to using the startdsx3bert command.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM 2T3E3, CESMT3

Syntax

startdsx3bert

Related Commands

acqdsx3bert , clrbertcntrs, cnfdsx3bert, dspdsx3bert

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-386: Start a BERT session on the selected service module popeye1.1.21.CESMT3.a > startdsx3bert popeye1.1.21.CESMT3.a >

switchapsln

Switch APS Line

Use the switchapsln command to control APS switching actions. This function applies to OC-3 and
OC-12 lines.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

switchapsln <line number> [<operation>] [<slotnumber>]

Syntax Description

line number

OC-3 or OC-12 line number on which to apply APS.

operation

Type of APS switch functionality to use on the PXM line.

  • 1 = clear

  • 2 = forced

  • 3 = manual

  • 4 = lock-out

  • 5 = service

slot number

The slot number to which the APS lines are switched.

  • 1 = switch all APS lines to slot 1

  • 2 = switch all APS lines to slot 2

Related Commands

addapsln, cnfapsln, delapsln, dspapsln

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1

switchback

Switch Back to Primary from Redundant

Use the switchback command to revert to normal operation after a softswitch. The switchback command transfers control from the active secondary (or redundant) service module back to the active primary service module. The secondary (or redundant) service module will reboot and will come up in standby mode

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

switchback <PrimarySlotNum> <SecondarySlotNum>

Syntax Description

PrimarySlotNum

Slot number of the primary card, in the following ranges:

  • 1-6

  • 9-14

  • 17-22

  • 25-30

SecondarySlotNum

Slot number of the secondary card, in the following ranges:

  • 1-6

  • 9-14

  • 17-22

  • 25-30

Related Commands

softswitch, addred , delred, dspred

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any

switchcc

Switch Core Cards

Use the switchcc command to transfer control of the MGX 8250 shelf from the active PXM to the standby PXM. If a standby PXM is not available, the command is not executed.

During a config copy, this command is disabled. If the command is attempted during a config copy, a "Can't execute, BRAM or FLASH is being updated" message is displayed.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

switchcc

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 3


Example 1-387: Attempt to switchcc without a standby PXM on the shelf raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > switchcc Do you want to proceed (Yes/No)? y Core card redundancy unavailable
raviraj.1.7.PXM.a >

syncdisk

Synchronize Disk

Use the syncdisk command to flush out the write buffers to the disk and put the device in standby mode. Use the syncdisk command before you remove the PXM card or reset the shelf.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

syncdisk

Related Commands

formatdisk

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any

timeout

Session Timeout

Use the timeout command to set maximum idle time, in seconds, for the current session on the PXM. If you do not specify a timeout period in seconds, the system displays the current timeout. To disable the session timeout function, enter a zero.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

timeout [time_out]

Syntax Description

time_out

Number of idle time seconds allowed prior to automatically logging off the current user.

Related Commands

sesntimeout

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: SuperUser

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-388: Display current timeout spirit.1.7.PXM.a > timeout The timeout period for this session is currently 600 second(s) spirit.1.7.PXM.a >
Example 1-389: Set session timeout threshold to 12 minutes (720 seconds) spirit.1.7.PXM.a > timeout 720 The timeout period for this session is now set to 720 second(s) spirit.1.7.PXM.a >

tstcon

Test Connection

Use the tstcon command to test the integrity of a connection between an MGX 8250 card and a remote end within the WAN switching network by sending a single collection of supervisory cells to the remote end. The terminal displays only a pass or fail message.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM

Syntax: FRSM, CESM

tstcon <channel number>

Syntax Description

channel number

A number in the range appropriate for the card.

  • FRSM

    • 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015

    • HS1/B range = 16-1015

    • T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015

    • 2CT3 range = 16-4015

  • CESM

    • 8T1/E1 range = 32-279

    • T3/E3, one connection starting at 32

Syntax: PXM

tstcon <con_id>

Syntax Description

con_id

Connection identifier, in the format port.vpi.vci.

  • Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation

  • vpi range = 1-4095

  • vci range = 1-65535

Syntax: AUSM

tstcon <port.VPI.VCI | channel number>

Syntax Description

port.VPI.VCI

Connection identifier, in the format port.vpi.vci.

  • Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation

  • vpi range = 1-4095

  • vci range = 1-65535

channel number

Channel number, in the range 16-1015.

Related Commands

dspcons , tstconseg , tstdelay

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Group 4


Example 1-390: Test a connection on the current AUSM (using the port.VPI.VCI argument) s1.1.12.AUSM8.a > tstcon 2.1.1
Example 1-391: Test a connection on the current AUSM (using the channel number argument) s1.1.12.AUSM8.a > tstcon 21 Output: tstcon in progress Test passed.

tstconseg

Test Connection Segment

Use the tstconseg command to test the integrity of a connection between an MGX 8250 card and service equipment (CPE) by sending a single collection of supervisory cells to the remote end. The terminal displays only a pass or fail message.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, AUSM-8T1E1

Syntax for PXM

tstconseg <channel number>

Syntax Description

channel number

Channel number, in the range 16-4111.

Syntax for AUSM-8T1E1

tstconseg <port.VPI.VCI | channel number>

Syntax Description

port.VPI.VCI

Connection identifier, in the format port.VPI.VCI.

  • Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation

  • VPI range = 1-4095

  • VCI range = 1-65535

channel number

Channel number, in the range 16-1015

Related Commands

dspcons , tstcon , tstdelay

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Group 4


Example 1-392: Test connection between the current AUSM card and the service equipment (CPE) using the port.VPI.VCI argument s1.1.12.AUSM8.a > tstconseg 2.1.1 Output: tstcon in progress Test passed.
Example 1-393: Test connection between the current AUSM card and the service equipment (CPE) using the channel number argument s1.1.12.AUSM8.a > tstconseg 21 Output: tstcon in progress Test passed.

tstdelay

Test Round Trip Delay

Use the tstdelay command to conduct an external connectivity test by sending a single collection of supervisory cells to the remote end to the network and back. The terminal displays a pass or fail message and the round-trip time in milliseconds.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM

Syntax: FRSM, CESM

tstdelay <channel number>

Syntax Description

channel number

Channel number, in the range appropriate for the card.

  • FRSM

    • 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015

    • HS1/B range = 16-1015

    • T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015

    • 2CT3 range = 16-4015

  • CESM

    • 8T1/E1 range = 32-279

    • T3/E3, one connection starting at 32

Syntax: PXM

tstdelay <con_id>

Syntax Description

con_id

Connection identifier, in the format port.vpi.vci.

  • Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation

  • vpi range = 1-4095

  • vci range = 1-65535

Syntax: AUSM-8T1E1

tstdelay < port.VPI.VCI | channel number>

Syntax Description

port.VPI.VCI

Connection identifier, in the format port.VPI.VCI.

  • Port range = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation.

  • VPI range = 1-4095.

  • VCI range = 1-65535.

channel number

Channel number, in the range 16-1015.

Related Commands

dspcons , tstcon

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Group 4


Example 1-394: Test the delay for a round trip to and from the network on channel 16 MGX 880061.1.10.AUSM.a > tstdelay 16 TestDelay in progress. TestDelay Passed with 2 ms.
Example 1-395: Test the delay for a round trip to and from the network from the current AUSM card on port 2, VPI 1, VCI 1 s1.1.12.AUSM8.a > tstdelay 2.1.1 Output: tstdelay in progress Delay Test Passed with 2 ms.
Example 1-396: Test the delay for a round trip to and from the network from the current AUSM card on channel 21 s1.1.12.AUSM8.a > tstdelay 21 Output: tstdelay in progress Delay Test Passed with 1 ms.

uncnfifastrk

Unconfigure Interface as Trunk

Use the uncnfifastrk command to restore trunk routing operations on a PXM line.


Note   Delete all trunk connections prior to using this command.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

uncnfifastrk <slot.port> <iftype>

Syntax Description

slot.port

Slot and port number of the line to be designated for trunking.

  • Slot = 7 (typical) or 8.

  • Port = 1-N, as appropriate for the physical installation.

iftype

Type of trunk.

  • ftrk = feeder trunk

  • rtrk = routing trunk (default)

Related Commands

cnfifastrk

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: SuperUser


Example 1-397: Return the line on port 1 in slot 7 to use as a routing trunk MGX-01.1.7.PXM.a > uncnfifastrk 7.1 rtrk MGX-01.1.7.PXM.a >

An error message occurs if trunks are not deleted prior to invoking the uncnfifastrk command.

upcon

Up Connection

Use the upcon command to bring up a connection that was previously brought down by the dncon command. (The typical purpose of dncon is some form of operational modification or troubleshooting.)

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM, FRSM, VISM, CESM

Syntax

upcon <slot>.<port>.<vpi>.<vci>

Syntax Description

slot

Slot number, in the following ranges:

  • 1-6

  • 9-14

  • 17-22

  • 25-31

port

Port number, in the range 1-255.

vpi

Virtual path identifier (VPI) number, in the range 0-4095.

vci

Virtual channel identifier (VCI) number, in the range 0-65535.

Related Commands

dncon

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1

upif

Up Interface

Use the upif command to add a logical interface to a broadband port on a PXM. The purpose of configuring logical interfaces for a line is to create a structure for resource partitioning. The network control applications (PAR, Tag, and so on) require resources linked to the logical interfaces.

A PXM can have 1-32 logical interfaces regardless of the number of physical lines. With multiple lines serving as uplinks, you can divide the 32 logical interfaces between the active lines according to need, yet each line would still have the full range of VPIs and VCIs.

The number of logical interfaces per line can vary, but the maximum number of VPIs and VCIs is fixed (with the actual range subject to your configuration). To change the configuration of an existing logical interface on the PXM, use the cnfif command.


Note   On a virtual trunk, the min_vpi and max_vpi should be the same. Only a routing node can support virtual trunking.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

upif <if_num> <line_num> <pct_bw> <min_vpi> <max_vpi>

Syntax Description

if_num

Number of the logical interface, in the range 1-32.

line_num

PXM line number, in the range 1-4.

  • 1 port on the OC-12 card

  • 2 ports on the T3/E3 card

  • 4 ports on the OC-3 card

pct_bw

Percentage of the line bandwidth to be allocated to the logical interface, in the range 0-100. The value applies to both the ingress and egress.

min_vpi

Minimum virtual path identifier value, in the range appropriate for either UNI or NNI.

  • UNI = 0-255

  • NNI = 0-4095

The UNI range typically applies to a line connecting a stand-alone node to a workstation.

max_vpi

Maximum virtual path identifier value, in the range appropriate for either UNI or NNI.

  • UNI = 0-255

  • NNI = 0-4095

Typically, the UNI range applies to a line connecting a stand-alone node to a workstation.

Related Commands

upif

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Group 4


Example 1-398: Add logical interface to a PXM port spirit.1.7.PXM.a > upif 1 1 100 1 2000 spirit.1.7.PXM.a >

upport

Up Port

Use the upport command to activate a specified AUSM port.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

upport <port_num> <port_type> <line_num>

Syntax Description

port_num

Port number, in the range 1-8.

port_type

Type of port.

  • 1 = UNI

  • 2 = NNI

line_num

Line number, in the range 1-8.

Related Commands

dnport

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1

A system response does not occur unless an error is detected. Possible errors include:

users

Display Names of All Users Currently Logged Into Switch

Use the users command to view details associated with currently active users on the PXM. The screen display shows the means through which each user logged into the switch, the slot number of the current card, and the login name of the users.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

users

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-399: Display users logged into the switch spirit.1.7.PXM.a > users Port Slot Idle UserId From ------------------------------------------------------------- telnet.01 * 7 0:00:00 cisco 171.71.25.240 telnet.02 3 0:07:03 cisco 171.71.25.240 spirit.1.7.PXM.a >

version

Display Versions

Use the version command to view different types of version-related information, such as firmware version, operating system kernel version, and the date of the software build (see screen examples).

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM, VISM

Syntax

version

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-400: Display version information on the current PXM card spirit.1.7.PXM.a > version VxWorks (for MGX 8250) version 5.3.1. Kernel: WIND version 2.5. Made on Feb 13 1999, 07:40:57. Boot line: lnPci(0,0) e=172.29.37.40 g=172.29.37.1 PXM firmware version : 1.0.00cp1 Boot Image Version : 1.0.00av spirit.1.7.PXM.a >
Example 1-401: Display version information on the current FRSM card spirit.1.11.FRSM.a > version ***** Cisco Systems, Inc. MGX 8250 FRSM Card ***** Firmware Version = eqa2.0.1g Backup Boot version = model-B BT_2.0.0 PXMFRSM Xilinx file = frsm025.h VxWorks (for STRATACOM) version 5.1.1-R3000. Kernel: WIND version 2.4. Made on Wed Jan 13 19:45:10 PST 1999. Boot line: spirit.1.11.FRSM.a >
Example 1-402: Display version information on the current VISM card spirit.1.5.VISM8.a > version ***** Cisco Systems. AXIS VISM Card ***** Firmware Version = rangar Backup Boot version = 3.2.02 Xilinx Firmware version = 10/ 2/1998 DSPCOM FPGA version = 1/20/1999 DSPM Firmware Details: Major Release = 3 Minor Release = 0 Build number = 12 DSPM ecan Firmware Details: Major Release = 7 Minor Release = 3 Build number = 9e1 VxWorks (for R5k PDC) version 5.3.1. Kernel: WIND version 2.5. Made on Mar 9 1999, 14:19:21. Boot line: spirit.1.5.VISM8.a >
Example 1-403: Display version information on the current AUSM card spirit.1.14.AUSM.a > version ***** Cisco Systems, Inc. MGX 8250 AUSM Card ***** Firmware Version = model-A 2.0.00 Backup Boot version = model-A BT_eqa2.0.1 AUSM Xilinx file = ausmfract.h VxWorks (for STRATACOM) version 5.1.1-R3000. Kernel: WIND version 2.4. Made on Thu Jan 21 17:57:59 GMT 1999. Boot line: spirit.1.14.AUSM.a >

who

Who

Use the who command to view details associated with user IDs currently active on the PXM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

who

Related Commands

adduser , deluser , whoami

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-404: Display users logged into the current card spirit.1.7.PXM.a > who Port Slot Idle UserId From ------------------------------------------------------------- telnet.01 * 7 0:00:00 cisco 171.71.25.240 spirit.1.7.PXM.a >

whoami

Who Am I

Use the whoami command to view the current login ID, access level, and associated terminal port.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

whoami

Related Commands

adduser , deluser , who

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-405: Display information about the user of the current terminal session spirit.1.7.PXM.a > whoami User ID: cisco Access Level: CISCO_GP Terminal Port: telnet.01 spirit.1.7.PXM.a >

xaddcon

Add Connection

Use the xaddcon command to adds a connection to the current AUSM. No messages appear on-screen after command entry unless the command cannot execute as entered.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

xaddcon -chn <ChanNum> -rs <RowStatus> -ct <ConnectionType> -st <ServiceType> -pt <PortNum> -vpi <VirtualPathId> -vci <VirtualChannelId> -pqn <QNum> -qdm <IngressQDepth>
-icth <IngressCLPHigh> -ictl <IngressCLPLow> -iet <IngressQEfciThreshold> -cte <CLPTagEnable> -lvp <LocalVpID> -osub <OvrSubFlag> -dis <DiscardOption> -epd <EPDThreshold>
-conTp <connType> -cdr <CDRNumber> -locvpi <LocalVpi> -locvci <LocalVci>
-locnsap <LocalNSAP> -rmtvpi <RemoteVpi> -rmtvci <RemoteVci> -rmtnsap <RemoteNSAP>
-master <MasterShip> -vpcflag <vpcFlag> -cos <ConnServiceType> -rtngpri <RoutingPriority> -maxcost <maxCost> -type <RestrictedType> -pcr <ConnPCR> -mcr <ConnMCR>
-pctutil <ConnPercentUtil> -upce <UpcEnable> -pcr01 <IngrUpcPCR[0+1]> -ccdv <CDVT[0+1]> -scrp <SCRPolicing> -scr <IngrUpcSCR> -cbs <MaxBurstSize> -ibs <InitialBurstSize>
-fge <FrameGCRAEnable> -fe <ForesightEnable> -mir <ForesightMIR> -qir <ForesightQIR>
-pir <ForesightPIR> -esr <EgrSrvRate> -ipcu <IPUtil> -epcu <EPUtil>

Syntax Description

-chan

Command delineator that precedes the ChanNum entry.

ChanNum

Channel number, in the range 16-1015.

-rs

Command delineator that precedes the RowStatus entry.

RowStatus

Row status.

  • 1 = add

  • 2 = delete

  • 3 = modify

-ct

Command delineator that precedes the ConnectionType entry.

ConnectionType

Connection type as either VPC or VCC.

  • 1 = VPC

  • 2 = VCC

-st

Command delineator that precedes the ServiceType entry.

ServiceType

Type of service, in the range 1-4.

  • 1 = CBR

  • 2 = VBR

  • 3 = ABR

  • 4 = UBR

-pt

Command delineator that precedes the PortNum entry.

PortNum

Port number, in the range 1-8.

-vpi

Command delineator that precedes the VirtualPathId entry.

VirtualPathId

Virtual path identifier (VPI), in the range 0-255.

-vci

Command delineator that precedes the VirtualChannelId entry.

VirtualChannelId

Virtual channel identifier (VCI), in the range 0-65535.

-pqn

Command delineator that precedes the QNum entry.

QNum

Egress queue number, in the range 1-16.

-qdm

Command delineator that precedes the IngressQDepth entry.

IngressQDepth

Ingress queue depth, in the range 1-16000.

-icth

Command delineator that precedes the IngressCLPHigh entry.

IngressCLPHigh

Highest ingress cell loss priority (CLP), in the range 1- 16000.

-ictl

Command delineator that precedes the IngressCLPLow entry.

IngressCLPLow

Lowest ingress CLP, in the range 1-16000.

-iet

Command delineator that precedes the IngressQEfciThreshold entry.

IngressQEfciThreshold

Ingress queue explicit forward congestion indication (EFCI), in the range 1-16000. EFCI is one of the congestion feedback modes allowed by available bit rate (ABR) service.

-cte

Command delineator that precedes the CLPTagEnable entry.

CLPTagEnable

CLP tag is either enabled or disabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

-lvp

Command delineator that precedes the LocalVpID entry.

LocalVpID

Local virtual path ID, in the range 1 - 1000.

-osub

Command delineator that precedes the OvrSubFlag entry.

OvrSubFlag

Override option.

  • 1 = no override

  • 2 = override

-dis

Command delineator that precedes the DiscardOption entry.

DiscardOption

Basis for discarding a frame.

  • 1 = CLP hysterisis

  • 2 = frame based

-epd

Command delineator that precedes the EPDThreshold entry.

EPDThreshold

Early packet discard threshold, in the range 1-16000. EPD prevents congestion that would jeopardize the node's ability to properly support existing connections.

-contp

Command delineator that precedes the connType entry.

connType

Controller type.

  • 1 = SVC

  • 2 = PVC

  • 3 = SPVC

  • 4 = PAR

  • 5 = PNNI

  • 6 = TAG

-cdr

Command delineator that precedes the CDRNumber entry.

CDRNumber

Call detail record number in the format 0-0xffffffff.

-locvpi

Command delineator that precedes the LocalVpi entry.

LocalVpi

Local VPI number, in the range 1-4095.

-locvci

Command delineator that precedes the LocalVci entry.

LocalVci

Local VCI number, in the range 1-65536.

-locnsap

Command delineator that precedes the LocalNSAP entry.

LocalNSAP

A 20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the local node name, slot, and port in network service access point (NSAP) format.

An NSAP is the point at which OSI Network Service is made available to a transport layer (Layer 4) entity.

-rmtvpi

Command delineator that precedes the RemoteVpi entry.

RemoteVpi

Remote VPI number, in the range 1-4095.

-rmtvci

Command delineator that precedes the RemoteVci entry.

RemoteVci

Remote VCI number, in the range 1-65536.

-rmtnsap

Command delineator that precedes the RemoteNSAP entry.

RemoteNSAP

A 20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the remote node name, slot, and port in network service access point (NSAP) format.

-master

Command delineator that precedes the MasterShip entry.

MasterShip

Status of current end, either master or slave.

  • 1 = master

  • 2 = slave

  • 3 = unknown

-vpcflag

Command delineator that precedes the vpcFlag entry.

vpcFlag

Virtual path connection (VPC) flag indicates the connection type.

  • 1 = VPC

  • 2 = VCC

-cos

Command delineator that precedes the ConnServiceType entry.

ConnServiceType

Connection service type.

  • 1 = CBR

  • 2 = VBR

  • 3 = not used

  • 4 = UBR

  • 5 = ATFR

  • 6 = ABR-STD

  • 7 = ABR-FST

-rtngpri

Command delineator that precedes the RoutingPriority entry.

RoutingPriority

Routing priority, in the range 1-15.

-maxcost

Command delineator that precedes the maxCost entry.

maxCost

Maximum cost.

-type

Command delineator that precedes the RestrictedType entry.

RestrictedType

Type of trunk restriction.

  • 1 = no restriction

  • 2 = terrestrial trunk

  • 3 = satellite trunk

-pcr

Command delineator that precedes the ConnPCR entry.

ConnPCR

Peak cell rate (PCR), in the range 1-65525 cells per second.

-mcr

Command delineator that precedes the ConnMCR entry.

ConnMCR

Minimum cell rate (MCR), in the range 1-65525 cells per second.

-pctutil

Command delineator that precedes the ConnPercentUtil entry.

ConnPercentUtil

Percentage of utilization, in the range 1-100.

-upce

Command delineator that precedes the UpcEnable entry.

UpcEnable

Usage parameter control (UPC), either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

-pcr01

Command delineator that precedes the IngrUpcPCR[0+1] entry.

IngrUpcPCR[0+1]

Ingress peak cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells per second. This setting is the peak cell rate for cells with CLP = 0 and CLP = 1. The actual value depends on the logical port speed.

-ccdv

Command delineator that precedes the CDVT[0+1] entry.

CDVT[0+1]

Cell delay variation tolerance (CDVT), in the range 1-250000 microseconds.

-scrp

Command delineator that precedes the SCRPolicing entry.

SCRPolicing

Sustainable cell rate (SCR) policing, in the range 1-3.

  • 1 = CLP[0]

  • 2 = CLP[0+1]

  • 3 = no SCR policing

-scr

Command delineator that precedes the IngrUpcSCR entry.

IngrUpcSCR

Ingress sustainable cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells per second. This setting is the peak cell rate for cells with CLP = 0 and CLP = 1. The actual value depends on the logical port speed.

-cbs

Command delineator that precedes the MaxBurstSize entry.

MaxBurstSize

Maximum burst size (MBS), in the range 1-5000 cells.

-ibs

Command delineator that precedes the InitialBurstSize entry.

InitialBurstSize

Initial burst size, in the range 10-5000.

-fge

Command delineator that precedes the FrameGCRAEnable entry.

FrameGCRAEnable

Frame generic cell rate algorithm (GCRA) is either disabled or enabled. GCRA determines cell conformity to the traffic contract of the connection.

-fe

Command delineator that precedes the ForesightEnable entry.

ForesightEnable

Foresight is either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

-mir

Command delineator that precedes the ForesightMIR entry.

ForesightMIR

Minimum information rate, as appropriate for the card type.

  • 8T1/E1 the range = 10-8000 in cells per second.

  • T3/E3/HS2/2CT3 range = 10-400000 in cells per second.

Default = 1000

-qir

Command delineator that precedes the ForesightQIR entry.

ForesightQIR

Quiescent information rate, as appropriate for the card type.

  • 8T1/E1 range = 0-8000 in cells per second.

  • T3/E3/HS2/2CT3 range = 10-400000 in cells per second.

Default = 1000

-pir

Command delineator that precedes the ForesightPIR entry.

ForesightPIR

Peak information rate, as appropriate for the card type.

  • 8T1/E1 range = 10-8000 in cells per second.

  • T3/E3/HS2/2CT3, the range is 10-400000 in cells per second.

Default = 1000

-esr

Command delineator that precedes the EgrSrvRate entry.

EgrSrvRate

Egress service rate.

-ipcu

Command delineator that precedes the IPUtil entry.

IPUtil

Ingress percentage utilization, in the range 1-127.

-epcu

Command delineator that precedes the EPUtil entry.

EPUtil

Egress percentage utilization, in the range 1-127

Related Commands

delcon, dspcons , dspcon

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1


Example 1-406: Add a VCC connection to channel 16 on port 1 with vpi=1, vci=1, ABR service type, and an egress queue number of 1 MGX 88003.1.14.AUSM.a > xaddcon 16 2 1 1 1 3 1 MGX 88003.1.14.AUSM.a >

A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.

xclrchancnt

Clear Channel Counters

Use the xclrchancnt command to clear the channel counters for a specified Frame Relay channel on a specified card. Counting resumes after the command executes.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM

Syntax: PXM

xclrchancnt -cnt <chanNum> -cc <clrButton>

Syntax Description

-cnt

Command delineator that precedes the PXM chanNum entry.

chanNum

PXM channel number, in the range 16-4111.

-cc

Command delineator that precedes the ClrButton entry.

clrButton

Underline MIB object to clear or retain the counters.

  • 1 = no action

  • 2 = clear counts

Syntax: FRSM, AUSM, CESM

xclrchancnt -chn <channel number>

Syntax Description

-chn

Command delineator that precedes the channel number entry.

channel number

Channel number in the range appropriate for the current card interface.

  • FRSM

    • 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015

    • T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015

    • 2CT3 range = 16-4015

  • AUSM range = 16-1015

  • CESM

    • 8T1/E1 range = 32-279

    • T3/E3 = 32-N

Related Commands

dspchan , clrchancnts , dspchancnt

Attribute

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Group 3

xclrportcnt

Clear Port Counters

Use the xclrportcnt command to clear port counter values from the current AUSM or FRSM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM, AUSM

Syntax

xclrportcnt -pt <port number>

Syntax Description

-pt

Command delineator that precedes the port number entry.

port number

Port number, in the range appropriate for the current card.

  • AUSM range = 1-8

  • FRSM range as appropriate for the interface.

    • T1 range = 1-92

    • E1 range = 1-248

Related Commands

clrportcnts , xdspportcnt, dspportcnt

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Group 3

A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.

xcnfalm

Configure Extended Alarm Counters and Statistics

Use the xcnfalm command to configure extended alarm counters and statistics for the specified line.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM, AUSM, CESM

Syntax

xcnfalm -ds1 <LineNum> -red <RedSeverity> -rai <RAISeverity> -neu <NEAlarmUpcount> -ned <NEAlarmDncount> -net <NEAlarmThreshold> -feu <FEAlarmUpcount> -fed <FEAlarmDncount> -fet <FEAlarmThreshold>

Syntax Description

-ds1

Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry.

LineNum

Line number, in the range 1-N, as appropriate for the current card.

-red

Command delineator that precedes the RedSeverity entry.

RedSeverity

RedSeverity is either major or minor.

  • 1 = minor

  • 2 = major

-rai

Command delineator that precedes the RAISeverity entry.

RAISeverity

RAISeverity is either major or minor.

  • 1 = minor

  • 2 = major

-neu

Command delineator that precedes the NEAlarmUpcount entry.

NEAlarmUpcount

NEAlarmUpcount, in the range 1-65335.

-ned

Command delineator that precedes the NEAlarmDncount entry.

NEAlarmDncount

NEAlarmDncount, in the range 1-65335.

-net

Command delineator that precedes the NEAlarmThreshold entry.

NEAlarmThreshold

NEAlarmThreshold, in the range 1-65335.

-feu

Command delineator that precedes the FEAlarmUpcount entry.

FEAlarmUpcount

FEAlarmUpcount, in the range 1-65335.

-fed

Command delineator that precedes the FEAlarmDncount entry.

FEAlarmDncount

FEAlarmThreshold, in the range 1-65335.

-fet

Command delineator that precedes the FEAlarmThreshold entry.

FEAlarmThreshold

FEAlarmThreshold, in the range 1-65335.

Related Commands

xcnfalmcnt

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Service


Example 1-407: Configure the DS1 line 1 alarms so that RED and RAI are both minor alarms, and the up and down counts and threshold for both FE and NE are all set to 100 MGX 88003.1.14.AUSM.a > xcnfalm -ds1 1 -red 1 -rai 1 -neu 100 -ned 100 -net 100 -feu 100 -fed 100 -fet 100 MGX 88003.1.14.AUSM.a >

xcnfalmcnt

Configure Alarm Counters

Use the xcnfalmcnt command to configure the extended alarm counters for the specified line.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM, FRSM, CESM

Syntax

xcnfalmcnt -ds1 <LineNum> -sev <StatisticalAlarmSeverity> -lcv15 <lCV15minThreshold> -lcv24 <lCV24hrThreshold> -les15 <lES15minThreshold> -les24 <lES24hrThreshold> -lses15 <lSES15minThreshold> -lses24 <lSES24hrThreshold> -crc15 <cRC15MinThreshold> -crc24 <cRC24HrThreshold> -crces15 <cRCES15MinThreshold> -crces24 <cRCES24HrThreshold> -crcses15 <cRCSES15MinThreshold> -crcses24 <cRCSES24hrThreshold> -sefs15 <sEFS15minThreshold> -sefs24 <sEFS24hrThreshold> -aiss15 <aISS15minThreshold> -aiss24 <aISS24hrThreshold> -uas15 <uAS15minThreshold> -uas24 <uAS24hrThreshold>

Syntax Description

-ds1

Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry.

LineNum

Line number, in the range 1-N, as appropriate for the current card.

-sev

Command delineator that precedes the StatisticalAlarmSeverity entry.

StatisticalAlarmSeverity

Severity of the alarm.

  • 1 = minor

  • 2 = major

-lcv15

Command delineator that precedes the 1CV15minThreshold entry.

1CV15minThreshold

Code violations during a 15-minute period.

-lcv24

Command delineator that precedes the 1VC24hrThreshold entry.

1CV24hrThreshold

Code violations during a 24-hour period.

-les15

Command delineator that precedes the 1ES15minThreshold entry.

1ES15minThreshold

Line errored seconds during a 15-minute period.

-les24

Command delineator that precedes the 1ES24hrThreshold entry.

1ES24hrThreshold

Line errored seconds during a 24-hour period.

-lses15

Command delineator that precedes the 1SES15minThreshold entry.

1SES15minThreshold

Line severity errored seconds during a 15-minute period.

-lses24

Command delineator that precedes the 1SES24hrThreshold entry.

1SES24hrThreshold

Line severity errored seconds during a 24-hour period.

-crc15

Command delineator that precedes the cRC15MinThreshold entry.

cRC15MinThreshold

Cyclic redundancy check (CRC) during a 15-minute period.

-crc24

Command delineator that precedes the cRC24HrThreshold entry.

cRC24HrThreshold

CRC during a 24-hour period.

-crces15

Command delineator that precedes the cRCES15MinThreshold entry.

cRCES15MinThreshold

Errored seconds of a CRC check during a 15-minute period.

-crces24

Command delineator that precedes the cRCES24HrThreshold entry.

cRCES24HrThreshold

Errored seconds of a CRC during a 24-hour period.

-crcses15

Command delineator that precedes the cRCSES15MinThreshold entry.

cRCSES15MinThreshold

Severely errored seconds of a CRC during a 15-minute period.

-crcses24

Command delineator that precedes the cRCSES24hrThreshold entry.

cRCSES24hrThreshold

Severely errored seconds of a CRC during a 24-hour period.

-sefs15

Command delineator that precedes the sEFS15minThreshold entry.

sEFS15minThreshold

Severely errored frame seconds during a 15-minute period.

-sefs24

Command delineator that precedes the sEFS24hrThreshold entry.

sEFS24hrThreshold

Severely errored frame seconds during a 24-hour period.

-aiss15

Command delineator that precedes the aISS15minThreshold entry.

aISS15minThreshold

Alarm indication signalling seconds during a 15-minute period.

-aiss24

Command delineator that precedes the aISS24hrThreshold entry.

aISS24hrThreshold

Alarm indication signalling seconds during a 24-hour period.

-uas15

Command delineator that precedes the uAS15minThreshold entry.

uAS15minThreshold

Unavailable seconds during a 15-minute period.

-uas24

Command delineator that precedes the uAS24hrThreshold entry.

uAS24hrThreshold

Unavailable seconds during a 24 hour period.

Related Commands

dspalmcnt

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 3

xcnfbert

Configure Bit Error Rate Test

Use the xcnfbert command to set up a bit error rate test (BERT) and to add or remove loops on the ports and lines of a specified SM.

A BERT session does not time out automatically. Use the delbert command to conclude the test.


Note   BERT is a disruptive test. Activation of this test will stop the data flow on all the channels configured on the port under test. BERT requires the presence of an SRM-3T3/B card in the service bay, in which the card under test is located.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

xcnfbert -bcntl <bertControl> -bsl <bertSlotNum> -bmed <bertTestMedium> -bpt <bertPort>
-bline <bertLine> -bmode <bertMode> -bdtl <bertDeviceToLoop> -bcnt <bertDS0DPIterationCount> -bpat <bertPattern> -blpbk <bertLoopback> -blpbkop <bertLoopbackOperation> -buid <bertUserId>

Syntax Description

-bcntl

Command delineator that precedes the bertControl entry.

bertControl

BERT control.

  • 1 = acquire

  • 2 = release

  • 3 = configure

  • 4 = start

  • 5 = modify

  • 6 = delete

-bsl

Command delineator that precedes the bertSlotNum entry.

bertSlotNum

BERT slot number, in the range 1-6, or 9-14, or 17-22, or 25-30.

-bmed

Command delineator that precedes the bertTestMedium entry.

bertTestMedium

Test medium, either port or line.

  • 1 = port

  • 2 = line

-bpt

Command delineator that precedes the bertPort entry.

bertPort

BERT port number, as a number greater than 0 (zero).

-bline

Command delineator that precedes the bertLine entry.

bertLine

BERT line number, as a number greater than 0 (zero).

-bmode

Command delineator that precedes the bertMode entry.

bertMode

BERT function as a pattern test, DDS seek, or loopback.

  • 1 = pattern test

  • 2 = DDS seek

  • 3 = loopback

-bdtl

Command delineator that precedes the bertDeviceToLoop entry.

bertDeviceToLoop

Type of BERT device to loop.

  • 1 = noLatchOCUwith1

  • 2 = noLatchOCUwithout1

  • 3 = noLatchCSU

  • 4 = noLatchDSU

  • 5 = latchDS0Drop

  • 6 = latchDS0Line

  • 7 = latchOCU

  • 8 = latchCSU

  • 9 = latchDSU

  • 10 = latchHL96

  • 11 = v54Polynomial

  • 12 = inband

  • 13 = esf

  • 14 = metallic

  • 15 = noDevice

-bcnt

Command delineator that precedes the bertDS0DPIterationCount entry.

bertDS0DPIterationCount

BERT DS0 DP iteration count, in the range 1-32.

-bpat

Command delineator that precedes the bertPattern entry.

bertPattern

Type of BERT pattern to use.

  • 1 = allZeros

  • 2 = allOnes

  • 3 = alternateOneZero

  • 4 = doubleOneZero

  • 5 = fifteenBit

  • 6 = twentyBit

  • 7 = twentyBitQRSS

  • 8 = twentyThreeBit

  • 9 = oneInEight

  • 10 = threeInTwentyFour

  • 11 = dds-1

  • 12 = dds-2

  • 13 = dds-3

  • 14 = dds-4

  • 15 = dds-5

  • 16 = nineBit

  • 17 = elevenBit

-blpbk

Command delineator that precedes the bertLoopback entry.

bertLoopback

Type of BERT loopback to use.

  • 1 = farEndRemoteLoopback

  • 2 = portRemoteFacilityLoopback

  • 3 = metallicLoopback

-blpbkop

Command delineator that precedes the bertLoopbackOperation entry.

bertLoopbackOperation

BERT loopback, either loop up or loop down.

  • 1 = loopUp

  • 2 = loopDown

-buid

Command delineator that precedes the bertUserId entry.

bertUserId

BERT user identifier.

  • User name

  • IP address = 32 bit IP address in dotted decimal format.

Related Commands

delbert

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: SuperUser

xcnfdsx3bert

Configure DS3 BERT

Use the xcnfdsx3bert command to specify a pattern for bit error rate testing (BERT) on the FRSM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM 2T3E3

Syntax

xcnfdsx3bert -dsx3bct <state> -dsx3btm <medium> -dsx3bln <line num> -dsx3bmo <mode> -ds3bei <EIR> -ds3bpt <test pattern>

Syntax Description

-dsx3bct

Command delineator that precedes the state entry.

state

Type of DSX3 BERT control.

  • 1 = acquire BERT

  • 2 = Release BERT

  • 3 = Configure BERT

  • 4 = Start BERT

  • 5 = Modify BERT

  • 6 = Delete BERT

-dsx3btm

Command delineator that precedes the medium entry.

medium

DSX3 BERT medium.

  • 1 = Port

  • 2 = Line

-dsx3bln

Command delineator that precedes the line num entry.

line num

Line number, in the range 1-2.

-dsx3bmo

Command delineator that precedes the mode entry.

mode

BERT mode as pattern or loopback.

  • 1 = pattern

  • 2 = loopback

-ds3bei

Command delineator that precedes the EIR entry.

EIR

DSX3 excess information rate.

  • 1 = no error

  • 2 = 1 in 10

  • 3 = 1 in 100

  • 4 = 1 in 1000

  • 5 = 1 in 10^^4

  • 6 = 1 in 10^^5

  • 7 = 1 in 10 ^^6

  • 8 = 1 in 10 ^^7

-ds3bpt

Command delineator that precedes the test pattern entry.

test pattern

DSX3 BERT pattern, in the range 1-33.

Related Commands

xdspdsx3bert

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any

xcnfif

Configure Broadband Interface

Use the xcnfif command to modify parameters for an existing broadband interface on a PXM. System software does not allow you to conflict with existing configurations. You may need to reduce the bandwidth allocation or VPI/VCI range on one or more interfaces before you expand the resources for an interface. For more information on resource partitioning, see upif .

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

xcnfif -if <bbIfNum> -bl <lineNum> -ie <rowStatus> -ib <ingrPctBw> -eb <egrPctBw> -iv <minVpi> -av <maxVpi>

Syntax Description

-if

Command delineator that precedes the bbIfNum entry.

bbIfNum

Number of the logical interface, in the range 1-32.

-bl

Command delineator that precedes the lineNum entry.

lineNum

Number of the line to tie the logical interface to, in the range 1-4.

-ie

Command delineator that precedes the rowStatus entry.

rowStatus

Value to enable, disable, or modify the row status.

  • 1 = enable

  • 2 = disable

  • 3 = modify

-ib

Command delineator that precedes the ingrPctBw entry.

ingrPctBw

Percentage of interface bandwidth to be allocated to ingress traffic, in the
range 0-100.

-eb

Command delineator that precedes the egrPctBw entry.

egrPctBw

Percentage of line egress queue bandwidth to be allocated for the logical interface, in the range 0-100.

-iv

Command delineator that precedes the minVpi entry.

minVpi

Minimum virtual path identifier (VPI) value, in the range 0-4095.

-av

Command delineator that precedes the maxVpi entry.

maxVpi

Maximum VPI value, in the range 0-4095.

Related Commands

upif

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Any

Privilege: Cisco

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-408: Configure and enable broadband interface number 1 on line 4 to use 10% of the line bandwidth for both ingress and egress, have a minimum virtual path interface (VPI) of 0, and a maximum virtual path interface (VPI) of 19 wilco.1.7.PXM.a > xcnfif -if 1 -bl 4 -ie 1 -ib 10 -eb 10 -iv 0 -av 19 wilco.1.7.PXM.a >

A system response does not occur unless an error is detected. To verify your entries, use the dspifip command.


Example 1-409: Verify broadband configuration on the PXM wilco.1.7.PXM.a > dspif

ifNum Status Line ingrPctBw egrPctBw minVpi maxVpi ------------------------------------------------------ 1 Ena 1 10 10 0 19 wilco.1.7.PXM.a >

xcnfifip

Configure Interface for IP

Use the xcnfifip command to set the IP address for the LAN, SLIP, and ATM interfaces.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax:

xcnfifip -ifn <Interface> -ipa <ip_addr> -msk <NetMask> -bc <Brocast addr> -ipo <Operation>

Syntax Description

-ifn

Command delineator that precedes the Interface entry.

Interface

Interface type.

  • 26 = Ethernet

  • 28 = SLIP

  • 37 = ATM

-ipa

Command delineator that precedes the ip_addr entry.

ip_addr

IP address in dotted decimal format.

-msk

Command delineator that precedes the NetMask entry.

NetMask

NetMask = nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn, n = 0-9, nnn < 256

-bc

Command delineator that precedes the Brocast Addr entry.

Brocast Addr

Broadcast Address = nnnnnnnn, n is hexadecimal, Ethernet only.

-ipo

Command delineator that precedes the Oper entry.

Operation

Value to enable or disable IP Address.

  • 1 = Add

  • 2 = Delete

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Any

Privilege: SuperUser

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-410: Configure and enable the Ethernet interface to use the IP address 172.29.37.40, the netmask 255.255.255.000, and the broadcast address 255.255.255.000 spirit4.1.7.PXM.a > xcnfifip -if 26 -ipa 172.29.37.40 -msk 255.255.255.000 -bc 255.255.255.000 -ipo 1 spirit4.1.7.PXM.a >

A system response does not occur unless an error is detected. To verify your entries, use the dspifip command.


Example 1-411: Verify the IP Address configuration spirit4.1.7.PXM.a > dspifip

Interface IPAddress NetMask BroadcastAddress ------------ ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- Ethernet 172.29.37.40 255.255.255.000 255.255.255.000 Slip 192.169.3.18 255.255.255.000 ATM 255.255.255.000 spirit4.1.7.PXM.a >

xcnfilmi

Configure ILMI

Use the xcnfilmi command to configure local management interface (LMI) for a port. No messages appear on screen unless an error occurs.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

xcnfilmi -ifNum <sigPortNum> -ilmi <ilmiEnable> -type <protocolType> -vpi <vpi> -vci <vci>
-trap <ilmiTrapEnable> -trapint <minTrapInterval> -keepalive <keepAliveEnable>
-err491 <errorThresholdN491> -event492 <eventThresholdN492> -pollint491 <pollingIntervalT491> -enqint493 <minEnquiryIntervalT493> -addrreg <addrRegEnable>

Syntax Description

-ifNum

Command delineator that precedes the sigPortNum entry.

sigPortNum

Broadband interface signal port number, in the range 1-32.

-ilmi

Command delineator that precedes the ilmiEnable entry.

ilmiEnable

ILMI, either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

-type

Command delineator that precedes the protocolType entry.

protocolType

Signal protocol type.

  • 1 = other

  • 2 = no signalling

  • 3 = ILMI

-vpi

Command delineator that precedes the vpi entry.

vpi

Signalling virtual path identifier (VPI), in the range 0-4095.

-vci

Command delineator that precedes the vci entry.

signallingVCI

Signalling virtual channel identifier (VCI), in the range 0-4095.

-trap

Command delineator that precedes the ilmiTrapEnable entry.

ilmiTrapEnable

ILMI trap, either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

-trapint

Command delineator that precedes the minTrapInterval entry.

minTrapInterval

Minimum trap interval, in the range 1-10 seconds.

-keepalive

Command delineator that precedes the keepAliveEnable entry.

keepAliveEnable

Keepalive function, either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

-err491

Command delineator that precedes the errorThresholdN491 entry.

errorThresholdN491

Error threshold N491, in the range 1-10.

-event492

Command delineator that precedes the eventThresholdN492 entry.

eventThresholdN492

Event threshold N492, in the range 1-10.

-pollint491

Command delineator that precedes the pollingIntervalT491 entry.

pollingIntervalT491

Polling interval T491, in the range v1-v12.

-enqint493

Command delineator that precedes the minEnquiryIntervalT493 entry.

minEnquiryIntervalT493

Minimum enquiry interval, in the range 1-20.

-addrreg

Command delineator that precedes the addrRegEnable entry.

addrRegEnable

Address registration, either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

Syntax: AUSM

xcnfilmi -pti <PortNum> -s <SignallingProtocol> -vpi <VirtualPathID> -vci <VirtualChannelID>
-t <TrapEnable> -mti <MinimumTrapInterval> -kap <KeepAlivePollingEnable> -eth <ErrorThreshold> -evh <EventThreshold> -pi <PollingInterval> -mei <MinimumEnquiryInterval> -ar <AddrRegEnable>

Syntax Description

-pti

Command delineator that precedes the PortNum entry.

PortNum

Port number, in the range 1-8.

-s

Command delineator that precedes the SignallingProtocol entry.

SignallingProtocol

Signalling type.

  • 1 = other

  • 2 = no signalling

  • 3 = ILMI

-vpi

Command delineator that precedes the VirtualPathID entry.

VirtualPathID

Virtual path identifier (VPI), in the range 1-255.

-vci

Command delineator that precedes the VirtualChannelID entry.

VirtualChannelID

Virtual channel identifier (VCI), in the range 1-65535.

-t

Command delineator that precedes the TrapEnable entry.

TrapEnable

ILMI trap, either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

-mti

Command delineator that precedes the MinimumTrapInterval entry.

MinimumTrapInterval

Minimum trap interval value, in the range 1-10 seconds.

-kap

Command delineator that precedes the KeepAlivePollingEnable entry.

KeepAlivePollingEnable

Keepalive polling, either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

-eth

Command delineator that precedes the ErrorThreshold entry.

ErrorThreshold

Error Threshold, in the range 1-10 seconds.

-evh

Command delineator that precedes the EventThreshold entry.

EventThreshold

Event Threshold, in the range 1-10 seconds.

-pi

Command delineator that precedes the PollingInterval entry.

PollingInterval

Polling interval, in the range 5-60 seconds.

-mei

Command delineator that precedes the MinimumEnquiryInterval entry.

MinimumEnquiryInterval

Minimum enquiry interval, in the range 1-20 seconds.

-ar

Command delineator that precedes the AddrRegEnable entry.

AddrRegEnable

Address registration, either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

Related Commands

xdspilmi, dspilmi, dspilmicnt

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1

xcnfln

Configure Line

Use the xcnfln command to configure a line on the current card to be either T1 or E1. If the command line does not include the E1 signalling parameter, the line is a T1.

For an FRSM-HS1 card, the xcnfln command is used to configure either an X.21 or a V.35 line.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM, AUSM, CESM

Syntax: FRSM, AUSM, CESM RS232 Line

xcnfln -rs232 <PortNum> -e <enabled> -b <PortBps>

Syntax Description

-rs232

Command delineator that precedes the PortNum entry.

PortNum

Port number, either 1 or 2.

-e

Command delineator that precedes the Enabled entry.

Enabled

Port is either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

-b

Command delineator that precedes the PortBps entry.

PortBps

Port speed in bps.

  • 9600

  • 2400

  • 19200

Syntax: FRSM, AUSM, CESM DS1 Line

xcnfln -ds1 <LineNum> -ct <ConnectorType> -e <Enable> -lt <LineType> -lc <LineCoding>
-len <LineLength> -clk <XmtClkSource> -lpb <LoopCmd> -sc <SendCode> -be <BertEnable>
-bert <BertPattern> -detect <LoopbackCodeDetection>

Syntax Description

-ds1

Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry.

LineNum

Line number, in the range 1-N.

-ct

Command delineator that precedes the ConnectorType entry.

ConnectorType

Connector type.

  • 2 = SMB

  • 3 = RJ48

-e

Command delineator that precedes the Enable entry.

Enable

Line coding, in the range 1-3.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

  • 3 = modify

-lt

Command delineator that precedes the LineType entry.

LineType

LineType, in the range 1-7.

-lc

Command delineator that precedes the LineCoding entry.

LineCoding

Line coding.

  • 2 = dsx1B8ZS (T1 line)

  • 3 = dsx1HDB3

  • 4 = dsx1AMI (E1 line)

-len

Command delineator that precedes the LineLength entry.

LineLength

Line length, in the range 8-15.

  • 8 = E1 SMB 75ohm

  • 9 = E1 RJ48 120ohm

  • 10 = 0-131 ft.

  • 11 = 131-262 ft.

  • 12 = 262-393 ft.

  • 13 = 393-524 ft.

  • 14 = 524-655 ft.

  • 15 = greater than 655 ft.

-clk

Command delineator that precedes the XmtClkSource entry.

XmtClkSource

Transmit clock source.

  • 1 = loop clock

  • 2 = local clock

-lpb

Command delineator that precedes the LoopCmd entry.

LoopCmd

Loop command, in the range 1-3.

  • 1 = no loop

  • 2 = remote loop

  • 3 = local loop

-sc

Command delineator that precedes the SendCode entry.

SendCode

Send code, in the range 1-4.

  • 1 = no code

  • 2 = line code

  • 3 = payload code

  • 4 = reset code

-be

Command delineator that precedes the BertEnable entry.

BertEnable

BERT, either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

-bert

Command delineator that precedes the BertPattern entry.

BertPattern

BERT pattern, in the range 0-11.

  • 0 = 0000

  • 1 = 1111

  • 2 = 0101

  • 3 = 0011

  • 4 = user one word

  • 5 = user two words

  • 6 = user three words

  • 7 = user four words

  • 8 = 2^15-1

  • 9 = 2^20-1

  • 10 = QRSS

  • 11 = 2^23-1

-detect

Command delineator that precedes the LoopbackCodeDetection entry.

LoopbackCodeDetection

Loopback code detection, either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

Related Commands

cnfln , addln , delln

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Service


Example 1-412: Configure line 4 to be T1 with B8ZS line coding, have a length of 1, and use the loop clock as a clock source MGX 88003.1.11.FRSM.a > xcnfln 4 2 1 1 MGX 88003.1.11.FRSM.a >
Example 1-413: Configure line 1 for remote loopback and send codes for remote loop on the current FRSM card man.1.4.FRSM.a > xcnfln -hs1 1 -e 3 -lpb 4 -sc 5

xcnfport

Configure Port

Use the xcnfport command to configure a service port on an FRSM or an AUSM.

The screen does not display a message after successful command entry. The configuration can be verified using the xdspport or dspport command.

The syntax for this command differs according to the service module being addressed.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM, AUSM

Syntax: FRSM

xcnfport -pt <PortNum> -ln <PortLineNum> -en <PortEnable> -sp <PortDs0Speed>
-ts <PortDs0ConfigBitMap> -rat <PortEqueueServiceRatio>-flag <PortFlagsBetweenFrames>
-sig <SignalingProtocol>-asy <AsynchMsg> -t391 <T391Timer> -t392 <T392Timer>
-n391 <N391Counter> -n392 <N392Counter> -n393 <N393Counter> -enhancedLmi <enhancedLmi> -cllmen <cllmEnable> -cllmtm <cnfFrXmtCLLMStatusTimer> -ptp <portType> -pta <portAdmin> -svcen <portSvcStatus> -svcuse <portSvcInUse> -pbe <portBertEnable>

Syntax Description

-pt

Command delineator that precedes the PortNum entry.

PortNum

Port number, in the range appropriate for the card.

  • 1-192 = T1

  • 1-248 = E1

-ln

Command delineator that precedes the PortLineNum entry.

PortLineNum

Line number, in the range 1-8.

-en

Command delineator that precedes the PortEnable entry.

PortEnable

Port row status, in the range 1-3.

  • 1 = add

  • 2 = delete

  • 3 = modify

-sp

Command delineator that precedes the PortDs0Speed entry.

PortDs0Speed

Speed of the port in kbps.

  • 1 = 56

  • 2 = 64

-ts

Command delineator that precedes the PortDs0ConfigBitMap entry.

PortDs0ConfigBit
Map

Port configuration bit map, in the range 0-2^32-1

-rat

Command delineator that precedes the PortEqueueServiceRatio entry.

PortEqueueServiceRatio

Port egress queue service ratio, in the range 1-15.

-flag

Command delineator that precedes the PortFlagsBetweenFrames entry.

PortFlagsBetween
Frames

Number of port flags between frames, in the range 1-10.

-sig

Command delineator that precedes the SignalingProtocol entry.

SignalingProtocol

Type of LMI signalling to be used on the card.

  • 1 = other

  • 2 = no signalling

  • 3 = StrataLMI

  • 4 = AnnexAUNI

  • 5 = AnnexDUNI

  • 6 = AnnexANNI

  • 7 = AnnexDNNI

-asy

Command delineator that precedes the AsynchMsg entry.

AsynchMsg

Asynch updates include update status (UPD) and unsolicited full status (UFS), in the range 1-4.

  • 1 = UPD and UFS disabled

  • 2 = UPD enabled

  • 3 = UFS enabled

  • 4 = UPD and UFS enabled

-t391

Command delineator that precedes the T391Timer entry.

T391Timer

T391 timer value, in the range 5-30 seconds.

-t392

Command delineator that precedes the T392Timer entry.

T392Timer

T392 timer value, in the range 5-30 seconds.

-n391

Command delineator that precedes the N391Counter entry.

N391Counter

N391 counter value, in the range 1-255.

-n392

Command delineator that precedes the N392Counter entry.

N392Counter

N392 counter value, in the range 1-10.

-n393

Command delineator that precedes the N393Counter entry.

N393Counter

N393 counter value, in the range 1-10.

-enhancedLmi

Command delineator that precedes the enhancedLmi command.

enhancedLmi

Enhanced LMI is either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

-cllmen

Command delineator that precedes the cllmEnable entry.

cllmEnable

Consolidated link management, either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

-cllmtm

Command delineator that precedes the cnfFrXmtCLLMStatusTimer entry.

cnfFrXmtCLLM
StatusTimer

Consolidated link management timer value, in the range 40-5000 ms.

-ptp

Command delineator that precedes the portType entry.

portType

Port type, in the range 1-3.

  • 1 = Frame Relay

  • 2 = FUNI-mode

  • 3 = frame forward

-pta

Command delineator that precedes the portAdmin entry.

portAdmin

Port administrator is either up or down.

  • 1 = up

  • 2 = down

-svcen

Command delineator that precedes the portSvcStatus entry.

portSvcStatus

Port service status is either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

-svcuse

Command delineator that precedes the portSvcInUse entry.

portSvcInUse

A value that determines whether or not the port service is in use.

  • 1 = not in use

  • 2 = in use

-pbe

Command delineator that precedes the portBertEnable entry.

portBertEnable

BERT is either disabled or enabled on the port.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

Syntax: CESM

xcnfport -pt <PortNum> -ln <PortLineNum> -en <PortEnable> -ts <PortDs0ConfigBitMap>
-ptp <PortType> -pbe <BertEnable>

Syntax Description

-pt

Command delineator that precedes the PortNum entry.

PortNum

Port number, in the range appropriate for the card.

  • 1-192 = T1

  • 1-248 = E1

-ln

Command delineator that precedes the PortLineNum entry.

PortLineNum

Line number, in the range 1-8.

-en

Command delineator that precedes the PortEnable entry.

PortEnable

Port row status, in the range 1-3.

  • 1 = add

  • 2 = delete

  • 3 = modify

-ts

Command delineator that precedes the PortDs0ConfigBitMap entry.

PortDs0ConfigBit
Map

Port configuration bit map, in the range 0-2^32-1

-ptp

Command delineator that precedes the portType entry.

portType

Port type, in the range 1-3.

  • 1 = structured

  • 2 = unstructured

  • 3 = framing on VC disconnect

-pbe

Command delineator that precedes the portBertEnable entry.

portBertEnable

BERT is either disabled or enabled on the port.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

Related Commands

addport , delport, dspport , dspports , xdspport, xdspports

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1

xcnfportq

Configure Port Queue

Use the xcnfportq command to configure queue parameters on a port associated with the current AUSM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

xcnfportq -pt <ServicePortNum> -pqn <PortQNumber> -e <Enable> -sn <SequenceNo> -qdm <QueueDepthMax> -clph <EgressQCLPThreshHigh> -clpl <EgressQCLPThresLow> -clpt <EgressQEFCIThresh> -qa <EgressQAlgorith> -mxbi <EgressMaxBandwidthInc> -mibi <MinimumBandwidthInc>

Syntax Description

-pt

Command delineator that precedes the ServicePortNum entry.

ServicePortNum

Port number, in the range 1-8.

-pqn

Command delineator that precedes the PortQNumber entry.

PortQNumber

Queue number, in the range 1-16.

-e

Command delineator that precedes the Enable entry.

Enable

A value to enable or disable the queue.

  • 1 = enable

  • 2 = disable

-sn

Command delineator that precedes the SequenceNo entry.

SequenceNo

Service sequence number, in the range 1-16.

-qdm

Command delineator that precedes the QueueDepthMax entry.

QueueDepthMax

Size of the queue. Set number of cells allowable in the queue, in the range 1-16000.

-clph

Command delineator that precedes the EgressQCLPThresHigh entry.

EgressQCLPThresHigh

Cell loss priority high-threshold value for traffic exiting the physical interface of the AUSM, in the range 1-16000.

-clpl

Command delineator that precedes the EgressQCLPThresLow entry.

EgressQCLPThresLow

Cell loss priority low-threshold value, in the range 1-16000.

Once the low cell loss priority threshold is passed, cells do not have the CLP bit set, making them eligible for discard.

-clpt

Command delineator that precedes the EgressQEFCIThresh entry.

EgressQEFCIThresh

Explicit forward congestion indicator threshold value, in the range 1-16000.

An explicit forward congestion indicator is sent to the sending node when the threshold is exceeded.

-qa

Command delineator that precedes the EgressQAlgorith entry.

EgressQAlgorith

Queue algorithm, in the range 1-5. To disable the queue, set value at 0 (zero).

-mxbi

Command delineator that precedes the EgressMaxBandwidthInc entry.

EgressMaxBandwidthInc

Egress maximum bandwidth Increment value, in the range 0-4096.

An explicit forward congestion indicator is sent to the sending node when the threshold is exceeded.

-mibi

Command delineator that precedes the MinimumBandwidthInc entry.

MinimumBandwidthInc

Minimum bandwidth Increment value, in the range 0-4096.

Related Commands

cnfportq

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1


Example 1-414: Display queue parameters on an AUSM port spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a > xcnfportq -pt 1 spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a >

A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.

xcnfred

Configure Redundancy

Use the xcnfred command to set redundancy between two PXM slots, and to set the primary and secondary PXMs in the pair. Redundancy can be 1:1 or 1:N. If the redundancy is 1:N, repeat the xcnfred command for each secondary slot to be linked to the primary slot.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

xcnfred -pri <redPrimarySlotNum> -en <rowStatus> -sec <redSecondarySlotNum> -type <redType>

Syntax Description

-pri

Command delineator that precedes the redPrimarySlotNum entry.

redPrimarySlotNum

Slot number that contains the primary card of the card pair.
Ranges = 1-6, 9-14, 17-22, and 25-30.

-en

Command delineator that precedes the rowStatus entry.

rowStatus

Row status, either enable, disable, or modify.

  • 1 = enable

  • 2 = disable

  • 3 = modify

-sec

Command delineator that precedes the redSecondarySlotNum entry.

redSecondarySlotNum

Slot number that contains the secondary card of the card pair.
Ranges = 1-6, 9-14, 17-22, and 25-30.

-type

Command delineator that precedes the redType entry.

redType

Type of redundancy to be used.

  • 1 = 1:1

  • 2 = 1:N

Related Commands

dspred, delred

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-415: Add 1:1 redundancy between the card in slot 4 and the card in slot 1 node501.1.7.PXM.a > xcnfred -pri 1 -en 1 -ser 4 -type 1 node501.1.7.PXM.a >

xcnfrscprtn

Configure Resource Partition Extended Parameters

Use the xcnfrscprtn command to partition PXM resources (bandwidth) as broadband interfaces.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

xcnfrscprtn -pn <bbIfNum> -cn <ctrlrNum> -pr <rowStatus> -ps <inUse> -pi <ingrPctBw> -pe <egrPctBw> -pv <minVpi> -pu <maxVpi> -pc <minVci> -pd <maxVci> -pch <maxGLCNs>

Syntax Description

-pn

Command delineator that precedes the bbIfNum entry.

bbIfNum

Broadband interface number, in the range 1-32.

-cn

Command delineator that precedes the ctrlrNum entry.

ctrlrNum

Type of controller to be used on the interface.

  • 1 = PAR

  • 2 = PNNI

  • 3 = TAG

-pr

Command delineator that precedes the rowStatus entry.

rowStatus

Row status, either enable, disable, or modify.

  • 1 = enable

  • 2 = disable

  • 3 = modify

-ps

Command delineator that precedes the inUse entry.

inUse

Operational status of the interface.

  • 1 = In Use

  • 2 = Not In Use

-pi

Command delineator that precedes the ingrPctBw entry.

ingrPctBw

Percentage of interface bandwidth to be allocated to ingress traffic, in the range 0-100.

-pe

Command delineator that precedes the egrPctBw entry.

egrPctBw

Percentage of interface bandwidth to be allocated to egress traffic, in the
range 0-100.

-pv

Command delineator that precedes the minVpi entry.

minVpi

Minimum virtual path identifier (VPI) value, in the range 0-4095.

-pu

Command delineator that precedes the maxVpi entry.

maxVpi

Maximum VPI value. Enter a value that is greater than that defined for bbIfRscPrtVpiLow and less than 4095.

-pc

Command delineator that precedes the minVci entry.

minVci

Minimum virtual channel identifier (VCI) value, in the range 0-65535.

-pn

Command delineator that precedes the maxVci entry.

maxVci

Maximum VCI, in the range 0-65535.

-pch

Command delineator that precedes the maxGLCNs entry.

maxGLCNs

Maximum global logical connection number (GLCN) value, in the range 0-32767.

Related Commands

None.

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Any

Privilege: Cisco


Example 1-416: Configure and enable a resource partition spirit4.1.7.PXM.a > xcnfrscprtn -pn 1 -cn 1 -pr 1 -ps 1 -pi 100 -pe 100 -pi 0 -pu 4095 -pc 0 -pd 65535 - pth 32767 spirit4.1.7.PXM.a >

xcnfsrmlink

Configure Link

Use the xcnfsrmlink command to configure and to enable a link between a T1 line within a T3 line on an SRM-3T3 card and a slot and line number on a T1 service module.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

xcnfsrmlink -srmt3 <T3LineNumber> -srmt1 <T1slot> -en <T1RowStatus> -srms1 <TargetSlotNum> -srmln <TargetSlotLineNumber>

Syntax Description

-srmt3

Command delineator that precedes the T3LineNumber entry.

T3LineNumber

SRM-3T3 T3 line number in the format slot.line.

  • slot = 15 or 31

Slot number 15 is used for the cards in slot and 15 and 16 (whichever is active).
Slot 31 is used for cards in 31 and 32.

  • line range = 1-3

-srmt1

Command delineator that precedes the T1slot entry.

T1slot

T1 line number, in the range 1-28.

-en

Command delineator that precedes the T1RowStatus entry.

T1RowStatus

Row status.

  • 1 = enable

  • 2 = disable

  • 3 = modify

-srms1

Command delineator that precedes the Target Slot number entry.

Target Slot number

Number of the T1 service module slot to be linked.

Target Slot number ranges = 1-6|9-14|17-22|25-30

-srmln

Command delineator that precedes the TargetSlotLineNumber entry.

TargetSlotLine
Number

T1 line number in the slot to be linked (range 1-4 or 1-8) as appropriate for the installed service module.

Related Commands

addlink, dsplink, dellink, xdspsrmlink

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: SuperUser


Example 1-417: Configure and enable a link between T1 line 1 within T3 line 2 on the SRM-3T3 card in slot 15 and T1 line number 5 on the T1 service module in slot 3 spirit4.1.7.PXM.a > xcnfsrmlink -srmt3 15.2 -srmt1 1 -en 1 -srmsl 3 -srmln 5 spirit4.1.7.PXM.a >

xcnftrapmgr

Configure Trap Manager

Use the xcnftrapmgr command to configure, enable, and to disable the trap manager function on the PXM. If you enable the trap manager, this command allows you configure the number and IP address of the trap manager you intend to receive traps.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

xcnftrapmgr -ip <ip_addr> -pt <portnum> -en <enabled> -tf <TrapFlag> -seq <SeqNum>

Syntax Description

-ip

Command delineator that precedes the ip_addr entry.

ip_addr

IP address of the trap manager in dotted decimal format nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn.

-pt

Command delineator that precedes the portnum entry.

portnum

Port number, in the range 1-N, as appropriate for the card.

-en

Command delineator that precedes the enabled entry.

enabled

A value that enables or disables the flag action on the row.

  • 1 = add row

  • 2 = delete row

-tf

Command delineator that precedes the TrapFlag entry.

TrapFlag

Trap flag entry.

-seq

Command delineator that precedes the SeqNum entry.

SeqNum

Sequence number entry.

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: SuperUser


Example 1-418: Enable trap manager on the current PXM spirit4.1.8.PXM.a > xcnftrapmgr -ip 192.169.3.102 -pt 3 -tf 1 -seq 100 -en 1 spirit4.1.8.PXM.a >

xdelcon

Delete Connection

Use the xdelcon command to remove a connection on an AUSM. A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

xaddcon -chn <ChanNum> -rs <RowStatus> -ct <ConnectionType> -st <ServiceType> -pt <PortNum> -vpi <VirtualPathId> -vci <VirtualChannelId> -pqn <QNum> -qdm <IngressQDepth>
-icth <IngressCLPHigh> -ictl <IngressCLPLow> -iet <IngressQEfciThreshold> -cte <CLPTagEnable> -lvp <LocalVpID> -osub <OvrSubFlag> -dis <DiscardOption> -epd <EPDThreshold>
-conTp <connType> -cdr <CDRNumber> -locvpi <LocalVpi> -locvci <LocalVci>
-locnsap <LocalNSAP> -rmtvpi <RemoteVpi> -rmtvci <RemoteVci> -rmtnsap <RemoteNSAP>
-master <MasterShip> -vpcflag <vpcFlag> -cos <ConnServiceType> -rtngpri <RoutingPriority> -maxcost <maxCost> -type <RestrictedType> -pcr <ConnPCR> -mcr <ConnMCR>
-pctutil <ConnPercentUtil> -upce <UpcEnable> -pcr01 <IngrUpcPCR[0+1]> -ccdv <CDVT[0+1]> -scrp <SCRPolicing> -scr <IngrUpcSCR> -cbs <MaxBurstSize> -ibs <InitialBurstSize>
-fge <FrameGCRAEnable> -fe <ForesightEnable> -mir <ForesightMIR> -qir <ForesightQIR>
-pir <ForesightPIR> -esr <EgrSrvRate> -ipcu <IPUtil> -epcu <EPUtil>

Syntax Description

-chan

Command delineator that precedes the ChanNum entry.

ChanNum

Channel number, in the range 16-1015.

-rs

Command delineator that precedes the RowStatus entry.

RowStatus

Row status.

  • 1 = add

  • 2 = delete

  • 3 = modify

-ct

Command delineator that precedes the ConnectionType entry.

ConnectionType

Connection type as either VPC or VCC.

  • 1 = VPC

  • 2 = VCC

-st

Command delineator that precedes the ServiceType entry.

ServiceType

Type of service, in the range 1-4.

  • 1 = CBR

  • 2 = VBR

  • 3 = ABR

  • 4 = UBR

-pt

Command delineator that precedes the PortNum entry.

PortNum

Port number, in the range 1-8.

-vpi

Command delineator that precedes the VirtualPathId entry.

VirtualPathId

Virtual path identifier (VPI), in the range 0-255.

-vci

Command delineator that precedes the VirtualChannelId entry.

VirtualChannelId

Virtual channel identifier (VCI), in the range 0-65535.

-pqn

Command delineator that precedes the QNum entry.

QNum

Egress queue number, in the range 1-16.

-qdm

Command delineator that precedes the IngressQDepth entry.

IngressQDepth

Ingress queue depth, in the range 1-16000.

-icth

Command delineator that precedes the IngressCLPHigh entry.

IngressCLPHigh

Highest ingress cell loss priority (CLP), in the range 1- 16000.

-ictl

Command delineator that precedes the IngressCLPLow entry.

IngressCLPLow

Lowest ingress CLP, in the range 1-16000.

-iet

Command delineator that precedes the IngressQEfciThreshold entry.

IngressQEfciThreshold

Ingress queue explicit forward congestion indication (EFCI), in the range 1-16000. EFCI is one of the congestion feedback modes allowed by available bit rate (ABR) service.

-cte

Command delineator that precedes the CLPTagEnable entry.

CLPTagEnable

CLP tag is either enabled or disabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

-lvp

Command delineator that precedes the LocalVpID entry.

LocalVpID

Local virtual path ID, in the range 1 - 1000.

-osub

Command delineator that precedes the OvrSubFlag entry.

OvrSubFlag

Override option.

  • 1 = no override

  • 2 = override

-dis

Command delineator that precedes the DiscardOption entry.

DiscardOption

Basis for discarding a frame.

  • 1 = CLP hysterisis

  • 2 = frame based

-epd

Command delineator that precedes the EPDThreshold entry.

EPDThreshold

Early packet discard threshold, in the range 1-16000. EPD prevents congestion that would jeopardize the node's ability to properly support existing connections.

-contp

Command delineator that precedes the connType entry.

connType

Controller type.

  • 1 = SVC

  • 2 = PVC

  • 3 = SPVC

  • 4 = PAR

  • 5 = PNNI

  • 6 = TAG

-cdr

Command delineator that precedes the CDRNumber entry.

CDRNumber

Call detail record number in the format 0-0xffffffff.

-locvpi

Command delineator that precedes the LocalVpi entry.

LocalVpi

Local VPI number, in the range 1-4095.

-locvci

Command delineator that precedes the LocalVci entry.

LocalVci

Local VCI number, in the range 1-65536.

-locnsap

Command delineator that precedes the LocalNSAP entry.

LocalNSAP

A 20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the local node name, slot, and port in network service access point (NSAP) format.

An NSAP is the point at which OSI Network Service is made available to a transport layer (Layer 4) entity.

-rmtvpi

Command delineator that precedes the RemoteVpi entry.

RemoteVpi

Remote VPI number, in the range 1-4095.

-rmtvci

Command delineator that precedes the RemoteVci entry.

RemoteVci

Remote VCI number, in the range 1-65536.

-rmtnsap

Command delineator that precedes the RemoteNSAP entry.

RemoteNSAP

A 20-byte string, which is the hexadecimal form of the ASCII character string that identifies the remote node name, slot, and port in network service access point (NSAP) format.

-master

Command delineator that precedes the MasterShip entry.

MasterShip

Status of current end, either master or slave.

  • 1 = master

  • 2 = slave

  • 3 = unknown

-vpcflag

Command delineator that precedes the vpcFlag entry.

vpcFlag

Virtual path connection (VPC) flag indicates the connection type.

  • 1 = VPC

  • 2 = VCC

-cos

Command delineator that precedes the ConnServiceType entry.

ConnServiceType

Connection service type.

  • 1 = CBR

  • 2 = VBR

  • 3 = not used

  • 4 = UBR

  • 5 = ATFR

  • 6 = ABR-STD

  • 7 = ABR-FST

-rtngpri

Command delineator that precedes the RoutingPriority entry.

RoutingPriority

Routing priority, in the range 1-15.

-maxcost

Command delineator that precedes the maxCost entry.

maxCost

Maximum cost.

-type

Command delineator that precedes the RestrictedType entry.

RestrictedType

Type of trunk restriction.

  • 1 = no restriction

  • 2 = terrestrial trunk

  • 3 = satellite trunk

-pcr

Command delineator that precedes the ConnPCR entry.

ConnPCR

Peak cell rate (PCR), in the range 1-65525 cells per second.

-mcr

Command delineator that precedes the ConnMCR entry.

ConnMCR

Minimum cell rate (MCR), in the range 1-65525 cells per second.

-pctutil

Command delineator that precedes the ConnPercentUtil entry.

ConnPercentUtil

Percentage of utilization, in the range 1-100.

-upce

Command delineator that precedes the UpcEnable entry.

UpcEnable

Usage parameter control (UPC), either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

-pcr01

Command delineator that precedes the IngrUpcPCR[0+1] entry.

IngrUpcPCR[0+1]

Ingress peak cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells per second. This setting is the peak cell rate for cells with CLP = 0 and CLP = 1. The actual value depends on the logical port speed.

-ccdv

Command delineator that precedes the CDVT[0+1] entry.

CDVT[0+1]

Cell delay variation tolerance (CDVT), in the range 1-250000 microseconds.

-scrp

Command delineator that precedes the SCRPolicing entry.

SCRPolicing

Sustainable cell rate (SCR) policing, in the range 1-3.

  • 1 = CLP[0]

  • 2 = CLP[0+1]

  • 3 = no SCR policing

-scr

Command delineator that precedes the IngrUpcSCR entry.

IngrUpcSCR

Ingress sustainable cell rate, in the range 10-38328 cells per second. This setting is the peak cell rate for cells with CLP = 0 and CLP = 1. The actual value depends on the logical port speed.

-cbs

Command delineator that precedes the MaxBurstSize entry.

MaxBurstSize

Maximum burst size (MBS), in the range 1-5000 cells.

-ibs

Command delineator that precedes the InitialBurstSize entry.

InitialBurstSize

Initial burst size, in the range 10-5000.

-fge

Command delineator that precedes the FrameGCRAEnable entry.

FrameGCRAEnable

Frame generic cell rate algorithm (GCRA) is either disabled or enabled. GCRA determines cell conformity to the traffic contract of the connection.

-fe

Command delineator that precedes the ForesightEnable entry.

ForesightEnable

Foresight is either disabled or enabled.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

-mir

Command delineator that precedes the ForesightMIR entry.

ForesightMIR

Minimum information rate, as appropriate for the card type.

  • 8T1/E1 the range = 10-8000 in cells per second.

  • T3/E3/HS2/2CT3 range = 10-400000 in cells per second.

Default = 1000

-qir

Command delineator that precedes the ForesightQIR entry.

ForesightQIR

Quiescent information rate, as appropriate for the card type.

  • 8T1/E1 range = 0-8000 in cells per second.

  • T3/E3/HS2/2CT3 range = 10-400000 in cells per second.

Default = 1000

-pir

Command delineator that precedes the ForesightPIR entry.

ForesightPIR

Peak information rate, as appropriate for the card type.

  • 8T1/E1 range = 10-8000 in cells per second.

  • T3/E3/HS2/2CT3, the range is 10-400000 in cells per second.

Default = 1000

-esr

Command delineator that precedes the EgrSrvRate entry.

EgrSrvRate

Egress service rate.

-ipcu

Command delineator that precedes the IPUtil entry.

IPUtil

Ingress percentage utilization, in the range 1-127.

-epcu

Command delineator that precedes the EPUtil entry.

EPUtil

Egress percentage utilization, in the range 1-127

Related Commands

delcon, xdspcon, dspcon, xdspcons, dspcons , xaddcon, addcon

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1

xdnport

Down Port

Use the xdnport command to deactivate a port. A system response does not occur unless an error is detected.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

xdnport -pt <PortNum> -e <PortEnable> -ptyp <PortType> -ln <LineNum>

Syntax Description

-pt

Command delineator that precedes the PortNum entry.

PortNum

Port number, in the range 1-8.

-e

Command delineator that precedes the PortEnable entry.

PortEnable

A value that disables or enables the port.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

-ptyp

Command delineator that precedes the PortType entry.

PortType

Port type, either NNI or UNI.

  • 1 = NNI

  • 2 = UNI

-ln

Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry.

LineNum

Physical line number, in the range 1-8.

Related Commands

xupport

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1

xdspchan

Display Channel

Use the xdspchan command to view a channel on the current service card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM, CESM

Syntax

xdspchan -chn <ChanNum>

Syntax Description

-chn

Command delineator that precedes the ChanNum entry.

ChanNum

Channel number, using the range appropriate for the current card.

  • FRSM

    • 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015

    • T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015

    • 2CT3 range = 16-4015

  • CESM

    • 8T1/E1 range = 32-279

    • T3/E3 = one connection starting at 32

Related Commands

xdspchans, dspchans , cnfchan

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-419: Display channel characteristics of channel 22 on the FRSM card in slot 20 spirit3.1.20.FRSM.a > xdspchan 22 ChanNum: 22 ChanRowStatus: Add ChanPortNum: 1 ChanDLCI: 1000 EgressQSelect: 2 IngressQDepth: 65535 IngressQDEThresh: 32767 IngressQECNThresh: 6553 EgressQDepth: 65535 EgressQDEThresh: 32767 EgressQECNThresh: 6553 DETaggingEnable: Disabled CIR: 9600 Bc: 5100 Be: 5100 IBS: 100 ForeSightEnable: Disabled QIR: 25 MIR: 25 PIR: 25 ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled ChanTestType: TestOff ChanTestState: NotInProgress ChanRTDresult: 65535 ms ChanType: SIW-Xlat ChanFECNmap: setEFCIzero ChanDEtoCLPmap: mapCLP ChanCLPtoDEmap: mapDE ChanFrConnType: PVC ChanIngrPercentUtil: 100 ChanEgrPercentUtil: 100 ChanEgrSrvRate: 9600 ChanOvrSubOvrRide: Enabled ChanLocalVpi: 0 ChanLocalVci: 1000 ChanLocalNSAP: 504f504559453300000000000000000014000100 ChanRemoteVpi: 0 ChanRemoteVci: 0 ChanRemoteNSAP: NULL NSAP ChanMastership: Slave ChanVpcFlag: Vcc ChanConnServiceType: ATFR ChanRoutingPriority: 1 ChanMaxCost: 255 ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction ChanConnPCR: 25 ChanConnMCR: 25 ChanConnPercentUti: 100 ChanNum: 42 ChanRowStatus: Mod ChanPortNum: 20 ChanDLCI: 300 EgressQSelect: 2 Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: IngressQDepth: 65535 IngressQDEThresh: 32767 IngressQECNThresh: 6553 EgressQDepth: 65535 EgressQDEThresh: 32767 EgressQECNThresh: 6553 DETaggingEnable: Disabled CIR: 9600 Bc: 5100 Be: 5100 IBS: 100 ForeSightEnable: Disabled QIR: 25 MIR: 25 PIR: 25 ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled ChanTestType: TestOff ChanTestState: NotInProgress ChanRTDresult: 65535 ms ChanType: NIW ChanFECNmap: setEFCIzero ChanDEtoCLPmap: mapCLP ChanCLPtoDEmap: mapDE ChanFrConnType: PVC ChanIngrPercentUtil: 100 ChanEgrPercentUtil: 100 ChanEgrSrvRate: 9600 ChanOvrSubOvrRide: Enabled ChanLocalVpi: 0 ChanLocalVci: 300 ChanLocalNSAP: 504f504559453300000000000000000014001400 ChanRemoteVpi: 17 ChanRemoteVci: 18 ChanRemoteNSAP: 504f504559453300000000000000000000000100 ChanMastership: Master ChanVpcFlag: Vcc ChanConnServiceType: ATFR ChanRoutingPriority: 1 ChanMaxCost: 255 ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction ChanConnPCR: 25 ChanConnMCR: 25 ChanConnPercentUti: 100 ChanNumNextAvailable: 25 spirit3.1.20.FRSM.a >
Example 1-420: Display channel characteristics of channel 33 on the CESM card in slot 22 spirit3.1.21.CESM.a > xdspchan 33 ChanNum: 33 ChanRowStatus: Add ChanLineNum: 1 ChanMapVpi: 5 ChanMapVci: 33 ChanCBRService: structured ChanClockMode: Synchronous ChanCAS: Basic ChanPartialFill: 47 ChanMaxBufSize: 124 bytes ChanCDVT: 1000 micro seconds C L I P: 2500 milliseconds ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled ChanTestType: TestOff ChanTestState: NotInProgress ChanRTDresult: 65535 ms ChanPortNum 2 ChanConnType PVC ISDetType DetectionDisabled CondData 255 CondSignalling 0 ExtISTrig DisableIdleSupression ISIntgnPeriod 4095 seconds ISSignallingCode 0 OnHookCode 1 ChanLocalVpi: 0 ChanLocalVci: 0 ChanLocalNSAP: 504f504559453300000000000000000015000200 ChanRemoteVpi: 0 ChanRemoteVci: 0 ChanRemoteNSAP: NULL NSAP ChanMastership: Slave ChanVpcFlag: Vcc ChanConnServiceType: CBR ChanRoutingPriority: 1 ChanMaxCost: 255 ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction ChanConnPCR: 688 ChanConnMCR: 688 ChanConnPercentUtil: 100 ChanNum: 41 ChanRowStatus: Mod ChanLineNum: 3 ChanMapVpi: 5 ChanMapVci: 41 ChanCBRService: unstructured ChanClockMode: Synchronous ChanCAS: Basic ChanPartialFill: 47 ChanMaxBufSize: 7680 bytes ChanCDVT: 20000 micro seconds C L I P: 30000 milliseconds ChanLocalRemoteLpbkState: Disabled ChanTestType: TestOff ChanTestState: Failed ChanRTDresult: 65535 ms ChanPortNum 10 ChanConnType PVC ISDetType DetectionDisabled CondData 255 CondSignalling 8 Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: ExtISTrig DisableIdleSupression ISIntgnPeriod 4095 seconds ISSignallingCode 0 OnHookCode 1 ChanLocalVpi: 0 ChanLocalVci: 0 ChanLocalNSAP: 504f504559453300000000000000000015000a00 ChanRemoteVpi: 11 ChanRemoteVci: 111 ChanRemoteNSAP: 504f504559453300000000000000000000000100 ChanMastership: Master ChanVpcFlag: Vcc ChanConnServiceType: CBR ChanRoutingPriority: 1 ChanMaxCost: 255 ChanRestrictTrunkType: No Restriction ChanConnPCR: 4107 ChanConnMCR: 4107 ChanConnPercentUtil: 100 ChanNumNextAvailable: 49 spirit3.1.21.CESM.a >

xdspchancnt

Display Channel Count

Use the xdspchancnt command to view the counter contents of all channels (or the specified channel with the optional -chn parameter).

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, CESM

Syntax

xdspchancnt -chn <ChanNum>

Syntax Description

-chn

Command delineator that precedes the ChanNum entry.

ChanNum

Channel number, using the range appropriate for the current card.

  • FRSM

    • 8T1/E1 range = 16-1015

    • T3/E3/HS2 range = 16-2015

    • 2CT3 range = 16-4015

  • PXM range = 16-4111

  • CESM

    • 8T1/E1 range = 32-279

    • T3/E3 = one connection starting at 32

Related Commands

dspchancnt , dspchstats

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-421: Display channel counters of all the channels on the FRSM card in slot 20 spirit3.1.20.FRSM.a > xdspchancnt -chn 22 ChanNum: 22 ChanState: okay ChanUpTime: 1634994 Tx Rx --------------- --------------- AbitState: Sending A=1 Off ATMState: Not sending any state Not receiving any state Total Frames: 64187 57994 Total Bytes: 3410008 3317254 Frames DE: 0 0 Bytes DE: 0 0 Frames Discarded: 2 7079 Bytes Discarded: 118 410582 FramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0 BytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0 FramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 0 Frames FECN: 0 0 Frames BECN: 0 0 FramesTagged FECN: 0 0 FramesTagged BECN: 0 0 KbpsAIR: 0 0 Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: Tx Rx --------------- --------------- FramesTaggedDE: 0 0 BytesTaggedDE: 0 0 RcvFramesDiscShelfAlarm: 0 XmtFramesDiscPhyLayerFail: 0 XmtFramesDiscCRCError: 0 XmtFramesDiscReAssmFail: 0 XmtFramesDiscSrcAbort: 0 XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 14 XmtBytesDuringLMIAlarm: 794 RcvFramesDiscUPC: 0 XmtFramesInvalidCPIs: 0 XmtFramesLengthViolations: 0 XmtFramesOversizedSDUs: 0 XmtFramesUnknownProtocols: 0 RcvFramesUnknownProtocols: 7079 Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: ChanNum: 42 ChanState: alarm ChanUpTime: 4 Tx Rx --------------- --------------- AbitState: Sending A=0 Off ATMState: Sending AIS OAM state Receiving AIS OAM Total Frames: 0 0 Total Bytes: 0 0 Frames DE: 0 0 Bytes DE: 0 0 Frames Discarded: 0 0 Bytes Discarded: 0 0 FramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0 BytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0 FramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 0 Frames FECN: 0 0 Frames BECN: 0 0 FramesTagged FECN: 0 0 FramesTagged BECN: 0 0 KbpsAIR: 0 0 Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: Tx Rx --------------- --------------- FramesTaggedDE: 0 0 BytesTaggedDE: 0 0 RcvFramesDiscShelfAlarm: 0 XmtFramesDiscPhyLayerFail: 0 XmtFramesDiscCRCError: 0 XmtFramesDiscReAssmFail: 0 XmtFramesDiscSrcAbort: 0 XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 0 XmtBytesDuringLMIAlarm: 0 RcvFramesDiscUPC: 0 XmtFramesInvalidCPIs: 0 XmtFramesLengthViolations: 0 XmtFramesOversizedSDUs: 0 XmtFramesUnknownProtocols: 0 RcvFramesUnknownProtocols: 0
Example 1-422: Display channel counters of channel 17 on the PXM card in slot 7 spirit4.1.7.PXM.a > xdspchancnt -cnt 17 Channel Number : 17 Channel State : alarm Channel Ingress State : alarm Channel Egress State : other CLP=0 Rcvd. Cells : 0 CLP=1 Rcvd. Cells : 0 GCRA1 Non Conforming Cells : 0 GCRA2 Non Conforming Cells : 0 EOF Cells Rcvd. : 0 CLP=0 Discard Cells : 0 CLP=1 Discard Cells : 0 Total Xmtd. Cells : 2125 CLP=0 Xmtd. Cells : 0 CLP=1 Xmtd. Cells : 3203 CLP=0 Discard Cells to Port : 0 CLP=1 Discard Cells to Port : 0 spirit4.1.7.PXM.a >
Example 1-423: Display channel counters of all the channels on the CESM card in slot 21 spirit3.1.21.CESM.a > xdspchancnt ChanNum: 33 Chan State: alarm Chan RCV ATM State: Normal Chan XMT ATM State: Sending AIS OAM Cell Loss Status: No Cell Loss Reassembled Cells: 0 Generated Cells: 1234508943 Header Errors: 0 Seqence Mismatches : 0 Lost Cells: 0 Channel Uptime (secs.) 1808376 Signalling Status Offhook Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: ChanNum: 41 Chan State: alarm Chan RCV ATM State: Normal Chan XMT ATM State: Sending AIS OAM Cell Loss Status: Cell Loss Reassembled Cells: 0 Generated Cells: 317857344 Header Errors: 0 Seqence Mismatches : 0 Lost Cells: 0 Channel Uptime (secs.) 77406 Signalling Status Offhook spirit3.1.21.CESM.a >
Example 1-424: Display channel counters of channel 33 on the CESM card in slot 21 spirit3.1.21.CESM.a > xdspchancnt -chn 33 ChanNum: 33 Chan State: alarm Chan RCV ATM State: Normal Chan XMT ATM State: Sending AIS OAM Cell Loss Status: No Cell Loss Reassembled Cells: 0 Generated Cells: 1234551200 Header Errors: 0 Seqence Mismatches : 0 Lost Cells: 0 Channel Uptime (secs.) 1808438 Signalling Status Offhook spirit3.1.21.CESM.a >
Example 1-425: Display channel counters of channel 22 on the FRSM card in slot 20 spirit3.1.20.FRSM.a > xdspchancnt -chn 22 ChanNum: 22 ChanState: okay ChanUpTime: 1635192 Tx Rx --------------- --------------- AbitState: Sending A=1 Off ATMState: Not sending any state Not receiving any state Total Frames: 64187 58001 Total Bytes: 3410008 3317660 Frames DE: 0 0 Bytes DE: 0 0 Frames Discarded: 2 7079 Bytes Discarded: 118 410582 FramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0 BytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 0 FramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 0 Frames FECN: 0 0 Frames BECN: 0 0 FramesTagged FECN: 0 0 FramesTagged BECN: 0 0 KbpsAIR: 0 0 Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: Tx Rx --------------- --------------- FramesTaggedDE: 0 0 BytesTaggedDE: 0 0 RcvFramesDiscShelfAlarm: 0 XmtFramesDiscPhyLayerFail: 0 XmtFramesDiscCRCError: 0 XmtFramesDiscReAssmFail: 0 XmtFramesDiscSrcAbort: 0 XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 14 XmtBytesDuringLMIAlarm: 794 RcvFramesDiscUPC: 0 XmtFramesInvalidCPIs: 0 XmtFramesLengthViolations: 0 XmtFramesOversizedSDUs: 0 XmtFramesUnknownProtocols: 0 RcvFramesUnknownProtocols: 7079 spirit3.1.20.FRSM.a >

xdspchans

Display Channels

Use the xdspchans command to view the current channels on the card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, CESM

Syntax

xdspchans

Related Commands

xdspchan , dspchan , addchan, delchan

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-426: Display channels on the current PXM spirit4.1.7.PXM.a > xdspchans Chan Stat Intf locVpi locVci conTyp srvTyp PCR[0+1] Mst rmtVpi rmtVci State ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 17 ADD 2 39 45 VCC VBR 353208 Slv 0 0 alarm spirit4.1.7.PXM.a >
Example 1-427: Display channels on the current FRSM spirit3.1.20.FRSM.a > xdspchans DLCI Chan EQ I/EQDepth I/EQDEThre I/EECNThre Fst/ DE Type Alarm ------------- ---- -- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- --- --- ----- ----- 20.1.1.1000 22 2 65535/65535 32767/32767 6553/6553 Dis/Dis SIW-X No 20.8.20.300 42 2 65535/65535 32767/32767 6553/6553 Dis/Dis NIW Yes Number of channels: 2 ChanNumNextAvailable: 26 spirit3.1.20.FRSM.a >
Example 1-428: Display channels on the current CESM spirit3.1.21.CESM.a > xdspchans Channel ChanNum Status CDVT MaxBufSize CLIP CBRservice ------------ ------- ------ ----- ---------- ------ ------------ 21.1.2.33 33 Add 1000 124 2500 structured 21.3.10.41 41 Mod 20000 7680 30000 unstructured Number of channels: 2 ChanNumNextAvailable: 47 spirit3.1.21.CESM.a >

xdspcon

Display Connection

Use the xdspcon command to view AUSM configuration data.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

xdspcon -chn <ChannelNumber>

Syntax Description

-chn

Command delineator that precedes the ChannelNumber entry.

ChannelNumber

Channel number, in the range 16-1015.

Related Commands

dspcon, xaddcon, addcon , xdelcon, delcon, xdspcons, dspcons

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-429: Display connection parameters for channel 16 spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a > xdspcon -chn 16 ChanNum: 16 RowStatus: Del ConnectionType: VCC ServiceType: CBR PortNum: 1 VPI: 0 VCI (For VCC): 0 Local VPId(for VPC): 0 EgressQNum: 0 IngressQDepth(cells): 1000 IngressDiscardOption: CLP hysterisis IngressFrameDiscardThreshold 1000 IngressQCLPHigh(cells): 900 IngressQCLPLow(cells): 800 QCLPState: LOW IngressEfciThreshold(cells): 1000 UPCEnable: Enabled PeakCellRate[0+1](cells/sec): 50 CellDelayVariation[0+1]: 10000 (micro secs) PeakCellRate[0](cells/sec): 50 CellDelayVariation[0]: 10000 (micro secs) SustainedCellRate(cells/sec): 50 Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: MaximumBurstSize(cells): 1000 SCRPolicing: CLP[0] CLPTagEnable: Enabled FrameGCRAEnable: Disable ForesightEnable: Disable InitialBurstSize(cells): 0 ForeSightPeakCellRate(cells/sec): 50 MinimumCellRate(cells/sec): 0 InitialCellRate(cells/sec): 1 LocalRemoteLpbkState: Disable ChanTestType: No Test ChanTestState: Not In Progress ChanRTDresult: 65535 ms Ingress percentage util: 100 Egress percentage util : 100 Egress Service Rate: 50 LocalVpi: 0 LocalVci: 0 spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a > Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: LocalNSAP: 5468697320697320612064756d6d79204e534150 RemoteVpi: 0 RemoteVci: 0 RemoteNSAP: 5468697320697320612064756d6d79204e534150 Mastership: Slave VpcFlag: Vcc ConnServiceType: CBR RoutingPriority: 1 MaxCost: 255 RestrictTrunkType: No Restriction ConnPCR: 50 ConnMCR: 0 ConnPercentUtil: 100 ChanNumNextAvailable : 16 Local VpId NextAvailable : 4 spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a >

xdspcons

Display Connections

Use the xdspcons command to view details of all connections between the current AUSM and the card to which the current shelf is attached.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

xdspcons

Related Commands

dspcons , xaddcon, addcon , xdelcon, delcon, xdspcon

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-430: Display parameters for the connections on the current AUSM spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a > xdspcons Chan Port.VPI.VCI ConnType Service Type PCRlot1 Q-Depth State 30 1.10.100 VCC ABR 3622 2000 Active 33 1.10.200 VPC CBR 3622 100 Alarm spirit.1.19.AUSM8.a >

xdspdsx3bert

Display DSX3 BERT

Use the xdspdsx3bert command to view parameters and results of the current bit error rate test (BERT) session.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM 2T3E3, CESMT3

Syntax

xdspdsx3bert

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any


Example 1-431: Display results of the current BERT session popeye1.1.21.CESMT3.a > xdspdsx3bert Bert Control: Start dsx3Bert Bert Resource Status State: In Use Bert Owner: CLI Bert Status: In Sync Bert Test Medium: Line Bert Port: 1 Line Number : 1 Bert Mode : bertPatternTest Bert Pattern : doubleOneZero Loopback type: metallicLoopback Start time (secs.) 14:14:44 Start Date FRI JUL 02 1999 Bit countupper: 0 Bit countlower: 1553476045 Bit Error Countupper 0 Bit Error Countlower 0 Error Insertion Rate: Error injection disabled Error Insertion count: 0 DSX3 BERT in Sync popeye1.1.21.CESMT3.a >

xdspilmi

Display ILMI

Use the xdspilmi command to view the interim local management interface (ILMI) configuration.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, AUSM

Syntax: PXM

xdspilmi -ifNum <sigPortNum>

Syntax Description

-ifNum

Command delineator that precedes the sigPortNum entry.

sigPortNum

Number of the broadband interface port.

Syntax: AUSM

xdspilmi -pt <PortNum>

Syntax Description

-pt

Command delineator that precedes the PortNum entry.

PortNum

Number of the broadband interface port.

Related Commands

cnfilmi , xcnfilmi, dspilmicnt

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-432: Display ILMI configuration for port 1 on the PXM porky.1.7.PXM.a > xdspilmi -ifNum 1 Sig. Ilmi Sig Sig Ilmi T491 T492 T493 Addr Port State/Type Vpi Vci Trap/Int KA ErrTh/Pollint EvntTh EnqInt Reg. ---- --------- ---- ---- -------- --- ------------- ------ ------ ---- 1 Off/none 0 16 Off/01 Off 3/v6 4 10 Off porky.1.7.PXM.a >
Example 1-433: Display ILMI configuration for port 1 on the AUSM porky.1.19.AUSM8.a > xdspilmi -pt 1 Port Num: 1 Signalling: No signalling SignallingVPI: 0 SignallingVCI: 0 ILMITrap: Disabled ILMI-Min-Trap-Interval (secs): 1 KeepAlivePolling: Disabled ErrorThreshold: 3 EventThreshold: 4 PollingInterval (secs): 30 MinimumEnquiryInterval (secs) 10 EXT Operation: port 2 porky.1.19.AUSM8.a >

xdspln

Display Line Configuration

Use the xdspln command to view configuration for a specified line.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM, AUSM, CESM

Syntax

xdspln -ds1 <line number>

or

xdspln -rs232 <line number>

Syntax Description

-ds1

Command delineator that precedes T1 line number entry.

-rs232

Command delineator that precedes RS232 line number entry.

line number

Line number of the DS1 or RS232 interface.

  • -DS1 range = 1-8 (on 8-port service modules)

  • -RS232 range = 1-2

Related Commands

addln , xcnfln, cnfln , delln

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-434: Display line 2 on the current AUSM card spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a > xdspln -ds1 2 LineNum: 2 LineConnectorType: RJ-48 LineType: dsx1ESF LineEnable: Disable LineCoding: dsx1B8ZS LineLength: 0-131 ft LineXmtClockSource: LocalTiming LineLoopbackCommand: NoLoop LineSendCode: NoCode LineUsedTimeslotsBitMap: 0xffffffff LineLoopbackCodeDetection: codeDetectDisabled LineBERTEnable: Disable LineNumOfValidEntries: 8 spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a >
Example 1-435: Display line 8 on the current CESM card spirit.1.17.CESM.a > xdspln -ds1 8 LineNum: 8 LineConnectorType: SMB LineEnable: Enabled LineType: dsx1E1CAS LineCoding: dsx1HDB3 LineLength: G.703 75 ohm LineXmtClockSource: LocalTiming LineLoopbackCommand: NoLoop LineSendCode: NoCode LineUsedTimeslotsBitMap: 0x0 LineLoopbackCodeDetection: codeDetectDisabled LineNumOfValidEntries: 8 spirit.1.17.CESM.a >
Example 1-436: Display line 1 on the current FRSM card spirit.1.1.FRSM.a > xdspln -ds1 1 LineNum: 1 LineConnectorType: RJ-48 LineType: dsx1ESF LineEnable: Disable LineCoding: dsx1B8ZS LineLength: 0-131 ft LineXmtClockSource: LocalTiming LineLoopbackCommand: NoLoop LineSendCode: NoCode LineUsedTimeslotsBitMap: 0x0 LineLoopbackCodeDetection: codeDetectDisabled LineBertEnable: Disable LineNumOfValidEntries: 8 spirit.1.1.FRSM.a >
Example 1-437: Display RS232 line 1 on the current CESM card spirit3.1.21.CESM.a > xdspln -rs232 1 Port Type Enable Baudrate ---- ---------------------- -------- -------- 21.1 Maintenance RS232 Port Disable 19200 SerialPortNumOfValidEntries: 1 spirit3.1.21.CESM.a >

xdsplns

Display Lines

Use the xdsplns command to view the configuration parameters for all lines on the current card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM FRSM, AUSM, CESM

Syntax

xdsplns

Related Commands

dsplns , addln , cnfln , xcnfln, delln

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-438: Display DS1 lines on the current FRSM card spirit.1.1.FRSM.a > xdsplns -ds1
Line Conn Type Status/Coding Length XmtClock Alarm Stats Type Source Alarm ---- ----- ------------ ------ -------- ------------- -------- ----- ----- 1.1 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 1.2 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 1.3 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 1.4 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 1.5 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 1.6 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 1.7 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim 1.8 RJ-48 dsx1ESF Dis/dsx1B8ZS 0-131 ft LocalTim LineNumOfValidEntries: 8
spirit.1.1.FRSM.a >

Example 1-439: Display RS-232 lines on the current FRSM card spirit.1.1.FRSM.a > xdsplns -rs232 Port Type Enable Baudrate ---- ---------------------- -------- -------- 1.1 Maintenance RS232 Port Disable 19200 SerialPortNumOfValidEntries: 1 spirit.1.1.FRSM.a >
Example 1-440: Display lines on the current PXM with a T3 trunk back card spirit.1.7.PXM.a > xdsplns Line Type Coding Length Criteria AIScBitsCheck ---- -------------- -------- ------------- ----------- ------------- 2.1 dsx3CbitParity dsx3B3ZS LessThan450ft 3 out of 8 Check C-bits LineNumOfValidEntries: 1 spirit.1.7.PXM.a >
Example 1-441: Display lines on the current PXM with a SONET 155 back card spirit.1.7.PXM.a > xdsplns
    Medium Medium Medium Medium Sonet Line Line HSC Payload Frame Time Valid Line Line Line Type Lpbk mask Scramble Scramble Elapsed Intvls Coding Type ---- -------------- -------- ------------- ----------- ------------------
LineNumOfValidEntries: 1 spirit.1.7.PXM.a >
Example 1-442: Display E1 lines on the current CESM spirit.1.17.CESM.a > xdsplns -ds1 Line Conn Type Status/Coding Length XmtClock Alarm Stats Type Source Alarm ---- ----- ------------ ------ -------- ------------- -------- ----- ----- 17.1 SMB dsx1E1CAS Ena/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim Yes No 17.2 SMB dsx1E1CAS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim 17.3 SMB dsx1E1CAS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim 17.4 SMB dsx1E1CAS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim 17.5 SMB dsx1E1CAS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim 17.6 SMB dsx1E1CAS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim 17.7 SMB dsx1E1CAS Dis/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim 17.8 SMB dsx1E1CAS Ena/dsx1HDB3 G.703 75 ohm LocalTim Yes No LineNumOfValidEntries: 8 spirit.1.17.CESM.a >

xdspport

Display Port

Use the xdspport command on the PXM, FRSM, and CESM to view the port configuration for the specified port.

Use the xdspport command on an AUSM to view the Physical Layer Protocol Processor (PLPP) of a port on the current AUSM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM, FRSM, AUSM, CESM

Syntax

xdspport <port number>

or

xdspport -port <port number>
(for PXM)

Syntax Description

-port

Command delineator that precedes PXM port number entry.

port number

Port number, using the range appropriate for the current card.

  • PXM

    • Range = 1-32

  • FRSM

    • T1 range = 1-192

    • E1 range = 1-248

  • AUSM range = 1-8

  • CESM

    • 8T1 range = 1-192

    • 8E1 range = 1-248

    • T3/E3 = enter the value 1

Related Commands

FRSM and CESM: addport , xcnfport, cnfport , delport

AUSM: xupport, upport , xdnport, dnport

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-443: Display port configuration for port 2 on the PXM raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > xdspport -port 1 Port Status Line PctBw minVpi maxVpi ------------------------------------------------------ 1 OFF 0 0 0 0 raviraj.1.7.PXM.a >
Example 1-444: Display port configuration for port 1 on the current FRSM spirit.1.17.FRSM.a > xdspport 1 SlotNum: 17 PortLineNum: 1 PortNum: 1 PortRowStatus: Add PortDs0Speed: 64k PortDs0ConfigBitMap: 0xffffff PortEqueueServiceRatio: 1 PortFlagsBetweenFrames: 1 PortSpeed: 1536kbps SignallingProtocolType: NoSignalling AsynchronousUpdates: Disable T391LineIntegrityTimer: 10 T392PollingVerificationTimer: 15 N391FullStatusPollingCounter: 6 N392ErrorThreshold: 3 N393MonitoredEventCount: 4 PortState: FailedDuetoLineFailure PortSignallingState: No Signalling Failure CLLMEnableStatus: Disable CLLMxmtStatusTimer: 0 PortDs0UsedLine1: 0x00ffffff PortDs0UsedLine2: 0x00ffffff PortDs0UsedLine3: 0x00ffffff PortDs0UsedLine4: 0x00ffffff PortNumNextAvailable: 60 Syntax : dspport "port_num" port number—values ranging from 1-192 are accepted spirit.1.17.FRSM.a >
Example 1-445: Display port 1 on the current AUSM spirit.1.20.AUSM.a > xdspport 1 PortNumber: 1 Cell Framing: ATM Cell Scramble: No Scramble Plpp Loopback: No Loopback spirit.1.20.AUSM.a >

xdspportcnt

Display Port Counters

Use the xdspportcnt command to view counters for a specified port on an FRSM or AUSM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM, AUSM

Syntax

xdspportcnt <port number>

Syntax Description

port number

Port number, using the range appropriate for the current card.

  • FRSM

    • T1 range = 1-192

    • E1 range = 1-248

  • AUSM range = 1-8

Related Commands

dspcds

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-446: Display port counters on port 1 of the current AUSM spirit.1.20.AUSM.a > dspportcnt 1 PortNum: 1 PortState: Sig. Failure IngressRcvCells: 0 IngressRcvCellRate (cells/sec): 0 IngressRcvUtilization (percentage): 0 IngressXmtCells: 0 IngressGFCErrorCells: 0 IngressVpiVciErrCells: 0 IngressUnknownVpiVci: 0x0 IngressRcvClpSetCells: 0 EgressRcvCells: 0 EgressRcvCellRate (cells/sec): 0 EgressRcvUtilization (percentage): 0 EgressXmtCells: 0 EgressXmtCellRate (cells/sec): 0 EgressXmtUtilization (percentage): 0 EgressPortAlarmDiscardCells: 0 EgressXmtClpSetCells: 0 EgressXmtEfciSetCells: 0 PortXmtAisCells: 0 PortXmtSgmtLpbkCells: 0 PortRcvAisCells: 0 PortRcvFerfCells: 0 PortRcvSgmtLpbkCells: 0 PortRcvCrcErrOAMCells: 0 TotalIngressQFullDiscardCells: 0 TotalIngressClpSetDiscardCells: 0 TransmitFIFOFullCount (per card): 0 ReceivedHECErrorCells: 0 HECErroredSeconds: 0 SeverelyHECErroredSeconds: 0 spirit.1.20.AUSM.a >
Example 1-447: Display port counters on port 1 of the current FRSM spirit.1.17.FRSM.a > dspportcnt 1 PortNum: 1 Tx Rx --------------- --------------- Total Frames: 233706 228459 Total Bytes: 6181533 5892272 Frames FECN: 0 0 Frames BECN: 0 0 Frames Abort: 0 2 Buf Not Available: 0 0 KbpsAIR: 0 0 XmtFramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 XmtBytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 17 XmtByteDuringLMIAlarm: 791 XmtFramesUnderrun: 0 RcvFramesDE: 0 RcvFramesDiscCRCError: 0 RcvFramesDiscIllegalHeader: 0 RcvFramesDiscAlignmentError: 0 RcvFramesDiscIllegalLen: 0 RcvFramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 RcvFramesDiscNoChan: 0 RcvFramesUnknownDLCI: 2 RcvLastUnknownDLCI: 0 RcvFramesTaggedFECN: 0 RcvFramesTaggedBECN: 0 RcvFramesTaggedDE: 0 Status: 169459 0 StatusInquiry: 0 169459 AsynchUpdate: 0 0 RcvInvalidRequest: 0 RcvUNISeqMismatch: 1 RcvNNISeqMismatch: 0 UNISignallingTimeout: 3 NNISignallingTimeout: 0 FramesCLLM: 0 0 BytesCLLM: 0 0 CLLMFailures: 0Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: PortNum: 20 Tx Rx --------------- --------------- Total Frames: 0 0 Total Bytes: 0 0 Frames FECN: 0 0 Frames BECN: 0 0 Frames Abort: 0 0 Buf Not Available: 0 0 KbpsAIR: 0 0 XmtFramesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 XmtBytesDiscXceedQDepth: 0 XmtFramesDuringLMIAlarm: 0 XmtByteDuringLMIAlarm: 0 XmtFramesUnderrun: 1 RcvFramesDE: 0 RcvFramesDiscCRCError: 0 RcvFramesDiscIllegalHeader: 0 RcvFramesDiscAlignmentError: 0 RcvFramesDiscIllegalLen: 0 RcvFramesDiscXceedDEThresh: 0 RcvFramesDiscNoChan: 0 RcvFramesUnknownDLCI: 0 RcvLastUnknownDLCI: 0 RcvFramesTaggedFECN: 0 RcvFramesTaggedBECN: 0 RcvFramesTaggedDE: 0 Status: 0 0 StatusInquiry: 0 0 AsynchUpdate: 0 0 RcvInvalidRequest: 0 RcvUNISeqMismatch: 0 RcvNNISeqMismatch: 0 UNISignallingTimeout: 0 NNISignallingTimeout: 0 FramesCLLM: 0 0 BytesCLLM: 0 0 CLLMFailures: 0 spirit3.1.20.FRSM.a >

xdspportq

Display Specified Egress Queue on Specified Port

Use the xdspportq command to view queue information for a specified port and egress queue on the AUSM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

xdspportq -pt <PortNum> -pqn <PortQNumber>

Syntax Description

-pt

Command delineator that precedes the PortNum entry.

PortNum

Port number, in the range 1-8.

-pqn

Command delineator that precedes the PortQNumber entry.

PortQNumber

Egress queue number, in the range 1-16.

Related Commands

dspportq , dspportqs

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-448: Display queue information for egress queue 1 on port 1 spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a > xdspportq -pt 1 -pqn 1
ServicePortNum: 1 QueueNumber: 1 PortBinState: Disable ServiceSequence: 255 QueueDepth(cells): 500 CLPThresholdHigh(cells): 450 CLPThresholdLow(cells): 400 EFCIThreshold(cells): 400 QueueAlgorithm: 255 MaxBandwidthIncrement: 4096 MinBandwidthIncrement: 0 QCLPState: Low QFullDiscardedCells: 0 CLPSetDiscardedCells: 0 spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a >

xdspportqs

Display All Egress Queues on Specified Port

Use the xdspportqs command to view queue information for all the egress queues on an AUSM port.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

xdspportqs <port number>

Syntax Description

port number

Port number, in the range 1-8.

Related Commands

dspportqs , xdspportq, dspportq

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-449: Display egress queue information for all egress queues on port 1 spirit.1.20.AUSM.a > xdspportqs 1 Port Q Num State Q-Algo Service-Seq Depth-Max CLP-High CLP-Low EFCI-Thrsh ---- ----- ----- ------ ----------- --------- -------- ------- ---------- 1 1 Enabled 3 1 200 180 160 160 1 2 Enabled 3 2 900 800 700 700 1 3 Enabled 3 3 900 800 700 700 4 1 Enabled 3 1 200 180 160 160 4 2 Enabled 3 2 900 800 700 700 4 3 Enabled 3 3 900 800 700 700 spirit.1.20.AUSM.a >

xdspports

Display Ports

Use the xdspports command to view information on all the ports associated with the current card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

FRSM, AUSM, CESM

Syntax

xdspports

Related Commands

dspport , addport , cnfport , delport, dspport

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-450: Display ports on the current FRSM raviraj.1.3.FRSM.a > xdspports Port Ena/Speed EQServ SignalType T391 T392 N391 N392 N393 Type Alarm ELMI Ratio -------- --- ----- ------ ------------ ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- -------- ----- ---- 3.1.1 Add/ 192k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off 3.1.2 Add/ 192k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off 3.1.3 Add/ 192k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off 3.1.4 Add/ 192k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off 3.1.5 Add/ 192k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off 3.1.6 Add/ 192k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off 3.1.7 Add/ 192k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off 3.1.8 Add/ 192k 1 NoSignalling 10 15 6 3 4 frameRel No Off Number of ports: 8 PortDs0UsedLine1: 0x00ffffff PortDs0UsedLine2: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine3: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine4: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine5: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine6: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine7: 0x00000000 PortDs0UsedLine8: 0x00000000 PortNumNextAvailable: 89 raviraj.1.3.FRSM.a >

xdspred

Display Redundancy

Use the xdspred command to view the currently configured redundant slot links on the MGX 8250.

Card(s) on Which This Card Executes

PXM

Syntax

xdspred

Related Commands

addred , delred, dspred, xcnfred

Attributes

Log: No

State: Active

Privilege: SuperUser


Example 1-451: Show the status of redundant slot links raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > xdspred Primary Primary Primary Secondary Secondary Secondary Red. Red.Slot SlotNum Type State SlotNum Type State Type Cover ------- ------- ------- --------- --------- --------- ---- -------- 4 FRSM-2CT Active 10 FRSM-2CT Standby 1:1 0 raviraj.1.7.PXM.a >

xdspshelf

Display Shelf

Use the xdspshelf command to view shelf information on card and line status.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

xdspshelf

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Cisco


Example 1-452: Display characteristics of the shelf information on card and line status spirit.1.8.PXM.a > xdspshelf NumOfValidEntries: 32 NodeName: spirit Date: 01/29/1999 Time: 18:12:48 TimeZone: GMT TimeZoneGMTOff: 0 StatsMasterIpAddress: 0.0.0.0 shelfIntegratedAlarm: Clear BkplnSerialNum: 12345 BkplnType: 2 BkplnFabNumber: BkplnHwRev: 80 spirit.1.8.PXM.a >

xdspsrmlink

Display Link

Use the xdspsrmlink command to view a link on a specific T3 line on an SRM-3T3 card.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

xdspsrmlink -srmt3 <T3LineNum> -srmt1 <T1Slot> -srmsl <TargetSlotNum> <T3LineNum>

Syntax Description

-srmt3

Command delineator that precedes the T3LineNum entry.

T3LineNum

T3 line number expressed in the form slot.line.

  • Slot = 15 or 31

  • Line range = 1-3

-srmt1

Command delineator that precedes the T1Slot entry.

T1Slot

T1 slot number, in the range 1-28.

-srmsl

Command delineator that precedes TargetSlotNum and T3LineNum entry.

TargetSlotNum

T1 service module slot number to be linked to the T1 line, in the following ranges:

  • 1-6

  • 11-14

  • 17-22

  • 27-30

T3LineNum

T3 line number in the form slot.line.

Slot range = 15 or 31

Line range = 1-3

Related Commands

dellink, addlink

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-453: Display characteristics of the SRM T3 link spirit.1.8.PXM.a > xdspsrmlink 7.1

T3Line StartT TRowStatus TargetSlot TargetSlotLine

1

1

Add

7

1

1

2

Add

7

2

1

3

Add

7

3

1

4

Add

7

4

xdsptrapmgr

Display Trap Manager

Use the xdsptrapmgr command to view trap information collected by the PXM trap manager. This information contains the IPAddress, port number, trap flag operational status, row status, and the current sequence number of the next trap.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

xdsptrapmgr

Related Commands

None

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Any


Example 1-454: Display trap information on the current PXM raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > xdsptrapmgr ipAddress PortNum RowStatus ReadTrapFlag NextTrapSeqNum --------------- ------- ---------- ------------ -------------- 172.29.28.41 2500 Add Off 260338 LastTrapSeqNum: 260837 NumOfValidEntries: 1 raviraj.1.7.PXM.a >

xdspusers

Display User(s)

Use the xdspusers command to view the list of currently configured user identifications and associated access levels.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

PXM

Syntax

xdspusers
or
xdspusers -u <userId>

Syntax Description

-u

Command delineator that precedes the userId entry.

userId

String of up to12 characters that identify a specific user.

Related Commands

dspusers

Attributes

Log: No

State: Any

Privilege: Cisco

Examples

This section contains the following examples:


Example 1-455: Show all currently configured users raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > xdspusers UserId AccessLevel ------------------------- cisco CISCO_GP service SERVICE_GP superuser SUPER_GP raviraj.1.7.PXM.a >

Example 1-456: Show access level for a specified user raviraj.1.7.PXM.a > xdspuser -u superuser UserId AccessLevel ------------------------- superuser SUPER_GP raviraj.1.7.PXM.a >

xupport

Up Port

Use the xupport command to bring up a port on the AUSM.

Card(s) on Which This Command Executes

AUSM

Syntax

xupport -pt <PortNum> -e <PortEnable> -ptyp <PortType> -ln <LineNum>

Syntax Description

-pt

Command delineator that precedes the PortNum entry.

PortNum

Port number, in the range 1-8.

-e

Command delineator that precedes the PortEnable entry.

PortEnable

Value that enables or disables the port.

  • 1 = disable

  • 2 = enable

-ptyp

Command delineator that precedes the PortType entry.

PortType

Value that represents either NNI or UNI port type.

  • 1 = NNI

  • 2 = UNI

-ln

Command delineator that precedes the LineNum entry.

LineNum

Physical line number, in the range 1-8.

Related Commands

upport , xdnport, dnport

Attributes

Log: Yes

State: Active

Privilege: Group 1


Example 1-457: Bring up port 1 on physical line 1 on the AUSM in slot 22 as an NNI port spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a > xupport -pt 1 -e 2 -ptyp 1 -ln 1 spirit3.1.22.AUSM8.a >

A system message does not occur unless an error is detected.


hometocprevnextglossaryfeedbacksearchhelp
Posted: Sat Jan 20 21:15:53 PST 2001
All contents are Copyright © 1992--2001 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
Important Notices and Privacy Statement.